^^Mj

ADDRESS— University, 600 Forbes Avenue, , Pa 15282 Telephone Call specific Centrex (Direct Dial) number (see following), for other offices, call 434-6000 ADMISSION— Director of Admissions, Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6220/6221/6222 ADVISORS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, College Hall, Room 215 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Telephone (412) 434-6394/6395/6396 School of Business and Administration, Rockwell Hall, Room 403 Telephone (412) 434-6277/6278 School of Education, Canevin Hall, Room 214 Telephone (412) 434-6118/6119 School of Music, Room 315 Telephone (412) 434-6083 UNDERGRADUATE School of Nursing, College Hall Room 637D Telephone (412) 434-6346/6347 School of Pharmacy, Mellon Hall of Science, Room 421 Telephone (412) 434-6385/6365 ROTC—College Hall, Fourth Floor Telephone (412) 434-6614/666416665 6 BOOKSTORE — Duquesne Union, Second Floor Telephone (412) 434-6626

CAMPUS MINISTRY—Administration Building, First Floor (r, , Published annually in July by Duquesne University 600 Forbes Avenue Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 Telephone (412) 434-6020 CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT — Administration, Third Floor NOTICE OF RIGHT TO PRIVACY Telephone (412) 434-6644/6645/6646/6647 Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act access to student records by non University personnel CASHIER—Payment of Tuition and Fees, Administration Building, Ground Floor is restricted unless granted by the student or dependency of the student is demonstrated by a parent or guardian Telephone (412) 434-6585/658616587/6588 CHAPLAIN— Administration Building, First Floor Duquesne University admits students of any sex race color national and ethnic origin to all rights privileges Telephone (412) 434-6020/6021 programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school It does not discriminate DEAN OF STUDENTS— Duquesne Union, Third Floor on the basis of sex race color national or ethnic origin veteran s status or non-performance related handi- Telephone (412) 434 6657/665816659 cap in the administration of its educational policies admissions policies scholarship and Joan programs and FINANCIAL AID—Loan, Scholarship, Student Employment Applications athletic and other- University-administered programs Administration Building, Ground Floor Telephone (412) 434-6607/6608/6609 Contents HEALTH SERVICE— Duquesne Towers, Second Floor Telephone (412) 434-7822/7823 Calendar ...... 2 IDENTIFICATION CARDS—Office Services, Rockwell Hall, Lower Level I General Information ...... 9 Telephone (412) 434-6191

INFORMATION CENTER—For University Events, Duquesne Union, Third Floor 11 Programs and Courses ...... 13 Telephone (412) 434-6632/6633 Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 13 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION ADVISOR —Administration Building, Fourth Floor Business and Administration 58 Telephone (412) 434-6113 Education ...... 68 LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM —Administration Building, Third Floor Telephone (412) 434-6661/6662/6636 Music ...... 75 PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELING —Center for Testing and Research Nursing...... 97 Telephone (412) 434-656116562/6563 Pharmacy...... 104 PUBLIC SAFETY—Public Safety Building ROTC ...... 120 Telephone (412) 434-6001/6002/6003 III Student Services, Programs and Organizations ..123 REGISTRAR—For Transcripts and Records, Rockwell Hall Telephone (412) 434-6214 (Transcripts) 434-6215 (Records) IV Campus Ministry ...... 129 RESIDENCE LIFE—For Housing, Duquesne Towers V Admission, Financial Aid, Tuition and Fees 130 Telephone (412) 434-6655/6656 (Second Floor Billing Contract) VI Registration Scholastic Policies ...... 142 434-7802/7803/7804 (First Floor Room Assignments) VII Directories ...... 147 STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE—G & G Building, Second Floor ...... Telephone (412) 434 6058/6059 index ...... 166 TESTING BUREAU —Administration Building, Third Floor The provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive in character The University reserves the right Telephone (412) 434 6204/6208 to make any changes that seem necessary or desirable including fees tuition and room and board Faculty listings contained in this catalog are current as of Spring 1982 ACADEMIC CALENDAR SPRING SEMESTER-1984

1983-1984, 1984-1985, 1985-1986 (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Begins November 30 Thursday Latest Date for Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- Mail Option January 5 Thursday Final Registration 1983-1984 January 6 Friday Final Registration FALL SEMESTER-] 983 January 7 Saturday Final Registration January 7 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 9 Monday Spring Semester Begins (To Be Announced) Pharmacy Externship Begins January 14 Saturday Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule July 15 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mall Latest Date'to Declare Pass/Fail No remission of tuition for Option a reduced class schedule obtained after this date August 15 Monday Holiday Assumption January 20 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Apply for Graduation August 24 Wednesday Final Registration January 21 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- August 25 Thursday Final Registration DRAWAL from the University August 26 Friday Final Registration January 27 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline August 27 Saturday Final Registration and Schedule Comprehensives August 27 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 28 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- August 27 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Fall 83 Registration without Penalty DRAWAL from the University August 29 Monday Fall Semester Begins February 4 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 5 Monday Holiday Labor Day DRAWAL from the University September 6 Tuesday Latest Date to Register and for Change of Schedule Latest Date (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Externship Ends to Declare Pass/Fail No remission of tuition for reduced class 'February 13 Monday Reading Day schedule obtained after this date February 14 Tuesday Reading Day (To Be Announced) Pharmacy Externship Ends February 24 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Grade September 10 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- from the Fall 83 Semester I Grades not removed on or before DRAWAL from the University this date convert to F s (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V First Class Day March 2 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit I Grade Removal Grades September 16 Friday Latest Date for December 83 Graduates to Apply for for the Fall 83 Semester Graduation March 2 Friday Latest Date for Reporting Mid-Term Grades September 17 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- March 9 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester DRAWAL from the University Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade September 24 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- March 16 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Submit Approved Thesis DRAWAL from the University and Take Comprehensives October 14 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to remove Temporary I Grades April 5 Thursday Pre-Registration for 84 Fall Semester Begins Other dates April from Spring Semester and Summer Session 83 1 grades not 5-13 incl IF S M T W H) removed on or before this date convert to F s April 13 Friday Latest Date for May 84 Graduates to Pay Accounts October 21 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-Term Grades April 13 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W October 21 Friday Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline Grade and Schedule Comprehensives April 17 Tuesday Last Class Day before Easter Holidays October 21 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade April 25 Wednesday First Class Day after Easter Holidays Removal Grades April 25 Wednesday Final Examinations Begin Other dates April 26 27 28 30 October 28 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester May I (W H F S M T) Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade May I Tuesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove 83 Fall Semester November I Tuesday Holiday All Saints Day I Grades November 15 Tuesday Pre-Registration for Spring Semester Begins Other dates Nov May I Tuesday Spring Semester Ends Latest Date for May 84 Graduating 16 17 18 19 28 29 30 1W H F S M T W) Students to complete Degrees November 19 Saturday Last Class Day before Thanksgiving Holidays May 4 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day November 28 Monday First Class Day after Thanksgiving Holidays May 4 Friday Graduation Mass November 30 Thursday Latest Date for, Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By- May 5 Saturday Commencement Exercises Mail Option May 31 Thursday Holiday Ascension Day December 5 Monday Latest Date for December 83 Graduates to submit Approved July 13 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-By-Mail Thesis and Take Comprehensives Option December 7 Wednesday December 7 will follow the Thursday Class Day Schedule December 8 Thursday Holiday immaculate Conception December 9 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade December 15 Thursday Final Examinations Begin Other dates Dec 16 17 19 20 21 IF S M T W) December 21 Wednesday Fall Semester Ends Latest Date for December graduating students to pay account and complete degrees December 21 Wednesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove I Grades from the Spring Semester and Summer Session 6

1985-86 SPRING SEMESTER-1986 FALL SEMESTER-1985

November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with Pay- July 19 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-registration with Pay-By-Mail By-Mail Option Option January 9 Thursday Final Registration * Final Registration * August 15 Thursday Holiday Assumption January 10 Friday Final Registration * August 21 Wednesday Final Registration * January I I Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 22 Thursday Final Registration * January I I Saturday Saturday Latest Date to Regist er without Late Fee August 23 Friday Final Registration * January ]I I August 24 Saturday Final Registration * January 13 Monday Semester Begins Laiest Date to Register August 24 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty January 18 Saturday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule August 24 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January 18 Saturday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail August 26 Monday Semester Begins January 18 Saturday No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 2 Monday Holiday Labor Day January 18 Saturday Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Apply for September 3 Tuesday Latest Date to Register January 24 Friday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule Graduation Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail January 25 Saturday Latest Date for 80% No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Thesis September 7 Saturday Latest bate for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 27 Monday DRAWAL from the University Outline and Schedule Comprehensives Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 14 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- 'January 31 Friday DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 20 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Apply for February 8 Saturday Graduation DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded Courses September 21 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 28 Saturday Fall Semester I Graded Courses Not Completed DRAWAL from the University of the 1985 this date receive the Permanent Grade of F October 8 Tuesday Reading Day by Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades October I I Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded Courses March 7 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade of the 1985 Spring Semester and the 1985 Summer Session March 7 Friday I I Graded Courses Not Complete by this date receive the Per- Removal Grades manent Grade of F March 14 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade October 18 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades Last Class Day Before Easter Holidays October 18 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade March 22 Saturday Removal Grades March 31 Monday First Class Day After Easter Holidays Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins * Other Dates April 4 October 25 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit April 3 Thursday M T W H F) Thesis Outline and Schedule Comprehensives 5 7 8 9 10 11 IF S Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Approved October 25 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester April 7 Monday Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade Thesis to School, Office and tojake Comprehensives Latest Date for May Graduates to Pay Accounts November I Friday Holiday All Saints Day April 14 Monday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with W November 14 Thursday Spring Semester Pre-registration Begins April 25 Friday Other Dates Nov 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 Grades IF S M T W H F) April 28 Monday Reading Day Reading Day November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with Pay- April 29 Tuesday 1 2 3 5 6 (H By-Mail Option April 30 Wednesday Final Examinations Begin Other Dates May M T) November 23 Saturday Last Class Day Before Thanksgiving Holidays F S Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Com- December 2 Monday First Class Day After Thanksgiving Holidays May 6 Tuesday plete Degrees December 8 Sunday Holiday immaculate Conception I Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded December 9 Monday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit May 6 Tuesday Approved Thesis to School and to take Comprehensives Courses of the 1985 Spring Semester Holiday Ascension Day December 11 Wednesday Reading Day May 8 Thursday U^iversity Convocation and Honors Day December 12 Thursday Reading Day May 9 Friday Graduation Mass December 13 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W May 9 Friday Grade May 10 Saturday Commencement Monday Holiday Memorial Day December 14 Saturday Final Examinations Begin Other Dates December 16 17 18 May 26 19 20 (M T W H F) July 4 Friday Holiday independence Day Latest Date for 1986 Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay- December 20 Friday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Com- July 14 Wednesday plete Degrees and Pay Accounts By-Mail Option Holiday Assumption Deceml^er 20 Friday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded August 15 Friday Courses of the 1984 F ill Semester *See Semester Registration Schedule for Other Dates and Times December 21 Saturday Holiday Christmas Re((?,s Begins

*See Semester Class Directory for Time Schedule All Degrees and Programs Offered in thid University I Part 1: General Information SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE

Art History Mcd,.l Media B^olhcni Communications Philosophy 11 .*g' HISTORY Ifierm" Ph the development of a sound philosophy of life Cla"'c' P.I..]y", Duquesne University first opened its doors as the Cla ­" I science Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy Ghost in Oc- through an integration of spiritual physical intellec- C"'r- 'mo tual moral social and aesthetic goals and values the SocialPsychology tober 1878 with an enrollment of 40 students and CommunicationSe" a faculty of seven The school grew rapidly in its first fostering of a spirit of inquiry and scholarship College of justice Social CriminalScience ices/ necessary for continuing intellectual and professional Liberal Ans ELO Crairs Human years until it moved from its original location on Wylie Sciences and English So—ces Avenue in the city s Uptown section to its present growth the formation of a well-balanced self assured French Sociology German personality and the imparting of an attitude of con- Spanish site a scenic 39-acre hilltop area called The Bluff Ce ontology Speech which overlooks downtown Pittsburgh By 1911 the tinuing self-evaluation and self-improvement both as Lfisto r, Speech Bmchcri Pharmaceutics an individual and a contributing member of the com- International school had achieved university status at which time Audi Pharmarogripsy Relations Pathology/ CB"I' ug,'r, Pharm.c.l.gy the name Duquesne University of the Holy Ghost was munity of man journalism 11heatire/Media Chemistry Communicationshe st 8th century governor Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs and Liberal Arts/ Theology English adopted in honor of the I English Edgi eering World Formative curricula from which students may select freely in ac- F-mainve Political Science general of French Canada the Marquis de Duquesne Mathematics Literature Spinnuality Spirituality Psychology Philosophy who first brought Catholic services to Pittsburgh while cordance with their interests capabilities and goals GermanIT 'Story Sociology Psychology Sen..,Grad,,,, of it was under French dominion Duquesne s great in life Complemented by a broad spectrum of non- Spanish Pha,maco ti.1 A,chyval Theology Chemistry period of student growth after World War 11 along academic activities and programs the curriculum at Liberal Museum and Pastoral Theology Duquesne University is designed to prepare young Arts and Editing Studies Ministry with the necessity of refurbishing a make-shift physi- Sciences Liberal Studies cal plant led the University to begin an ambitious men and women who upon entering their chosen Mathe ancs Pharmaceutical program of planned physical expansion and modern- careers will possess a broad well-balanced and fully Chemistry ization in 1950 Now in the enviable position of hav- integrated education and perspective of themselves Accounting Management Ing completed most of its physical development and the world Economic Mar eti Science Pre egalng Studies needs for the foreseeable future the University is Mas ers in POLICY STATEMENT ON School of Finance Cuarmartive and B mess a modern attractive highly functional educational Business and International Information Adm,,,,,tr,t,,,A 5 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Administration Business Systems I, facility which has more than tripled from its early 12 (M Law Administration acres to its present self-enclosed 39-acre campus The mission of Duquesne University s founders the site Holy Ghost Congregation has always included Early ildhood Education Today Duquesne University is not only one of the service to peoples outside of the United States Counselor Ed School Psychology Element"'Ch Education Duquesne University also is committed to providing choo Secondary Education (Community School Supeonsion leading private institutions in Pennsylvania but also Elementary Secondary SEd=ia^' Sperial Education is one of several major private Catholic urban an educational environment which recognizes cultural (Mental^yY_ y andfor and Secondary) Education Elementary Ed Special Education universities in the United States The University has and national pluralism Duquesne welcomes qualified School Admm Post Master s for PoHandicapped) students enrolled in its eight schools Col- students from throughout the world and encourages (Elem and Certification over 6 000 Secondary) lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1878) Graduate its students and faculty to take advantage of oppor- Bachelor or Bachelor of and the tunities to study and teach abroad Music in School of Liberal Arts and Sciences (191 1) Science in Music The University believes that the sharing of the Piano Orchestral Education Music Ed—tion Full, Art Schools of Law (1911) Business and Administration Theory Scram .1 Instruments Bachelor of Pharmacy (1925) Music (1926) Education multiple traditions and mores of societies is an in- Music in Music C.mp.sil,.n (1913) rgan Sacred Science Music valuable element in the educational process In a Music Orga Education with Applied (1929) and Nursing (1937) Duquesne s eight schools Voice Sacred Sacred Music a concentration offer degree programs on the baccalaureate profes- world that is growing ever smaller it is imperative Music Voice rin Music Piano Pedagogy Therapy Music Therapy sional master s and doctoral levels I that Duquesne reach out to peoples of different Guitar J ­ cultures to afford them the opportunity to acquire PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES educational experiences not otherwise available to at Bachelor of Science Nursing scho of H in Nursing While Duquesne University can look with pride at the them Interaction among international and American remarkable transformation of the campus effected faculty and students will enrich all and enhance their its physical development and expansion program ability to be better citizens of our shared world School of'y Medical Technologv by Hospital Ih.,m.c, Phairma Pharmacy r it has never lost sight of its primary role as an educa- Duquesne University asserts its commitment to Rad,ological Health I tional institution and its responsibilities to the develop and to maintain programs services and students who form the Duquesne family A Catholic practices which promote and express respect for per- I School .1 Law institution operated by the Congregation of the Holy sons of diverse cultures and backgrounds and which Ghost Duquesne is open to students of all religions provide educational bridges linking the peoples of and creeds A community committed to the ideal of the world producing young men and women whose minds seek THE UNIVERSITY SETTING intellectual freedom and truth the University seeks to impart to its students the ability to judge and make Located adjacent to downtown Pittsburgh Duquesne decisions independently to interrelate disciplines University s modern hilltop campus is readily acces- and experience and to balance memory reason and sible to the business entertainment and shopping imagination In essence the Duquesne student is centers of the city while still offering students the ideally an individual with a fully integrated person- privacy and peace of its own self-enclosed 39-acre ality and a sensitivity and responsiveness to his site Long noted as one of the world s greatest steel- humanity and that of his fellow man producing centers Pittsburgh combines the features . The educational objectives of the University include of urban living with many of the charms and personal a

characteristics of a much smaller town The third sions Campus Ministry Business Offices Testing Hall also resulted from conversions of older largest corporate headquarters center in the U S lounge the campus bookstore the campus informa- Bureau Career Planning and Placement Office tion center and a recreation center which features structures behind New York and Chicago Pittsburgh was also Learning and Counseling Center Financial Aid Of- shown in a recent survey of urban life to be the eight bowling lanes pocket billiards table tennis The Public Safety Building is the headquarters for fice and the Division of University Relations Adjoin- table soccer a music listening room pinball elec- fourth most desirable metropolitan area for overall ing the building is the the University s Public Safety Office University Chapel which offers tronic games a rathskellar an art gallery and an quality of life in the U S Although most visitors and daily Mass and the Campus Theatre Richard King Mellon Hall of Science an attractive new residents who come to the city are condition- emporium Assumption Hall the oldest residence hall on cam- four-story structure dedicated in 1968 houses the ed by the old Smokey City image they soon learn The G & G Building in addition to housing various pus was dedicated in 1956 A four-story structure Departments of Biological Sciences Chemistry that the Pittsburgh which emerged from its nationally administrative offices of the University is the site of Physics and the School of Pharmacy Designed by acclaimed Renaissance redevelopment program with a 280-student capacity the facility has its own some undergraduate classes Also houses the Univer- recreation area and offers both single and double one of the world s most renowned architects Mies is not only a city of clean air and streets safe sity s Vocations Office van der Rohe the building won the Laboratory of neighborhoods and a bustling economy but that occupancy rooms The Gymnasium,is used as a practice facility by the Year award in 1969 Instructional facilities in- Pittsburgh more than any other American city has Canevin Hall the oldest classroom building on cam- various inter-collegiate athletic teams of the Univer- clude two large amphitheatre-style lecture halls with developed a strong civic identity and sense of pride pus was built in 1922 and completely renovated in seating capacities of 248 each in its rebirth as a modern urban community sity and as the center for indoor sports of the Univer- 1968 A four-story building it houses the School of sity s intramural sports program The gym features Students from Duquesne and the other colleges The Music School dedicated in 1967 has 73 pianos Education Curriculum Library Reading Clinic a modern fully equipped weight training facility the and universities in the city can choose from a wide including 56 Stemways five organs and over 300 Guidance and Counseling Clinic and the Institute of Dukes Court Weight Room which is open to the stu- range of cultural events and institutions The world- Formative Spirituality orchestral and band instruments available for student dent body as well as the University s varsity, teams renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra Pitts- use The school offers training and degrees in con- College Hall dedicated in the mid- I 970s isthe burgh Opera and Pittsburgh Ballet Theatre all per- a six-story classroom and office build- McCloskeyField servatory and music education jazz and sacred ing dedicated in 1970 is the seat of the College of center for outdoor intramural activity Other athletic form regularly in the elegant Heinz Hall for the Per- music as well as an innovative program in music Liberal Arts and Sciences and facilities include three self-enclosed tennis courts and forming Arts The theatregoer can choose from the Graduate School therapy individual and group practice areas are of Liberal Arts and Sciences housing 10 of their in- two outdoor basketball courts one of which is con- productions of the Pittsburgh Public Theatre local available in the building along with acoustically dividual departments and faculties The School of verted for street hockey in the winter months college drama departments and'programs and a equipped classrooms Performances are given Nursing is located on the sixth floor Special instruc- wide variety of summer and after-dinner club The Edward I Hanley Hall of Law, dedicated in throughout the school year in the recital hall and tional facilities include psychology numerical theatres In the summer the American Wind Sym- 1982 resulted from the renovation and expansion the school hosts the annual Mid-East instrumental analysis nursing and practice skills laboratories phony offers open-air concerts on Pittsburgh s river- of the old University Library building The new facility Music Conference along with two lecture halls sides Other seasonal events include the Three Rivers houses faculty and administrative offices research Rockwell Hall dedicated in 19 5 8 is a I 0-story struc- and Shadyside arts festivals and the International The Counseling Center houses the University s and study rooms two large amphitheatre lecture ture which houses the School of Business a - nd Folk Festival three prestigious events which draw Center for Training and Research in Phenomeno- halls interview rooms seminar and classroom areas Administration Its Business Simulation Laboratory national attention I logical Psychology a facility operated by Duquesne s and a moot courtroom The greatly expanded law contains 12 conference rooms equipped with tele- Duquesne students can visit such points of interest renowned Department of Psychology library is the most accessible one of its kind in the vision cameras and microphones for observation and as Highland Park Zoo Carnegie Museum of Art and city with its central location and convenient hours The Des Places Communications Center dedicated recording of activity in the individual rooms Rockwell History Scarte Gallery the Conservatory-Aviary Buhl in 1982 houses the department of speech com- (7 a m to midnight Monday through Thursday, 10 Hall also houses a snackbar the Business School s Planetarium Pittsburgh History and Landmarks munications and theatre department of journalism a m to midnight Sunday) The law library is open student study lounge the University s Systems Museum Duquesne Incline and Phipps Conservatory the new medical media communications program co- to members of the local bench and bar as well as Center the Institute for World Concerns the Divi- Directly across the river from campus is Mount sponsored by the University and Mercy Hospital and law students sion of Continuing Education Registrar s Office Stu- Washington Pittsburgh s highest point which offers the production and broadcasting studios of WDUO The Library Resource Center dedicated in 1978 dent I D Center Office Services Department and a spectacular view of the city and its surroundings television and radio an affiliate of the national Public is a modern attractive five-story structure,that sig- Peter Mills Auditorium particularly at night Market Square a redeveloped Broadcasting System (PBS) Named in honor of the naled the crowning achievement of the University s area in the heart of downtown Pittsburgh and the St Ann's Hall dedicated in 1964 is a two-wing founder of the Holy Ghost Congregation the center expansion and redevelopment program Housed in Oakland-Shadyside area in the eastern end of the three-story women s dormitory with its own laundry also features a journalism laboratory simulation over 100 000 square feet of space is a collection of city are two of the major entertainment and night- area several lounges and television rooms a recrea- laboratory instructional photo laboratory seminar over 402 000 bound volumes more than 3 600 life centers tion area snack area and attractive grounds Double rooms graphic arts classroom and a little theatre periodicals and an extensive microprint and audio- The success of the various professional and major and single rooms are available performance room The women s recreation center visual collection The facility also contains a number college sports teams has won for Pittsburgh the title including a gym and slimnastics area is located on of special collections including the African Collec- St Martin's Hall a 14-story residence provides of City of Champions The 1971 and 1979 World the ground floor tion on African culture society and politics the Rabbi housing for graduate and law students as well as non- Champion Pirates and the four-time Super Bowl Herman Hailperin Collection on Medieval Christian Duquesne students from other Pittsburgh academic Champion Steelers play at Three Rivers Stadium The The Duquesne Towers a 17-story air-conditioned and Jewish intellectual and religious thought the and vocational institutions Penguins (National Hockey League) Spirit (Major In- double-tower residence for 1 200 men and women Silverman Center collection of world literature in dedicated in 1952 serves as the door Soccer League) and nation- featuring separate housing wings was dedicated in Trinity Hall phenomenology and the University Archives With residence of the Holy Ghost Fathers who serve the ally known basketball team the 1977 Eastern Eight 1970 The facility features a full-size indoor swimming seating capacity for approximately 1 000 patrons in- University as administrators and teachers The champions all perform in the nearby Civic Arena pool with a suncleck offices of the Residence Life cluding graduate study carrels and conference facili- one of the largest indoor sports arenas in the United Division the Campus Health Services area a main grounds of the hall include an attractive mall and ties the new Library constitutes a highly functional States and the only one in the world with a retract- student lounge and smaller lounges on each floor grotto telephones in each room and a resident dining hall facility that should remain responsive to the needs able dome Facilities for such participatory sports as of the Duquesne community for many years to come tennis golf running hiking skiing skating and many with a 2 500-student capacity Architects for the Library Resource Center Gerard ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION others are available throughout the Pittsburgh area The Duquesne Union a modern architectural facility Associates were cited by the Pittsburgh Chapter of University PHYSICAL FACILITIES with an innovative concrete and glass design is the the American Institute of Architects for creative Accreditation center of campus activities and student life Dedi- design in their renovation and expansion of the Commission on Higher Education The Administration Building Old Main was the I cated in 1967 it houses the offices of the Student original structure an old garage and warehouse con- first building constructed on the Duquesne campus Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools Life the Athletic Department and various student structed in the 1920s into the present facility The State Board of Education of the Pennsylvania dedicated in 1884 Recently renovated it houses the organizations and interest groups Facilities include Music School The Edward Hanley Hall and College Department of Education Executive Offices of the University Office of Admis- three separate dining areas a ballroom and student I I (

12 13

Membership School of Pharmacy American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Accreditation Part 11: Admissions Officers American Council on Pharmaceutical Education American Council on Education Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy Association of College Admissions Counselors Membership Catholic Educational Association of Pennsylvania Programs and Courses American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy National Association for Independent Colleges and Universities National Association of Student Personnel EVENING STUDY Administrators College of The School of Business and Administration and the National Catholic Educational Association College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offer evening National Commission on Accrediting Liberal Arts and Sciences classes for full-time and part-time students each Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education semester and during the Summer Session These are College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for persons whose employment does not permit HISTORY Accreditation them to attend as regular day students In 1878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Holy History Literature Nine credits Both disciplines must be represented American Chemical Society Through caeeful planning and consultation with Ghost and the Immaculate Heart of Mary established a College of Arts and Letters which was incorporated' Philosophy Theology Nine credits Both Membership academic advisors the bachelors degree program may be completed by evening study in some major in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holy disciplines must be represented American Conference of Academic Deans areas offered by these two schools Other under- Ghost with authority to grant degrees in the arts and Communications American Society of journalism School graduate schools also schedule occasional evening sciences In 191 1 the College and University Coun- (journalism Linguistics Speech Administrators courses but it is not possible to complete their degree cil of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania extended Medical Media) Three credits Association of American Colleges requirements through evening attendance alone the charter to university status and approved the Completion of Major Program As determined Eastern Association of College Deans and Advisors Prospective evening undergraduate Students amencime' nt in favor of the corporate titlE Duquesne by department (Minimum of 24 credits) School of Business and Administration should consult with the office of the Dean of the University Completion of Minor Program As determined Accreditation school in which they are interested for information by department offering the minor American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business about the opportunity for evening study on a contin- PHILOSOPHY, AND OBJECTIVES (Minimum of 12 credits above the Accreditation Council uing basis Duquesne University believes that education is con- introductory courses) Students who major or minor in a basic area auto- Membership cerned with the human person as a whole—mind body and soul it believes that each individual has matically satisfy the area requirements for that Association for University Business and Economic SUMMER SESSIONS the obligation to self society and God to develop discipline Courses taken in an interdisciplinary minor Research Many undergraduate and graduate courses are of- potential to the fullest in this commitment the do not satisfy area requirements Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business fered each summer in most areas They are open to College of Liberal Arts and Sciences sets its objec- A maximum of 12 credits in non-arts-and-sciences Administration I qualified Duquesne students and to those from other tives and forms its curricula courses may be applied to the B A or B S degree School of Education colleges and universities The objectives of the College are However if the student chooses an inter-school Accreditation The sessions of varying length begin in May and I To provide a solid foundation for lifelong minor the maximum for the minor (Business 15 Middle States Association of Colleges run through mid-August Short term offerings of one learning Education 15 Music 18) will be applied to the and Schools and two week duration usually at the graduate level 2 To develop an awareness of the methodologies degree but all other courses must be selected from Pennsylvania Department of Education are scheduled before and after the regular session and epistemologies of the major areas of knowledge the arts and sciences offerings Membership so that evaluations and judgments may be valid A students major and minor programs may not be chosen from the same department (Modern American Association of Colleges for Teacher 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge SYSTEMS CENTERICOMPUTER Language majors may minor in another language I Education RESOURCES and the development of a philosophy of life Association of independent Liberal Arts The Systems Center is a service department of the 4 To assist the individual to understand his rela- ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Colleges for Teacher Educators University which reports to the Vice President for tion to God to society and to nature Completion of 120 credits The Pennsylvania Association of Colleges Business and Management The Systems Center has 5 To perfect that skill in the use of standard A minimum cumulative over-all quality point average and Teacher Educators a UNIVAC 1 100/62 computer with 2 megabytes of English necessary to clear coherent expression of of 2 0 School of Music main memory and 900 megabytes of disk storage one s thoughts hopes and ideals A minimum cumulative quality point average in the Accreditation in addition the University recently invested over $1 7 6 To cultivate a background for the learned pro- major and minor of 2 0 Removal of I and F grades in major and required National Association of Schools of Music million in new computer equipment featuring 62 fessions and for scholarly pursuits National Association for Music Therapy Sperrylink office system units and 36 UTS 400 ter- courses Membership minals Each Sperrylink consists of a terminal with CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS Completion of sequential courses in proper sequence Completion of the residence requirement The last American Symphony Orchestra League a screen and keyboard and a diskette for storing in- English Composition Proficiency at the 30 credits must be taken at the University National Catholic Musi'c Educators Association formation on magnetic disks All the Sperrylink units 102 level and the UTS terminals will be linked in a computer- Modern or Classical Language Proficiency at Submission of application for the degree No student School of Nursing communications network to the Sperry 1100/62 main the 202 or 212 level ,is considered a degree candidate until he files an ap- Accreditation frame Students in every field of study will integrate Natural Sciences (Biology Chemistry plication for the degree on a form provided by the National League for Nursing their study programs using the Sperrylinks and UTS Earth Sciences Computer Science Registrar Approval 400 terminals Physics Mathematics) Nine Credits Any course taken as a Temporary Transfer at another Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners The Systems Center also provides all the data proc- One two-semester sequential institution must be approved before the classes are taken Membership essing services for the administrative offices of the course must be completed University Some of these services are registration American Association of Colleges of Nursing Social Sciences (Political Science grade reporting admissions and the financial record- Nine credits DEGREES National League for Nursing (Council of Psychology Sociology) keeping tecluirements for the University The College confers two undergraduate degrees Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs) At least two disciplines must be represented Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Students

14 15

who complete the major in biology chemistry com- For additional information contact the College INTER-SCHOOL MINORS ACADEMIC REGULATIONS puter science and physics receive the B S degree Cooperative Education Advisor- or the Director inter-school minors are available in Business and Electives Students who complete the major in art history Career Planning and Placement Administration Education Music and Pharmacy For A maximum of 12 non A & S credits may be applied classics economics English history journalism complete details students should consult the Direc- to the BA/BS degree with the exception of certain PROGRAM IN WORLD LITERATURE medical media modern languages philosophy tor of Academic Advisement approved inter-school minors which may extend this The Departments of Classics English and Modern political science psychology sociology speech and number to 15 or 18 credits Languages jointly offer a World Literature program— BACHELOR-MASTER'S theology receive the B A degree Students major- A student who has completed all requirements and ifig in mathematics can follow a curriculum leading with both major and minor sequence The program ACADEMIC LOAD a total of 90 credits with a 3 5 average may apply Students may normally carry five courses in one to either a B A or B S degree is designed to give the student an awareness of the historical and cultural framework in which Classical for the bachelor/master s program After successful semester A schedule of more than five courses or British American Continental Asian and African completion of the master s program the student will 17 credits must be approved by the Dean in the sum- Literatures have evolved their influence upon each receive the bachelors degree I mer sessions students normally carry one credit a A Special Programs other and an in-depth study of selected major BACHELOR'S/PROFESSIONAL SCHOOL week i e six credits in the six-week session literary works in these areas 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is considered A student who has completed 90 credits with a 3 50 CONCENTRATED STUDIES full-time study Students on academic probation may PROGRAM COURSE OFFERINGS overall average and satisfied all undergraduate cur- Concentrated studies is a special developmental not take more than 15 credits Major 24 credits t6 in the core and the remaining ricular requirements may apply for the bachelors education program designed to help students im- 18 credits distributed equally among Classics English degree after the successful completion of the first EFFECTIVE CATALOG prove their basic skills and realize their full poten- and Modern Languages) year of professional work in an accredited medical Degree requirements are those stipulated in the tial for college work Students in the program take I Minor 15 or law school catalog of the year in which a student matriculates a prescribed block of college level courses during credits (6 in the core and the remaining 9 The student is responsible for knowing the require- their freshman year and thereafter complete their credits distributed equally among Classics English LIBERAL ARTS ENGINEERING and Modern Languages) Students who intend to prepare for a career in ments for the degree Requirements may be chang^d education at Duquesne in the traditional manner without notice or obligation This catalog has been Core Course Readings in World Literature I and 11 engineering may enter a 3-2 binary program that Courses offered in the program prepared on the best information available as of (English) I Duquesne University maintains with Case Western 001 002 BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS Reserve University in Cleveland Ohio Students are July 1982 DEPARTMENTAL 4 cr each semester COURSE OFFERINGS expected to meet the curricular requirements of ^the Major requirements are those stipulated in the 003 BASIC CONCEPTS OF PSYCHOLOGY Classics Any of the current offerings in Classical College of Liberal Arts and Sciences except for the catalog of the year in which a student declares the 4 cr Literature either in translation or in the original completion'of a major program Under the guidance major 005 006 FOUNDATIONS language at the 200 level or above OF LANGUAGE LATIN of a liaison officer they will normally complete the UNIVERSITY-LEVEL COURSES TAKEN 4 cr each semester English Any of the current course offerings in program at Duquesne in three years then enter an WHILE IN HIGH SCHOOL 007 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY Literature at the 333-400 level as approved by the engineering program at Case University-level courses taken by entering freshmen 4 credits department chairman Upon completion of the program at CWRU students students while in their senior year of high school will 008 STUDY SKILLS Modern Languages Any of the current offerings in will be awarded the B A Degree from Duquesne and be evaluated for credit if the following criteria have I cr Degree from the School of Engineering at Modern Languages either in translation or in the the B S been met I COOPERATIVE EDUCATION original language above the 302 level Case • the courses are recorded on an official transcript The University sponsors a Cooperative Education For complete details consult with the Liaison Of- from an accredited institution of higher learn- BACHELOR OF ARTS—LIBERAL ARTS AND ficer for the Binary Program in Engineering in the ing The grades must be C or better Program Its purpose is two fold 1) to provide GENERAL SCIENCES Mathematics Department • the student has completed one semester at students with opportunities in which they can apply This program is designed for those students who Duquesne with a C+ average or better classroom learning to practical work and business prefer not to choose a formal major or minor offered SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE settings while learning and gaining the types of ex- student who has received a bachelor s degree from in a traditional discipline All requirements other than A MAJORS perience unavailable in any classroom and 2) to the major and minor must be completed Students another school may become eligible for a second offer employers a source of talented students who The College of Arts and Sciences offers the follow- must select one area of concentration I Humanities bachelors degree by earning an additional 30 can serve in pre-professional capacities as full-or-part- ing majors Social Sciences Natural Sciences A concentration semester hours in residence in the College of Liberal time employees and who will be prime candidates Art History Mathematics requires a minimum of 30 credit hours and a maxi- Arts and Sciences and by meeting all departmental for full-time employment after graduation Biochemistry Medical Media mum of 39 hours Courses must be chosen from and College requirements if not already satisfied The Biology Communications The program is open to any upper class students courses 200 and above additional 30 credits must be completed at the Philosophy who have a minimum 2 5 quality point average The University and may not be taken through Chemistry PRE-LAW Classics Physics full-time co-op student is llimited to a four or six cross-registration month work period for tour) during which he would Students who intend to prepare for a career in law Classical Civilization Political Science be a 40 hour a week paid employee of the cooperat- may select any subject area for the undergraduate THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S Computer Science Psychology ing employer The work tour can be repeated with major They will be expected to meet degree re- For information contact the Office of Admissions or Criminal justice Social Communication the same or a different cooperating employer upon quirements in the major department as well,as the Dean of the College Economics Social Services/Human the students completion of a full semester of aca- admission requirements of the law school of their English Services choice ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Sociology demics after the first work tour I French The College of Arts and Sciences offers the follow- German Spanish The part-time co-op (or parallel co-op) student is PRE-PROFESSIONAL HEALTH EDUCATION ing Associate Degree Programs Speech in effect a part-time employee while carrying a full Students who intend to prepare for a career in Gerontology 9 International Communications for Industry Speech Pathology/ academic load at the University Parallel co-ops can medicine dentistry veterinary medicine or related History *Communications for industry Audiology be engaged in semester after semester Students in fields may major in the subject area of their choice International • Criminal justice Theatre/Media either program register for a credit course Coopera- and should select a major as soon as possible They Relations • Applied Technology Theology tive Work Experience College of Arts and Sciences must meet degree requirements of the major depart- journalism A minimum of 60 credits is required For details World Literature which carries one to nine credits Full-time co-op ment as well as admission requirements of the pro- Liberal Arts/ consult the College Advisement Office at 434-6394 students also have the option of registering for one fessional school of their choice A Engineering faculty committee or the Assistant Dean at 434-6393 or more academic courses during their co-op work on Pre-Medical Education assists the medically- tour oriented student CLEP AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT See page 132 16 17

MINORS in formulating Chtistian Art Renaissance Art and From cubism to conceptual art from Picasso to American Computer Science History Social Communication Neo-Classicism is analyzed (offered in alternate Pollock and Pop this course offeFs a thorough ex- Government Criminal justice International Relations Social Services/Human years) ploration of the visual arts of the 20th Century American Literature Earth Science Italian Services 208 French Art 3 cr 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 Art History Economics journalism Sociology 3 cr Biochemistry A survey which discusses ideas schools and styles Special Studies in Art History Education Latin Spanish Biology in the history of French art from the Roman occupa- An occasional COUrse in this series is offered when English Literature Mathematics Speech Pathology/ tion to the present Highlights are Medieval Renais- special interests of students and faculty can be Business and French Media Production Audiology served Courses offered include The Image of Women Administration sance Rococo and Modern art (offered in alternate General Speech Music Theatre/Media Chemistry years) in Art Picasso Impressionism Egyptian Art Communication Pharmaceutical Sales Theology Classical Civilization and Theatre Philosophy World Literature 2 10 American Art 3 cr 4311 Selected Readings College German Physics Writing An overview of American architecture painting Variable Topics 1 3 cr Administration Gerontology Priestly Formation sculpture and decorative arts intended to acquaint in-depth research using the resources of Pittsburgh Comparative Greek Psychology the student with the major trends and contributions area libraries and of source material relevant to the Government Russian of American art from colonial to modern times history of Western art Prerequisite Permission of instructor 260 The Classical Tradition in America 3 cr 441 American Painting and Sculpture 3 cr A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civiliza- An examination of the forms created by American Course Descriptions tion on American cultural life painters and sculptors from the early I 7Lh through the late 20th century A special class intent involves 312 Late Medieval Art 3 cr ART arriving at a clear understanding of America s con- DIVISION Western European Art from the I I th to the I 4th cen- cept of reality during these vears particularly in the Director Mrs Patricia S Ingram tury Focus is upon the development of stone vaulting 20t century systems monumental architectural sculpture stained Survey and period courses in the history of western art are offered by the Art Division of the Classics Depart- glass fresco and panel painting and illuminated 442 American Architecture 3 cr ment to introduce the concepts of art history to those who wish to extend their visual perimeter and to understand manuscripts in France Italy and Germany Construction style building types and concepts of the role of the visual arts in Western culture Oualified students are advised to take collateral courses in classics city planning in Anneric an architecture from the I 7th 1^istory philosophy and psychology and additional upper division art history courses offered at member colleges (offered in alternate years) century to the present Field trips to important monu- of the Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education in addition to personal enrichment and heightened awareness 15th Century Renaissance Art 3 cr 321 ments in the Pittsburgh area - including Failing Water of man s will to create visual forms the study of art history can lead to careers in teaching publishing museology An investigation of the Renaissance spirit of the I 5th are scheduled historic preser\,ation and urban redevelopment century Concentration is upon comparisons of 443 American Decorative Arts 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Northern and Southern attitudes of man nature and social structure and to materials techniques pic- Decorative arts from the Pilgrims to the Bauhaus are The major consists of I I 1 1 12 History of Art plus 18 credits in upper division art courses and two upper divi- examined in context historical formal technological sion collateral courses selected from 2 torial representation and iconography (offered in 50 Classical Tradition in America (Classics) 4 11) Renaissance Literature alternate years) and Cultural Field trips to Carnegie Institute and and the Arts (English) 406 Aesthetics (Philosophy) and 3 13 Archaeology and the Bible (Theology) Recommended elective other area locations can be scheduled (offered in 123 Classical Mythology 331 Art of the 19th Century 3 cr alternate years) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A survey of the visual arts in the I 9th century The 477 introduction to Museum Studies 3 cr The minor consists of 12 credits of upper division courses The prerequis,tes are six ciedits of introductory visual arts not only reflect the dramatic changes in of form color line texture and light An overview of the various functions of art and and survey courses at the 100 level or their adjudged equivalent the artists use but also emphasize the changing political religious associated museums in American society Prerequi- and social values in society site Permission of Department 101 Understanding Art 3 cr If 2 History of Art Renaissance to A study of the techniques and styles of architecture 3 cr Modern World - 3 cr 332 Art of the 20th Century 3 cr 478 Internship sculpture painting and the graphic arts in Western A continuation of I I I Surveys Renaissance Baroque A chronological study of 20th century painting and Practical experience in art related areas introduces society with an emphasis upon increasing the stu- and Modern art in Western Europe Can be elected sculpture which looks beyond visual perception and the student to the many opportunities in the art field dent s comprehension of our visually oriented to fulfill the history/literature requirement tries to find the essence and meaning of reality Prerequisite Permission of Department culture Suggested preliminary for all upper division 123 Classical Mythology 3 cr art history courses DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES A presentation of the major myths of Greece and 102 Introduction to Modern Art 3 cr Rome with special attention to contemporary inter- Chaoman Howard G Ehrlich Ph D An attempt to render accessible to the spectator the pretations of myth and the influence of myth on art Biology is the scientific exploration of life in its many forms and details it is a fundamental element in a bal- realities formulated by the artists of the last two and literature (Offered by the Classics Department) anced liberal education and offers both intellectual insight and knowledge vital to societies facing serious prob- decades Formal analysis of the art object and exam- lems having biological implications The biology program v; a part of that search by mankind to understand 206 Greek Art 3 cr ination of the motivational forces which shaped its its world in an effort to more effect,vely deal with the realities of that world and pursue its great promises A study of the architecture sculpture vase painting creation lead to an overall view of the structural The undergraduate prograrn is basic and flexible providing a core of experience around which continuous and minor arts of the Greek world from Minoan to framework of twentieth century painting and future personal development rnay be centered The program offers opportunity to develop professional atti- Hellenistic times The student is introduced to the sculpture tudes and technical competence which aid in opening avenues for advanced study and career fulfillment as extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has been I I I well as personal enrichment The course of study pursued ca^n aid in preparation for professional careers in History of Art Ancient to a continuing formative force in Western art (Offered teaching research medicme dentistry veterinary medicine and allied health fields as well as for advanced Medieval World 3 cr in alternate years) A chronologically oriented detailed presentation of study in various gradu9te school specialties While many students choose to pursue the benefits of advanced 207 Roman Art the history of Western art This survey deals with 3 cr study in graduate and professional schools others prefer to pursue opportunities in biological technologies An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- Near Eastern Greek Roman Early Christi an and in pure and applied research and service in hospitals universities private industry and governmental service ture sculpture and painting The background of Medieval art Can be elected to fulfill the history/ Diverse opportunities are available in specialty sales pharmaceutical laboratories medical laboratories atomic literature requirement Roman art in Etruscan Greek and Egyptian civiliza- energy research laboratories and chemical laboratories food technology and processing fisheries oceanography tions is investigated and the impact of Roman art conservation health services space biology agricultural technology food and drug administration environmental services as well as in other industries and agencies

18 19

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 203 Microbiology-A 4 cr the manner in which various organ systems con- A minimum of 31 semester hours is needed Majors are required to take General Biology I I 1 1 12 and to Introduction to microorganisms their morphology tribute to the maintenance of physiological homeo- select other courses so that a balance is achieved with experience in biology of inheritance structure and metabolism elcology and cultural characteristics stasis Prerequisites Biology I I 1 1 12 Lecture and function at the molecular cellular and organismal levels Within that context students may follow their pre- with emphasis on their interaction with other organ- laboratory ferred interest in subject matter selection and concentration The specific program selected is individually formu- isms'mcluding man Principles of medical and health lated with the student through consultation with an advisor Courses 107 108 201 202 206 207 208 and 3 18 Physiology of Reproduction 4 cr related aspects of microbiology chemotherapy in- 220 will not be counted toward a major in biology oualified majors may take two 500 introductory level graduate The course includes the anatomy histology physi- dustrial agricultural and marine microbiology are courses during their senior year and apply them toward their undergraduate degrees ology biochemistry and endocrinology of vertebrate presented Prerequisites Biology I I 1 1 12 and Extradepartmental requirements Calculus 1 15 General Chemistry 1 2 1 1 2 2 Organic Chemistry 205 206 or 2 2 1 reproduction The main emphasis is on the physiol- organic chemistry for concurrent registration) Lec- 222 General for Analytical) Physics 20 1 202 or 21 1 2 12 Students also should consider extradepartmental ogy of puberty estrous and menstrual cycle concep- ture and laboratory electives in chemistry mathematics and computer science A minimum of 15 credits in Biology must be taken tion pregnancy and parturition The physiological at Duquesne University for the major 204 Microbiology B 4 cr basis of fertility and infertility also are included Pre- Introduction to viruses and mmunology with em- requisites I I I 1 1 2 and 232 or 244 Lecture and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR phasis on host-parasite interactions and patterns of laboratory The department offers two minor programs infectious diseases in populations Prerequisites 324 Regulatory Physiology 4 cr I I 1 1 Biology I I 1 1 12 and organic chemistry (or concur- I Professional Minor which consists of 12 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the department s A treatment of physiological and environmental rent registration) 203 is not prerequisite to 204 major courses numbered 200 or above Individual course prerequisites must be met regulations with emphasis on neuroendocrine inte- 2 Acadcmic Minor which consists of 107 108 or I I 1 1 12 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the Lecture and laboratory gration and adaptation Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 and department s courses numbered 200-395 Courses which are open to either non-majors may be selected 226 Genetics 4 cr 3 1 2 or 444 Lecture and laboratory individual course prerequisites must be met A study of the mechanisms of inheritance and their 336 Human Parasitology 3 cr if a student takes 107 1 08—Principles of Biology and I I I I 12—General Biology the credits for the 107 108 resulting effects on individuals and populations in- Principles of parasitism epidemiology and life cycles will not apply to the total number required for the degree These courses are not interchangeable cluding their implications in the life of man Principles of human parasitic protozoans and helminths special- and details methods and applications are illustrated ly useful in allied health fields Prerequisites introduc- with specific examples drawn from a wide range of NON-MAJOR COURSES tory biology and a course in animal physiology or species from microorganisms to man Prerequisites ecology or permission of the instructor Lecture and 107 108 Principles of Biology 3 cr each 208 Anatomy and Physiology 107 108 or I I I 1 1 2 Lecture and laboratory laboratory Study of the living world of which man is an integral Laboratory I cr 230 Stress and Adaptation 3 cr 395 Special Topics 1 3 cr part it includes considerations of organization Laboratory includes examination of the micro and A study of the biological effects of acute and chronic Treatment of topics of current or special interest in activity growth reproduction inheritance environ- gross anatomy of the body physiological experi- stress stimuli of various origins and the neuro and biology Lecture laboratory or combinations mental influences and other interrelationships This ments and exposure to certain basic clinically hormonal regulations associated with adaptation to course is designed to provide the non-scientist with important measurements and techniques Prerequi- stress Prerequisites 107 108 or I I I 1 1 2 Lecture 398 399 Undergraduate Research 2 cr each the biological information and principles necessary sites 207 Anatomy and Physiology (or concurrent Opportunity for selected students to work in the 232 Vertebrate Macrostructure 4 cr to assume an enlightened role in our increasingly registration) Not for Biology Major credit laboratory on research problems under the direc- A comparative study of the gross structure of verte- complex society Not for Biology Major credit 107 Laboratory tion of a faculty member 398 is not prerequisite to brates and the relationship of that structure to unc- is prerequisite to 108 Lecture 399 Maximum of four credits Registration by per- 220 Sex and Sexuality 3 cr tion and evolution Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 Le ture mission of instructor Laboratory 201 Biology of Microbes 3 cr Consideration of sex and reproduction as universal and laboratory Examination of microbes as to what they are how biological functions with special emphasis on 411 Ecology 4 cr 238 Vertebrate Microstructure 4 cr they grow how they may be controlled what their physiological and psychological basis of human sex- The goal is to provide an overall grasp of the prin- A study of tissue and organ structure and the rela- relationships to other living things are why and how uality The course also aims to examine sexual func- ciples and procedures underlying ecological thought tionship of that structure to function Prerequisites some of them cause disease Not for Biology Major tioning' sexual behavior and sex therapy Not for 1 Past present and future aspects of environmental I I 1 12 and 232 or permission ofthe instructor Lec- credit Lecture Biology Major credit Lecture stud , es ate considered from the ecosystem view- ture and laboratory 202 Biology of Microbes Laboratory I cr 226 Genetics 4 cr point Interrelationships of living things with each illustrates methods of observation growth and iden- See description under Major Courses 244 Animal Development 4 cr other as well as the non-living components empha- tification of microbes as well as methods of control- A comparative study of the morphological and size the need for inter-disciplinary studies and quan- 230 Stress and Adaptation 3 cr ling these organisms using sterilization techniques physiological aspects of animal development empha- titative data Both terrestrial and aquatic habitats are See description under Major Courses disinfectants and antibiotics Not for Biology Major sizing current experimental approaches Pre- used to illustrate concepts such as growth niche suc- credit Prerequisites Biology 201 (or concurrent requisites I I 1 1 12 Lecture and laboratory cession and competition Applicability to current human problems is discussed such as waste disposal registration) Laboratory 250 Plant Development 4 cr pollution food fuel agriculture and urbanization 206 Environmental Biology 3 cr MAJOR COURSES Examines the unique features of representative types Prerequisites I I I 1 1 2 Lecture and laboratory This course deals with the biological background for Except for 398'and 399 ail courses for majors also of plants as revealed by interrelationships of form 12 understanding environmental problems and con- are open to non-majors providing that individual function and morphogenesis Prerequisites I I 1 1 444 Cell Physiology 4 cr siders population energy land use and pollution as course prerequisites are satisfied Lecture and laboratory 1 ,^ study of cells with regard to means of obtaining well as legal aspects of the amelioration of environ- energy including respiration fermentation and 1 11 112 General Biology 4 cr each 306 Plant Physiology 4 cr mental abuses Not for Biology Major credit Lecture photosynthesis work done by the cell including bio- Introduction to' the scientific study of life at the Varied studies of the growth requirements and regulatory mechanisms of important plant types with synthesis active transport and cell movement cell 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 cr molecular cellular and organismal level it involves growth and differentiation relationships of cell struc- Studies designed to provide students with a back- consideration of relevant structure function develop- emphasis upon environmental control Prerequisites ture to these processes Prerequisites I I 1 1 12 and ground in the areas of human'body structure and the ment reproduction inheritance evolution and I I 1 1 12 and 250 Lecture and laboratory organic chemistry Lecture and laboratory mechanisms underlying normal body functions ecology This course provides the basic information 312 Animal Physiology 4 cr Prerequisites some previous exposure to introduc- and concept necessary for understanding living Examination of the physiological mechanisms of body 448 Diagnostic Microbiology 3 cr A tory biology and chemistry is desirable Not for systems their activity and interrelationships I I I is function in animals including consideration of the course to acquaint the student with the methods Biology Major credit Lecture prerequisite to 1 12 Lecture and laboratory basic components of biological control systems and employed on clinical samples by clinical laboratories

20 21

in the isolation and identification of microbial agents 507 Laboratory Techniques 3 cr compounds the chemistry of functional groups and 323 324 Physical Chemistry which cause human disease Cultural as well as sero- 511 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology 3 cr the practical applications of organic compounds in Laboratory I cr each logical techniques are included Emphasis is on the 512 Mammalian Physiology 3 cr the synthesis of polymers of carbohydrates lipids Laboratory portion of Chemistry 32 1 322 four interpretation and significance of laboratory findings 513 General Endocrinology - 3 cr proteins nucleic acids enzvmes vitamins etc Bio- hours 516 in the diagnosis of microbial disease specially useful Animal Behavior 3 cr chemistry is treated in terms of the digestion and 326 The Computer in Chemistry 3 cr 517 in medical technology nursing and allied fields Pre- Animal Behavior Laboratory I cr metabolism of nutrients the function of enzymes in The computer will be introduced as a tool in the solu- 520 requisites introductory biology and a course in Experimental Embryology 3 cr the metabolic process and the abnormal metabolic tion of problems from the fields of analytical microbiology or permission of the instructor Lec 524 Immunology 3 cr conditions that prevail in disease Lecture three biological inorganic organic and physical chemistry ture and laboratory 526 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 cr hours Recitation one hour Laboratory two hours The student will progress from the use of the com- 528 Microbial Physiology 3 cr Descriptions of the Following Courses are Pro 121 122 General Chemistry puter as a black box problem solver to the design 531 Biology of Fungi 3 cr vided in the Graduate School Catalog 1 The fundamental principles and concepts of and coding of programs to solve problems in his field 535 Microbiology Seminar I cr of interest Experimental design and analysis will be 501 Research Skills 3 cr chemistry are presented from the standpoint of 573 Behavioral Ecology 3 cr atomic and molecular structure with illustrative introduced by library programs which permit the 503 Cell and Electron Microscopy 3 cr 577 Evolutionary Ecology 3 cr computer to simulate laboratory equipment in the 505 Molecular Genetics 3 cr examples from descriptive chemistry The basic con- 580 Urban Ecology 3 cr cepts of thermodynamics chemical kinetics and production of experimental data Prerequisite equilibrium are introduced The laboratory portion Chemistry 321 Lecture three hours DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY of the first semester illustrates physical and chemical 401 Introductory Biochemistry 4 cr Chairman Andrew I Glaid III Ph D properties in a quantitative manner arid the labora- An introduction to biochemistry at the cellular level The Chemistry program is designed to provide the student with a fundamental background in chemistry and tory portion of the second sernester illustrates the The structure and chemistry of cellular components and understanding of the relationship of chemistry to the other sciences and disciplines Elective courses and principle of ionic equilibria including qualitative (proteins nucleic acids etc ) of cellular reagents (en- the opportunity to do undergraduate research allow the chemistry major to develop interests in a specialized inorganic analysis zymes coenzymes respiratory pigments etc ) and area of chemistry such as analytical inorganic organic physical chemistry and biochemistry 1 2 1 Lecture three hours Recitation metabolic reactions of carbohydrates lipids and Because of the fundamental nature of chemistry as a science numerous opportunities for advanced study one houT Laboratory three hours 4 cr amino acids are discussed Prerequisite 206 or 222 as well as employment are open to chemistry and biochemistry majors A large perccentage of students elect Lecture three hours Laboratory four hours to continue their study in graduate programs in chemistry and related fields Chemists and biochemists pro- 122 Lecture three hours Recitation vide a core of personnel in pure and applied research technical sales technical libraries ma'nagement posi- one hour Laboratory six hours 5 cr 421 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr tions in the chemical and related industries the space industry education the environmental sciences and Theoretical and practical training in modern methods 205 206 221 222 Organic the health professions such as medicine dentistry and veterinary medicine The major in biochemistry centers in chemical analysis with emphasis on instrumental Chemistry 4 cr each around the core of basic chemistry courses while also oroviding advanced courses in biochemistry and elec- methods Prerequisite 322 Lecture three hours The theoretical background is developed from the tives in biology Laboratory eight hours standpoint of the electronic structure of molecules REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS and the accompanying energy considerations The 422 Inorganic Chemistry 4 cr A survey of the basic principles required for under- Thirty-two semester hours are required All students must taW 121 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 323 and 421 preparation and the chemical and physical (including Mathematics 115 116 Physics201 202 or 211 212 Biology,l] 1 112 proficiency in German Russian or spectral) properties of representative organic com- standing inorganic chemistry including atomic and French at the 202 or 2 12 level is required pounds are discussed in detail Prerequisites 121 molecular structure crystal structure non-aqueous solvents and coordination compounds Prerequisite Ifastuderittakes 111 112 and 121 122 chemistry courses the credits for the I I I 1 1 2 will not apply to 1 22 For 205 206 Lecture three hours Recitation the total required for the degree Courses 101 102 205 206 will not be counted toward a major one hour Laboratory four hours and for 221 222 322 Lecture three hours Laboratory four hours Chemi,try Major All students must take 322 324 422 and Mathematics 2 15 Lecture three hours Recitat,on one hour Labora- 490 Undergraduate Research Maximum 2 cr Biochemistry Major All students must take 40 1 524 In addition Chemistry 525 and 526 may be taken as elec- tory six hours Selected students work on a research problem under tives Students planning to enter a gi^aduate chemistry department should take 322 324 321 322 Physical Chemistry 3 cr each the direction of a staff member Students who intend to work in industry after graduation are strongly advised to take 548 industrial Organic A study of the structure and properties of the various 524 Molecular Basis of Biochemistry 3 cr Chenrustry and 549 Principles of Polymer Science states of matter thermodynamics thermochemistry A discussion of the chemistry of amino acids and pro- To incet the Amcricaif Chonical Sooely s requircnicitts fot Prot(ssional Ccrlificatioit the Chermstry Major must elect two kinetics and an introduction to chemical physics teins from the viewpoint of stru^ture physical additional courses from the following 40 1 523 524 5 3 7 538 54 5 546 54 7 548 572 Mathematics 2 16 Prerequisites Physics 202 or 212 Chemistry 122 chemistry and analysis An introduction to enzyme or 308 Biology 505 Pharmacy Sciences 539 and Phvsics 306 one of these must be a laboratory course This Mathematics 1 16 Lecture four hours chemistry is also included in the course Prerequisite laboratory requirement can also be fulfilled with 490 Fhe Biochemistry Major must take 322 324 and 422 401 for certification Course disciplines of the 500 level courses can be found in the Graduate School catalogue

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS A minor in Chemistry consists of 12 credit hours beyond 121 122 A minor in Biochemistry consists of 12 Chairman Jerry Clack Ph D 1982-83 Stephen r Newmyer Ph D 1983-84 credits beyond 121 122 Normally 205 206 or 221 222 along with 401 will constitute the Biochemistry minor The study of Classics is a unique discipline It is not the study of a language or a literature alone it is rather the investigation of one of the world s inspired civilizations the Graeco-Roman world As such it offers the 101 102 Chemistry and Society 3 cr each tion poisons etc on metabolic processes Students student insight into the broadest aspects of human existence set in a perspective distant enough from his own The impact of chemistry on societv reaches every with a good high school background do not require to expand significantly his understanding and appreciation of humanity s aspirations failure- and occasional phase of life The course attempts to provide a link the first semester as a prerequisite others should triumphs between chemistry and the changes in our techno- see the instructor before registering for the second logical society in the first semester the basic con- semester Lecture three hours REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS cepts of chem-stry are developed for the non-science The Department offers four major programs Classical Latin Classical Greek Classical Languages (knowledge I I I 11 2 Principles of Chemistry 4 cr each student and applied to current topics such as air and of both Latin and Greek required) and Classical Civilization (no knowledge of Greek/Latin required) Credits The course is divided into three segments physical water pollution energv pesticides etc The second applied to any major must be at the 200 level or above organic and biochemistry In the section devoted to semester deals with the biochemistry of living 1) The Classical Latin major requires at least eighteen credits in Latin as well as six credits of ancient history physical chemistry the laws of chemical behavior are systems Chemical principles are used to explain the or ancient literature courses in English developed with particular reference to the simple normal life processes of photosynthesis respiration 2) The Classical Greek major requires at least eighteen credits in Greek as well as six credits in ancient history molecules of inanimate nature The organic section etc as well as abnormal conditions such as drug ac- or ancient literature courses in English deals primarily wil h the structural features of organic

22 23

124 World Mythology 3 cr 247 History of the Roman Principate 3) The Classical Languages major requires at least twenty-four credits in Latin and Greek (with a minimum 3 cr Investigation of the dominant themes of non-Classical of twelve credits in each) in addition to six credits of ancient history or ancient literature courses in English Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial mythologies with special reference to Near Eastern structure from Augustus to the death of Commodus The Survey of Sanskrit Literature (21 1-212) may be substituted for the twelve credits of either Latin or Greek Celtic Teutonic African and American Indian myths 4) The Classical Civilization major is an individually designed program of twenty-four credits of ancient literature history art and archeology Students majoring in Classical Civilization create programs with the close advice 248 History of the Late Roman and the approval of the Classics Department to fit their backgrounds interests and career objectives Majors 230 Ancient Theatre 1 3 cr Empire 3 cr should formulate programs with balanced history and literature components They are strongly encouraged An examination of the origins and development of Examination of Roman history from the ascension of to fulfill the College language requirement in either Latin or Greek All courses in Greek or Latin at the 200 ancient tragedy and comedy Readings from the Severus to tne death of Justinian level or at3ove apply to the Classical Civilization Major works of Aeschylus Sophocles Euripides Aristoph- anes Menander Plautus Terence and Seneca 249 Egyptian Civilization 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the The Department offers a milhor in Latin (a minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level) a minor in Greek (a 231 Ancient Epic 3 cr pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level) and a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations in Greek A study of ancient epic literature with particular at- rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the Civilization Roman Civilization Ancient History and Ancient Art and Literature ^ 12 credits above the 100 level) tention to the techniques of oral and literary com- artistic literary and religious achievements of Egypt with approval of the Department and advisors position Readings from the works of Homer Apol- lonrus of Rhodes Vergil and Lucan 250 Classical Archaeology 3 cr 10 1 102 Elementary Classical 301 Pre Fifth Century 3 cr A study of the archaeological discovery of classical Latin 4 cr each The Iliad the Odyssey the Hoinew Hyfrins Hesiod Pin 232 Ancient Novel and Romance , 3 cr civilization from the Greek Bronze Age through the Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and syn- clar and Greek lyric poetry Survey of Greek and Roman prose fiction with special Roman Empire An introduction to the techniques tax combined with occasional exercises in translation 302 Fifth Century 3 cr emphasis on the nature and development of nar- of archaeological investigation from Roman authors Herodotus Thucyclides Aeschylus Sophocles rative techniques Readings from Homer Heroclotus 103 104 Elementary Classical Euripides and Aristophanes Xenophon' Apollonius of Rhodes the Greek Ro-- 260 The Classical Tradition in Greek 4 cr each mances Lucian Petronius and Apulerus - 303 Fourth Century 3 cr America 3 cr Study of the fundamentals of Greek grammar and Greek orators , Plato Aristotle Xenophon A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civiliza- syntax combined with frequent exercises on trans a- Menander 233 Ancient Satire 3 cr tion on American cultural life tion from Greek authors investigation of the satirical element in classical 304 Alexandrian Period 3 cr literature with special reference to the writings of Lu- 261 Contemporary Literature 165, 106 Basic Sanskrit 3 cr each Apollonius Rhodius Theocritus Callimachus and the cian Lucilius Horace Persius Martial and Juvenal and Classics 3 cr A study of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grammar and lesser Alexandrian authors syntax combined with exercises in translation Some An investigation of the influence of ancient myth on previous foreign language experience is desirable 305 Roman Republic 3 cr 240 Greek Religion 3 cr 20th century French German Italian English and Plautus Terence Cicero Lucretius Catullus Caesar An examination of the continuity of Greek religious American Literature 107, 108 Elementary Ecclesiastical and Sallust experience from ancient times to the present and of Latin 3 cr each the interconnection of ancient Greek religious ritual 300 Seminar 1-3 cr Study of the fundamentals of Latin grammar and syn- 306 Augustan Literature 3 cr moral experience and religious thought Topics variable tax as represented in Scripture and Church Fathers Livy Vergil Horace Ovid Propertius and Tibullus 307 Imperial Literature 3 cr 201 202 Intermediate Classical 241 Roman Religion 3 cr 301 Greek Art 3 cr Seneca Lucan Petronius Martial Plutarch Tacitus Latin 3 cr each A study of Roman religious beliefs and practices with A study of the architecture sculpture vase painting Juvenal Pliny the Younger Seutonius Apuleius and Survey of major Latin authors attention to the development of hero cults oriental and minor arts of the Greek world from Minoan to Lucian 203, 204 Intermediate Classical mystery religions and philosophical 'sects as alterna- Hellenistic times The student is introduced to the Greek 3 cr each 308 Post Classical Literature 3 cr tives to traditional religion extensive vocabulary of Greek art which has been Survey of major Greek authors Post classical medieval renaissance and neo-Latin a continuing formative force in Western art (Offered authors 242 Ancient Law 3 cr in alternate years) 205 206 Intermediate Ecclesiastical An historical survey including the contributions of Latin 3 cr each 309 Studies in Genre 3 cr the Babylonians and the Greeks of Roman Law be- 302 Roman Art 3 cr Selections from Biblical and Christian Latin literature Selected genre of Greek and/or Latin literature tween c 500 B C' and A D 500 An introduction to Roman innovations in architec- 207 208 Biblical and Patristic 400 Independent Readings and ture sculpture and painting The background of Greek 3 cr each Research Var cr 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr Roman art in Etruscan Greek and Egyptian ci^iliza- Selections from Biblical and Christian Greek litera- Examination of the most significant medical theories tions is investigated and the impact of Roman art ture CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH and practices in the period from the Egyptian tem- in formulating Christian Art Renaissance Art and (NO GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) ple physicians to the doctors of the Roman Emp;re Neo-Classicism is analyzed (offered in alternate 211 212 Survey of Sanskrit Special attention will be given to Hippocrates and years) Literature 3 cr each 121 General Etymology - 3 cr Galen Selected readings from major Sanskrit texts includ- A study of Greek and Latin words to facilitate the ing the Mahabharata Hitopadesa Kathasaritsagara Man- comprehension of modern English as it is written by 305 History of Medicine 3 cr 245 Greek History 3 cr A avadharmasastra Rigveda and Meghaduta our acknowledged modern masters survey exploring the development of medicine in An examination of the development of Greek history the western world in terms of medicine as an art and 122 Etymology of Scientific Terms 3 cr and culture from earliest times up to the death of as a science The latter part of the course will focus Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of scien- Alexander of Macedon on the social and institutional aspects in the develop- The following will be taught as Latin or Greek courses tific terminology ment of American medicine or for those students who are qualified as combina- 123 Classical Mvthology 3 cr 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr tion Latin and Greek courses A presentation of the major myths of Greece and A survey of Mediterranean history from the death Each course will cover an individual author or Rome w ith special attention to contemporary inter- of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the group of authors or a goire Each course may be pretations of myth and the influence of myth on art establishment of the Roman principate repeated as long as a different author or work is read and literature

24 25

gramming assemblers and macro-assemblers Pre- 311 Data Base Management requisite I I I Fortran Systems Design 3 cr Introduction of data base concepts and approaches 202 Data Structures 3 cr to data base management Topics include choice and Introduction to the theory of graphs and trees and design of data structures design of user oriented their realization as computer programs A thorough languages for updating and retrieving information study of data structures and algorithms for their constraints and problems associated with the use of manipulation Prerequisite I I I Fortran generalized data management systems Prerequisite 301 Computer Logic 3 cr 1 02 Cobol 202 Data Structure and 305 Intro to File Basic concepts used in the design and analysis of Processing digital systems Required course fo^ 302 Prerequi- 3 1 2 Artificial Intelligence site Fortran I 1 1 3 cr Introduction to the theory of abstract mathematical 302 Computer Organization 3 cr machines Structured and behavioral classification of An introduction to current system structures of con- automata finite state automata theory of regular trol communications memories processors and 1/0 sets turning machines are among topics considered devices Prerequisite 201 Machine Language Pro- Prerequisite 202 Data Structure gramming 301 Computer Logic 414 Software Design and Development 3 cr 305 Introduction to File Processing 3 cr An overview of system Software Examination of This course is designed to introduce concepts and design and development of macro assernblers com- techniques of structuring data on bulk storage piler-, and control program functions Prerequisite devices to provide experience in the use of bulk 302 306 storage devices and to provide the foundation for 415 Theory of Programming applications of data structures and file processing Languages 3 cr techniques Prerequisite 102 Cobol 202 Data Comparative study of properties and applications of Structures several higher level programming languages Pre- 306 Introduction to Operating requisite 1 12 Advanced Programming and 202 Data Systems 3 cr Structure 1/0 Hardware properties of magnetic tapes discs 4 19 Introduction to Micro and drums associative memories virtual address transla- Mini Computers DIVISION OF COMPUTER SCIENCE tion techniques batch processing time sharing 3 cr An introduction to the designs of micro and mini com- The curriculum in Computer Science is designed to allow maximum flexibility in direction There are three areas scheduling resoui cc allocation are among the topics puters Exploration of assembler and specialized of concentration scientific applications business applications and computer systems engineering covered Prerequisite 201 Machine Language Pro- languages for small Computers Prerequisites 201 gramming 202 Data Structures REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Machine Language Programming and 301 Computer A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major These must include the core courses I I 1 1 12 201 307 Numerical Methods of Logic and 202 with the remaining courses selected from those numbered 300 and above Extra departmental re- Linear Systems 3 cr 420 Computer Simulation quirements English 385 Professional and Technical Writing Math 1 15 116 Contact the Computer Science This course deals with basic algorithms of numerical 3 cr The fundamentals Of Simulation via digital and analog Division for extradepartmental requirements in particular area of concentration computation of linear algebra The use of mathe- computers will be presented Modern development matical subroutine packages are included I his course REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR and Solution by numerical and analytical methods will ,s icientical to Math 307 It mav be used to satisfy A rri^mimum of 18 semester hours is required for the mmoi These must include the core courses I I 1 1 12 be discussed in depth with emphasis on practical either a Math or Computer Science requirement but 201 and 202 and 6 hours of computer science selected from courses numbered 300 and at)ove applications Prerequisite Fortran not both Prerequisite 1 1 1 Fortran Math 1 16 and I I I and a Course in statistics Note Many of the courses in the Computer Science Division may be taken as electives by those not enrolled Math 306 in the major or minor programs Any such selections however must be cleared by the advisor through a repre- 421 Applications in Data Processing 308 Numerical Methods of 3 cr sentative of the Computer Science Division Data handling in terms of coding preparation ac- Classical Analysis 3 cr quisition summarization and tabulation and analysis introduces the basic algorithms of numerical com- 100 Elements of Computer Science 3 cr using packaged program,; Prerequisite Fortran project documentation file structure and the organ- putation their theoretical foundations and practical I 1 1 A computer appreciation course covering a survey ization of programming languages applications Programming assignments are made to 423 Information Systems of computer organization computer languages and 3 cr demonstrate the algorithin the related theory the the history of computers Not counted toward com- I I I FORTRAN 3 cr Application of information systems to various areas berefits and the pitfalls associated with the method puter science major or minor Elements of FOR] RAN Skills to construct algorithms as education business medicine law and public ad- Identical to Math 308 May be used to satisfv either for efficient solution of computational problems are ministration Anv one of the areas will be Studied in 101 Introduction to Computer a Math or Computer Science requirement but not presented This core course is required of those detail Prerequisite 202 Data Structures Science/Basic 3 cr both Prerequisite I I I Fortran and Math 2 15 interested in taking additional computer science 491-499 Selected Topics in An introductory course for those who have had no courses 309 Computers and Society prior computer science courses or those seeking a 3 cr Computer Science 1 3 cr A course designed to keep the student abreast of Top,cs selected in consultation with the aclv^sor and general introduction to computers Machine lan- 1] 2 Advanced Programming 3 cr the currcnt state of the artlot computer science and guage assembly language and Basic are among the Advanced programming techniques using FORTRAN the division technology and of the role that computers play in topics covered Not counted toward the computer 77 and an introduction to Pascal This course society This seminar format course will discuss the science major or minor develops the student s skills in the use of procedure uses and misuses of computers in society and will oriented languages Prerequisite I I I Fortran 102 COBOL 3 cr underline the basic assumptions values and ethics Structured programming principles and techniques 201 Machine Language Programming 3 cr which should govern the use of computer systems are introduced using the COBOL language Topics A survey of various machine configurations Topics discussed are top down techniques program and include number systems machine language pro- Ir 26 27 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 205 American Literature Survey I— 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 Beginning to Civil War Chairman GeLa Grosschimid J U D 3 cr 387 388 389 Writing Workshops 3 cr each Representative selections from major American Courses in this sequence are offered each semester REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR authors treated in both their literary and their Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major These credits must include 221 222 321 and 322 in a workshop format desig ned to develop students historical contexts creative and/or technical writing skills Examples of Extradepartmental requirements Mathematics 225 in the Mathematics Departmentof the College Students plan- courses regularly offered are ning to do graduate work in Economics are advised to take calculus 206 American Literature Survey Playivriting Poetry After Civil War 3 cr Workshop Fiction Workshop Writing for Business and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Representative selections from major American Industry Professional and Technical Writing Admission by Eighteen semester hours are required for a minor in Economics These credits must include 221 and 222 authors treated in both their literary and their instructors permission only It is strongly recommended that students having economics as a minor consult with the Economics Depart- historical contexts ment for advisement The remainder of the English courses are divided 207 The Novel Course Descriptions are provided in the School of Business and Administration Section of this Catalog 3 cr into areas of emphasis During a four-semester introduction both to various types of novels and to period each course from each area will be offered on Pages 66-67 1 the critical analysis of fiction at least once DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 208 Poetry 3 cr Medieval Studies Appreciation of British and American poetry critical Chairman Joseph J Keenan Ph D 409 Chaucer analysis of traditional and experimental poetic form 3 cr A study of The chief purpose of the English program is to develop the student s powers to think critically about his life consideration of philosophical and social concerns The Canterbury Tales and minor poems To this end the Department s curriculum unites intensive and critical reading in a broad range of our literary of poetry 410 Medieval Special Topics 3 cr heritage with close attention to the presentation of ideas in writing Attention is also given to oral expression Studies in the ideas and attitudes of the medieval 209 Drama 3 cr of ideas by means of dialogue between professor and student Not only is the degree in English an excellent period approached through one of its dominant An historical survey of major dramatic forms through preparation for law school and for graduate work in English education and library science but it also pro- genres such as the romance the drama the lyric a selection of representative works by major play- vides the liberal preparation which is sought by the business world for such areas as personnel advertising etc or through some of its major writers other than and management wrights from the classical tradition of Greece and Rome to the Theatre of the Absurd Chaucer or through international readings in old and Prerequisites— English Composition 10 1 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to English Composi- Middle English Old Icelandic Medieval French and I - tion 102 Lnglish Composition 102 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to all other courses offered 210 211 Readings in World German (all read in English translation) Literature 1 11 3 by the department cr each Renaissance Studies The English Department further advises that two 200 level courses should be taken before the student attempts A survey of major literary works of the Western world any 300 or 400 level course (except for 307 and 308) from Homer to Cervantes (2 10) and from Moliere to 413 Sixteenth Century English Camus (21 1) with emphasis on continental traditions Literature 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR The course explores both the thematic preoccupa- Survey including non-Shakespearean drama Sidney The major is an individually-designed program of 24 hours of English Department courses above the 100 level tions of Western writers and the development and Spenser Shakespeare Marlowe and minor figures Each English major with the close advice and approval of a member of the English faculty designs a program evolution of literary forms to fit his background interests and career objectives 414 Seventeenth 'Cent ur y English 212 213 English Literature Literature 1 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Honors 3 cr each Survey of drama prose and poetry to 1660 A minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the freshman level of which no more than six hours may be taken at Honors counterparts to 201 202 Major British the 200 level 415 Milton 3 cr writers from Chaucer to Eliot Participation by invita- A survey of Milton and his times A close scrutiny There are five separate emphases from which the student must choose one tion only I English Literature 201 202 and six hours in upper division English Literature courses 409 through 469 of the minor poems and Paradise Lost and Samson 300 Honors Seminar 3 cr Agonistes 2 American Literature 205 206 and six hours in upper division American Literature courses 471 through 489 Special areas treated in these seminars will vary and 419 Renaissance Special Topics 3 cr 3 Literature and Film Introduction to Film (3 hours) and nine hours in courses in literature and film Examples will be designated in the schedule of courses each are Shakespeare on Film and American Short Story into Film Studies in Renaissance thought and aesthetic in the semester Enrollment in the Honors Seminar is by works of one or more of its great writers Spenser 4 Writing 203 and nine hours in 300 level Writing Workshops invitation of the Honors Committee of the Depart- Sidney Donne Jonson etc or through the ideas and ment of English 5 English Honors Students who by invitation of the Department Honors Committee complete English 2 12 attitudes conveyed in one of the dominant genres 2 13 and two 300 Honors Seminars may count that program as an English Minor 307 The English Language 3 cr of the Renaissance the lyric the epic the drama etc HONORS PROGRAM An introduction to linguistic analysis with primary em- Shakespeare Studies Students who give evidence of outstanding ability in English through their performance in English Composi- phasis on the history of the structure of English from old to modern English 433 Shakespeare 1 3 cr tion 10 1 or by virtue of superior national test scores will be invited to participate in the English Honors program Comedies and romances at the discretion of the Department Honors Committee 308 Applied Linguistics 3 cr These students may apply Honors course credits to either an English major or minor or may use these credits Practical uses of structural linguistics in the teaching 434 Shakespeare 11 3 cr as electives Further details concerning the Honors program are available through the department office and of composition and literature Tragedies and histories will be distributed to all nominees at the time of their recommendation for admission to the program 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 439 Shakespeare Special Topics 3 cr 377 378 379 Special Studies in Studies in Shakespeare relating his works to those 101 102 English Composition 3 cr each 201 202 English Literature Survey 3 cr each of his contemporaries or concentrating on the prob- English or World Literature 3 cr each Practice in effective writing Review of principles of Representative masterpieces of English literature in lems of Shakespeare biographical aesthetic and grammar and rhetoric introduction to literary types their literary and historical contexts Two or three courses in this sequence are offered every semester by the English Department to meet critical Specific works and approaches to be selected and forms 1,01 is prerequisite to 102 by the instructor 203 Advanced Writing 3 cr the current interests of both the students and the 103 English Composition Honors 3 cr Designed to build upon writing skills learned in faculty Examples of courses regularly offered are Eighteenth Century Studies An honors counterpart to 102 Composition and in- freshman composition centered chiefly on develop- Science Fiction The English Bible and Literature Comparative 441 English Classicism troduction to literary types and forms Participation ment of style and accuracy Enrollment with instruc- 3 cr Literature Modern Comparative Drama Modern Short Story Developments of neo-classical literature from the by invitation only tor s permission only Far Eastern Literature Forms of Fantasy Introduction to Film Restoration to the death of Pope Primary attention The Literature of Mystery and Defection given to Dryden Swift and Pope , 7 - 28 29

442 Late Eighteenth Century 462 Contemporary Literature 3 cr introductory Surveys 259 260 East-Central Europe 3 cr each cr Major modern types and trends Eliot Woolf Waugh English Literature 3 103 Development of the United States The medieval and modern history of the small na- Greene Auden Spender Thomas Golding and Johnson and his circle the development of the novel to 1877 3 cr tions situated between Russia and Germany on the the aesthetic movement others , The historical development of American institutions east and west and the Baltic and Mediterranean Seas on the north and the south 449 Eighteenth Century Special 469 Twentieth Century Special ,cleals and society from earliest times to 1877 3 cr 3 cr Topics Topics 104 Development of the United States 266 Modern Britain 3 cr Studies in Twentieth Century thought and aesthetic Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and aesthetic since 1877 3 cr A study of the first industrial nation with special in the works of one or more of its major writers such in the works of one or more of its great writer^ The historical development of American institutions attention to the achievement of constitutional mon- as Yeats Joyce Eliot or through the ideas and atti- Dryden Swift Pope Johnson Blake etc orthrough ideals and society since 18 7 7 archy the social and economic problems of indus- the ideas and attitudes conveyed in one of the domi- tudes conveyed in one of the dominant genres of the trialization the nature of British imperialism and the nant genres of the Eighteenth Century the drama Twentieth Century Area Courses problems faced in the 20th century the novel the essay etc 212 Europe in the Feudal Age 3 cr American Studies 3 cr The world of the Middle Ages—a survey of medieval 267 Canada 471 Early American Literature 3 cr An introduction to Canadian history with particular Nineteenth Century Studies man s political social and cultural activities study of the literature of America s Colonial and attention to the years from 1763 to the present and 451 English Romantic Literature 3 cr A Federalist periods emphasizing the political and 213, 214 Western Civilization 3 cr each to Canadian-American relations and contemporary A study of t1le aesthetic moral political and literary belletristic writings of an emerging nation An introductory survey of the origins and character- aspects of English romanticism approached through Canada istics of European Civilization emphasizing the per- the writings of Wordsworth Coleridge Byron 472 American Romanticism 3 cr 269 270 China 3 cr sonalities and events and institutions that have made Shelley Keats study of the Romantic movement in America with A survey of social economic political and cultural A the West the dominant global power today emphasis on Emerson Thoreau and Poe changes before and after the establishment of the 452 Victorian Literature 3 cr 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr People s Republic of China A study of the poetry of Tennyson Browning Arnold 3 cr 473 American Realism Examination of the most significant medical theories and the prose of Arnold Carlyle and Ruskin Atten The rise of realistic fiction subsequent to the Civil War 271 3 cr and practices in the period from the Egyptian tem- Japan tion also given to the poetry of Morris Rossetti and through the end of the century with emphasis on An analysis of Japan s current cultural and economic ple physicians to the doctors of the Roman Empire Fitzgerald development in light of its historical past the Meiji Twain James and Howells Special attention will be given to Hippocrates and era and twentieth century expansion 459 Nineteenth Century Special 474 Modern American Literature 3 cr Galen Topics 3 cr study of American prose and poetry from the end A 245 Greek History 3 cr Topical Surveys Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and aesthetic to the present including Frost Fitz- of World War I An examination of the development of Greek history 305 History of Medicine 3 cr in the works of one or more of its great writers such gerald Hemingway Faulkner Bellow etc and culture from earliest times up to the death of A survey exploring the development of medicine in as Wordsworth Tennyson Browning Dickens 480-489 American Literature Alexander of Macedon the western world in terms of medicine as an art and Hardy or through the ideas and attitudes conveyed Special Topics 3 cr as a science The latter part of the course will focus in one of the dominant genres of the Nineteenth 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr Studies designed to reflect particular current interests on the social and institutional aspects in the develop- Century A survey of Mediterranean history from the death of faculty and students alike Topics can be drawn ment of American medicine of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the Twentieth Century Studies from a wide range of areas such as historical establishment of the Roman principate 307 308 History of Science 3 cr each 461 Early Twentieth Century background aesthetics theme and motif from A survey exploring the significance of scientific specific studies of major authors or from tracing the 247 History of the Roman Principate 3 cr Literature - 3 cr developments within the historical and social con- Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial Selective study of authors representing the major development of dominant literary genres text of Western culture to 1930 structure from Augustus to the death of Commodus literary types and trends from about 1890 3 cr 499 Directed Studies 309 American Science and Technology 3 cr Hardy Moore Butler Conrad Yeats Hopkins and 248 History of the Late Roman Empire 3 cr The development of (science and technology in Joyce . I Examination of Roman History from the ascension America from colonial times to the twentieth century of Severus to the death of Justinian 311 312 World History and the 249 Egyptian Civilization 3 cr Historian 3 cr each A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY The course traces the main events of world history pre-dynastic period to the establishment of Roman Chairman Jarnes G Lydon Ph D in relation to the most important theories of world rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the The Department of History offers a program devoted to the study of mankind in diverse cultural settings Lhrough history and in the context of an inquiry into the nature artistic literary and religious achievements of Egypt time A large number of courses are taught by a faculty reflecting a variety of philosophical and methodological of historical understanding The first semester treats outlooks Apart from the fact that the program fully meets the needs of students intending to pursue graduate 254 The History of the Modern prehistory the emergence of civilization and the work in historical studies the history major will be well prepared for careers in law business or government Middle East 3 cr world views of the major classical civilizations The services Most importantly the discipline of history provides an excellent synthesis of the liberal-arts educa- A study of the modern Near East with coincentration second semester is an inquiry into the nature of tion since it effectively joins together the humanities and the social sciences upon the conflict between imperialism and national- modernity ism traditionalism and western influences in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 340 History of Western Law 3 cr (six credits) and either area A minimum of 30 credits must be takin including 103 104 Development of the U 1; Primary emphasis will be placed on the rise of 2 13 2 14 Western Civilization (six credits) or 31 1 3 12 World History and the Historian (six credits) Twelve of 255 256 History of Asia I and 111 3 cr each customary law especially its development in England the remaining credits must be taken from 200 and 300 level courses and six credits from 400 level courses A survey of Asian civilization from ancient times to into Common Law A maximum of 12 transfer credits in history can be applied to the major requirements the present day western colonialism the rise of the 341 History of American Law 1 3 cr nationalist movement and the establishment of REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR This course deals with the development of law legal modern states Students who wish to minor in history may consult with the department s undergraduate advisor The student philosophy and legal institutions in America from the is required to take 15 hours including 103 104 -257 258 Russian History 3 cr each colonial period to the Civil War Development of society and state in Russia from their 342 History of American Law 11 3 cr origins to the twentieth century This course deals with the development of law legal

30 0 31 370 Current History 3 cr philosophy and legal institutions from the Civil War Specialized Areas and Topics 481 The Modern Historian 3 cr What are the major forces affecting our lives today) to the present 458 Civil War and Reconstruction 3 cr The development of modern historical thinking and Where do they come from-) Where will they lead to" Church History 1 3 cr An intensive study of the American experience before scholarship as it is related to the major intellectual 343 Resources will be current media such as A religious and historical exploration of the growt and after the War for the Union an d social currents of modern times TV etc I of Christianity from the first century up to the 467 Science and Society in the 487 The American Frontier 3 cr Reformation discussion of those issues within the 372 Asian Influences on America 3 cr Twentieth Century 3 cr An historical view of man,s attempts to create new Church and the external forces which brought about From the quest for Asia by Columbus to the economic The economic social and cultural conseque-nces of societies concentrating upon ecological issues fron- major conflict and development impact of twentieth century Japan the Orient has the rise of modern science tier experiences and utopian ventures ,effected America its social cultural economic and 344 Church History 11 3 cr technological development 479 Revolutions in the Modern World 3 cr 489 The Search for Identity— Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant develop- An analysis of the major political and social revolu- United States since 1945 3 cr ment from 1500 to the present day special emphasis 373 374 Diplomatic History of the A discussion of selected contemporary issues foreign 1 tions in Europe since 1789 the nature of the revolu- on the crises revolutions and reforms that were cen- Far East 3 cr each tionary phenomenon and the inevitable counter- and domestic which illustrate the identity crisis in Western imperialism in Asia rise of Asian national- tral to this development 1 revolutionary trend the U S- ism analysis of international problems in current ten- 345 American Church History 3 cr sion areas 480 European Fascism 3 cr 490 Honors Seminar 1 3 cr Emphasizes the historical development of major An intensive study of the major fascist movements 491 Honors Seminar 11 3 cr religious traditions in America both Catholic and 375 History of Inner Asia 3 cr and regimes of the twentieth century in light of the Protestant Special attention will be given to the life The history of inner Asia from Genghis Khan s political economic social intellectual and psycho- 499 Directed Reading Selected of the mind of Christianity in America the frontier Mongol Empire to Leonid Brezhnev s Soviet Empire logical tensions which produced them Historical Topics 3 cr expansion of religion the often-controversial inter- 378 Europe and International action between the Church and American culture the Politics 1870-1970 3 cr place of religion in the creation of the American DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM A study of global international relations since 1870 character and the unique separation of church and with emphasis upon the evolution from a European Chairman Nancy C Jones Ph D state centered world to global politics The Department of journalism encourages the liberal education of a student by emphasizing how a profes- 347 War in Modern Society 3 cr sional education for a career in the mass media relies on the liberal arts tradition The journalism curriculum 382 Psychohistory 3 cr A study and analysis of the phenomenon of war in concentrates upon the development of communicative skills for creative and responsible positions in such areas Examines the inter-relationships between psychol- the Western World from the Age of Napoleon to the of mass communication as advertising broadcasting newspapers public relations magazines and specialized ogy—especially psychoanalysis—and history Psy- present with special emphasis upon the inter-rela- publications A transfer student must take at least 12 credits from the department to graduate as a major chology leadership of group behavior or war etc tionship between international conflict and social REOUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR political and technological change 385 Women in History 3 cr Twenty-seven semester hours are required for a major Required courses are 167 267 268 367 369 372 A survey of the historical experience of women from 352 Diplomatic History of United States 3 cr or 376 and 466 or 468 or 470 or 476 ancient times with emphasis'on the forces that have Emphasis is upon involvement of the United States led to the modern,changes in women s status REOUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR in both World Wars and its role as an imperial power Eighteen semester hours credit are required for a minor Credits must include 167 267 268 and nine other 386 Historical Geography 3 cr 357 History of the American journalism credits approved by the head of the Department of journalism Minors do not qualify for the Depart- A survey of the physical world which is the basis for Presidency 3 cr ment s Professional internship program a human civilization past present and future What Primarily an investigation and evaluation—personal are the possibilities and limitations of different places political contemporary and historicai—of each presi- 167 Introduction to Mass for human development" How successful or unsuc- relations in business education government and dent with some attention to the growth of the office Communications 3 cr cessful were human settlements) Emphasis also on non-profit institutions Analysis of PR programs An introduction to the role prInciples and respon- 360 Constitutional History of the geography as an intellectual discipline and cultural sibilities of newspapers broadcasting magazines Ethics and responsibilities Open to juniors Seniors United States 3 cr and non-majors phenomenon advertising and public relations A series of guest An analysis of the Supreme Court and constitutional 389 Europe Industrialism and speakers from these fields is included Course open 331 Public Relations Practices 3 cr development stressing the major controversies in the Masses 3 cr to non-majors (Offered both semesters ) Case studies of public relations programs in industry the field A historical analysis of Europe in the last two cen- 199 Language for journalists 3 cr education social welfare and trade associations The 362 History of the United States turies with particular attention to the relationship application of techniques through the design and Aimed at improving and polishing language skills o Political Parties Since 1868 3 cr between technological and social change and its im- prospective or beginning majors Emphasis on word implementation of programs for clients Open to A detailed examination and analysis of the origins pact on politics and culture Junior and Senior majors Prerequisites usage grammar spelling Introduction to style and 267 268 and leadership and operation of the major political par- 330 or approval of Department 394 United States Labor History 3 cr copy symbols Open to Freshmen and Sophomores ties since 1868 367 Radio Television Principles Concentrates chiefly on the relations between worker 267 Basic Reporting and Writing 1 3 cr 364 The American Mind 3 cr and employer from the early craftsmen to the indus- and Writing Fundamentals of news reporting and writing Applied 3 cr The origins development and contemporary modes trial union member A lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- practice in laboratory sections special events and of American thought including major climates of cation of news writing principles and practices for 395 Pittsburgh and the American City 3 cr beats covered outside of class VDT used Typing opinion diverse movements and selected scientific radio and television Laboratory experience in radio The rise of Urban America using Pittsburgh as a case ability required political religious social and artistic topics and closed-circuit TV studios Open to non-majors study of city growth and change industrialization 268 Basic Reporting and Writing 11 3 cr Prerequisites 267 268 or approval of Department 366 The Modern Mind 3 cr immigration and renewal in the twentieth century Advanced writing of the more complex types of news The major ideological tendencies of modern Euro- 369 Advertising Principles and writing 3 cr 398 Economic History of the stories such as business government courts Ap- pean thought and their connection to society and A lecture-laboratory course in the study and applica- United States 3 cr plied practice,in laboratory sections VDT used Typ- politics and to the major philosophic and scientific tion of writing principles and practices for advertis- Investigates the economic development of the United ing ability required Prerequisite 267 currents of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries ing Study of various types of advertising Open to States emphasizing its impact on social and political 330 Public Relations Principles 3 cr non-majors Prerequisites or approval of issues as background for current economic problems 267 268 Study of the principles history and practices of public Department

33 32

3 cr 470 Professional Internship 485 Industrial Advertising 3 cr 370 The Broadcast Program 3 cr 405 Advanced Public Affairs Reporting Newspapers 3 cr Deals with the principles and practices of industrial A study of the programming strategies in commer- A lecture-laboratory course in gathering and inter- supervised observation-experience program of ciai and public broadcasting Factors impacting pro- pretive news writing on urban affairs Analysis of A marketing communications Emphasis will be placed gramming decisions the organizing and design of major political economic and social developments study'and assignment to a local including on trade-paper ads direct-mail advertising descrip- program services in a variety of work-settings and that have local news interest and significance Guests members of the Pennsylvania Newspaper Publishers tive product folders sales letters and presentations the importance of scheduling in the operational and field trips Prerequisites 267 268 Association Prerequisites 167 267 268 367 369 Examination will be made of related crafts such as 375 372 or 376 405 (Offered both semesters commercial art typography printing plate-making design Neither artistic nor creative functions are 409 Advanced Writing for Advertising 3 cr covered but rather pragmatic matters affecting pro- and media selection Prerequisites 167 267 268 A lecture-laboratory course in copywriting and design 476 Professional Internship - 367 369 gramming executives for advertising Major campaign compiled Pre- Public Relations 3 cr A supervised observation-experience program of 490 Individual Projects in Mass 371 Mass Communications and requisite 369 3 cr study and assignment to a public relations agency Communications 1-3 cr Public Opinion 411 Magazine Article Writing 3 cr study of the nature of public opinion and the mass association industrial non-profit or educational Individual research projects in the mass media A A lecture-laboratory course in free-lance article group in the Pittsburgh area Prerequisites 167 267 Related to a media topic not covered in other communications process effects of propaganda and writing for the general and specialized magazine 268 330 33 1 367 369 375 372 or 376 380 (Of- courses Written paper or other appropriate formats barriers to effective communication Open to juniors Oueries research and marketing Open to juniors fered both semesters ) Open to junior and Senior majors only Prerequisite Seniors and non-majors Seniors and non-majors with Department approval Permission of instructor and department chairman 372 Communications Law 3 cr Prerequisite 267 A study of the legal rights responsibilities and ethics 413 Advanced Writing for Radio of the mass media Libel and broadcast regulations and Television 3 cr Open to juniors and Seniors A lecture-laboratory course in , writing for radio and DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS television Scripting special types of programs such 375 Editing 3 cr Chairnian Charles A Loch M A PSA s A lecture-laboratory course in editing and present- as documentaries editorials panel shows The Department of Mathematics offers a sequence of modern courses which will 1) aid students in developing ing the written word for the mass media Style traffic continuity promotion-pubi i city Prerequisite their ability to think scientifically and form independent judgments 2) provide students with a breadth and headlines typography covered VDT used Pre- 367 depth of knowledge concerning not only manipulative skills but also fundamental and essential theory 3) enable 2^7 or approval of Department requisite 420 International Communications 3 cr students to use their knowledge in the formulation and solution of problems and 4) give students the necessary 376 History of the Mass Media 3 cr A study of world news systems and an analysis of basis of foundation for the pursuit of graduate study or productive effort at the bachelor level Concentrated lecture-discussion course in an histori- their roles as instruments of world understanding REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR cal context of major social influences affecting Comparison of U S -foreign systems including Bachelor of Arts Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include 1 15 1 16 215 American journalism from the colonial press period newspapers broadcasting magazines and wire 21 6 303 4 15 4 16 the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able to contemporary society Open to juniors and services Open to juniors Seniors and non-majors seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics courses listed in the Seniors 440 Writing Reviews/Criticism 3 cr graduate catalog Extradepartmental Requirements Computer Science 101 Basic or I I I Fortran 378 Photography for journalism 3 cr Analysis discussion and writing of reviews/criticism Bachelor of Science Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include 1 15 1 16 215 A lecture-laboratory course in the preparation and of books theater films television music and the 216 303 415 416 the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able use of photography for publication Furclamentals visual arts Lab sessions stress the writing of reviews seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics courses listed in the of camera work developing printing print evalua- and accompanying interviews as well as critiques of graduate catalog tion and editorial uses of photography emphasized published reviews Guest speakers include local critics Extradepartmental Requirements 20 hours in science 21 1 2 12 General Analytical Physics and Computer Student must provide an approved camera Open and artists Prerequisites 267 268 or approval of Science 10 1 Basic or I I I Fortran must be taken The remaining courses may be selected from Biology I I I to non-majors Department 1 12 and 226 and above Chemistry 121 and above Physics above 212 and additional Computer Science courses 379 Graphic Communications 3 cr 44 1 Secondary School Communications 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A laboratory-clemonstration course to introduce Function of publications and broadcasting in the A minor must include 1 15 and 14 additional credits selected from courses numbered above 1 15 1 16 must students to all elements of the graphic design proc- secondary school Role and responsibilities of sch6ol be included ess related to preparing publications for print Using press advisors Teaching of journalism on the high For science majors 215 216 3 15 321 are recommended a grid transfer type and borders greeking paper school level Course is chrected'at students seeking For economics and social science majors 222 or 308 225 or 301 306 are recommended color overlays line and clip art preparing a key and a Pennsylvania teachers certificate in communica- photo-, Open to juniors and Seniors Prerequisites tion with emphasis in high school journalism Open 101 Elementary Mathematics 3 cr 107 108 Introduction to Modern 267 268 375 or approval of Department (This to juniors and Seniors Prerequisites 167 267 A remedial course in the fundamentals of algebra Mathematics 1 11 3 cr each course recommended ptioi it) 380 466 Professional Internship Advertising 3 cr including the solution of equations and inequalities This course is designed for elementary education 380 Specialized Pubilications 3 cr A ^upervised observation-experience program of Not to be counted toward a major minor or the students in the School of Education Not to be A study of association business industrial profes- study and assignment to an assigned advertising majthematics/science area requirements counted toward a major minor or the mathematics/ stonal and ' non-profit communications Writing agency or industrial advertising department in con- science area requirement 103 104 Finite Mathematics 1 11 3 cr each designing and editing brochures newsletters annual junction with the Business/Profess,onal Advertising A course meeting the needs of non-science students 109 College Algebra 3 cr reports magazines and other internal and external Association Pittsburgh Chapter Prerequisites 167 in the College for an introduction to matrices and A traditional course in college algebra for students publications Prerequisites 167 267 2b8 375 267 268 367 369 372 or 376 409 (Offered both their applications linear programming probability who are not prepared for I I I Not counted toward semesters ) 381 Visual Produciions 1 3 cr and statistics computer and other relevant topics a major or minor Credit will not be allowed for both Basic instruction in the planning script writing and 468 Professional Internship Not counted toward a major or minor this course and 105 use of photography for audiovisual productions Broadcasting 3 cr 105 College Algebra and Trigonometry 4 cr 11 1 Calculus for Non Science Students 3 cr primarily slide programs Emphasis on the produc- A supervised observation-experience program of A modern course in college algebra and analytic Differentiation and integration of algebraic logarith- tion of title and caption slides text slides and the study and assignment to a commercial/educational trigonometry for those students who do not possess mic and exponential functions maxima and minima integration of these elements into slide presentations broadcasting station in the Pittsburgh area Prerequi- the prerequisites for 1 15 Not counted toward a area exponential growth Not counted toward a Open to non-majors Prerequisite 378,or approval sites 167 267 268 367 369 370 372 or 376 4 13 major or minor major Credit will not be allowed for both this course of Department - (Offered both semesters ) and 1 15 34 35 115 116 215 Calculus 1 11 [111 4 cr each 311 Introduction to Number Theory 3 cr A unified course in analytic geometry and calculus A discussion of divisibility congruences quadratic photography 406 Advanced,Video Production Techniques 407 Medical Photography and 408 Internship Considers theory of limits functions differentiation residues chophantine equations and arithmetical The Design concentration should include 301 Scriptwriting for Media Production 304 Development of the Health integration series geometry of space functions of functions Prerequisite Proficiency at 105 level Care Program and 404 Management of a Media Facility The Production concentration should include 201 several variables and multiple integration Prerequi- Cinematography 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 206 315 Advanced Differential Equations 3 ct Graphics and 402 The Director The Producer sites for 1 15 T^vo years of algebra one year of plane Medical Media majors must be interviewed when they declare their major Principally theoretical this course considers the by the Medical Media Communica- geometry and one-half year of trigonometry tions Program Director methods of solutions as well as existence and unique- Suggested minors are biology chemistry or computer science 216 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 cr ness of solutions applications and partial differen- The course includes solutions existence of solutions tial equations Prerequisite 216 and applications of differential equations Prerequi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR (Media Production) 321 Mathematical Concepts for Physics 3 cr s.,e 2 15 Five courses are required for the minor 10 1 introduction to Instructional Media is required of all minors In A survey of the mathematical concepts -used in addition four of the following courses may be selected 103 Introduction to Video Production Techniques 201 221 History of Mathematics 3 cr undergraduate physics especially quantum mechan- Cinematography I 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 206 Graphics 378 Photography 381 Visual Produc- This is a survey of the historical development of ics Topics covered include vector analysis matrix I tion I and 406 Advanced Video Production Techniques mathematics Prerequisite One year of College theory complex function theory Fourier series and it should be noted that the minor in the Medical Media program contains no specifically medical courses Mathematics preferably including one semester of calculus of variations Prerequisite 2 16 The minor comprises only media production courses calculus Not counted toward a major 401 Fundamentals of Geometry 3 cr 225 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 cr The course considers topics in Euclidean and Non- 101 Introduction to Instructional development of shooting script Analysis of profes- A basic course in probability theory and descriptive Euclidean geometry also synthetic projective and Media 3 cr sional scripts and programs and inferential statistics for non-majors Prerequisite affine geometrics and some topolog^ Prerequisite Introductory course to familiarize student with equip- 304 Development of Health Care High school algebra Not counted toward a major 2 15 Not offered in regular sequence but available ment instructional technology and process of selec- Programs 3 cr on request tion utilization and evaluation of media resources 301 302 Introduction to Probability A look at the instructional design of health care pro- Required and Statistics 1 11 3 cr each 403 Introduction to Point Set Topology 3 cr grams and the approach to instructional decision A mathematical treatment of probability theory and A survey of elementary topics including topological 103 Introduction to Video making purpose content method a'udience mathematical statistics including probability distribu- spaces compactness connectedness convergence Production Techniques 3 cr medium tions random variables and their transformations and separation axioms Prerequisite 2 15 Not offered Concepts and applications of television production 378 Photography 3'cr expectation point and interval estimation sampling in regular sequence but available on request in a work setting environment with emphasis on A lecture/laboratory course in the preparation and distributions Prerequisite 1 16 or equivalent studio considerations lighting camera operation film 405 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 cr use of photography Fundament^ls of camera work and tape VTR cassettes and special effects 303 Principles of Modern Algebra 3 cr Topics include the plane of complex numbers func- developing printing print evaluation A study of basic properties of groups rings boolean tions of a complex variable and integration in the 106 Creative Media 3 cr 402 The Director—The Producer 3 cr algebra and fields Prerequisites 1 15 1 16 complex plane Prerequisite 2 16 Not offered in Investigation into aesthetics of visual communication A look at the role of the Director as the catalyst in regular sequence but available on request implications of the theories of visual thinking and 306 307 Linear Algebra 1 11 3 cr each media production and the producer as the coordina- psychology of media in the development of visual A study of linear transformations and matrics and 415 416 Advanced Calculus 1 11 3 cr each tor Examination of good directors and their contribu- messages Motivation attention organization cue- models 307 is identical to Computer Science 307 in A rigorous study of the calculus and its foundation tions to the art ing reinforcement and response are characterized which I I I Fortran is required 307 may be used to Prerequisite 216 404 Management of a Media Facility 3 cr satisfy a mathematics or a Computer Science require- 201 Cinematography 3 cr 431 Introduction to Biostatistics 3 cr Considers the problems of setting up designing and ment but not both Students learn basic skills and techniques in motion Intended primarily for upper level pharmacy and managing an integrated program including produc- 308 Numerical Methods of pictures production through lectures demonstra- biology students acquaints the student with some tion utilization and operation budget organization Classical Analysis tions field trips and hands on experience 3 cr of the common statistical techniques applied to standardization of services A computer oriented course in numerical analysis research and data analysis in the life sciences Not 203 Audio TV Mechanics and Lighting 3 cr 406 Advanced Video Production introducing elementary techniques for numerical counted toward a major Investigation into the types of record equipment Techniques 3 cr solution of problems A knowledge of Fortran or microphones impedances public address systems 491 to 499 Selected Topics Continued exploration into the key elements or good equivalent language is assumed This course is iden- Mixing sound and music for multi-media productions in Mathematics 1 3 cr each studio and location video production Emphasis on tical to Computer Science 308 It may be used to Hands on experience in the mechanics of TV equip- This is an honors course Topics selected in consulta- the set design special effects electronic editing satisfy a Math requirement or a Computer Science ment trouble shooting and the operation of wave tion with staff camera work Ties together all the other elements requirement but not both Prerequisite 2 15 Fortran form monitors and vectoscopes Extended explora- Prerequisite Introduction to Video Production Per- I I I tion into creative and practical aspects of lighting mission of Instructor required 204 Interpersonal Communications 3 cr 407 Medical Photography 3 cr MEDICAL MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter Clinical approach to the documentation of patients Co-Directors Frank R Klapak M Ed and John Gibbs B S personal communications Primary consideration will specimens and surgical procedures using a variety be given to face human interaction in a variety of The major in Medical Media Communications emphasizes the development of professional attitudes and creative of media formats Emphasis is on lighting and posi- situations ^ technical competencies necessary to produce programs of instruction in the health care industry for profes- tioning of subject Personal attitudes institutional sional and para-professional continuing education staff training and development patient information and 206 Graphics 3 cr decorum and safety are discussed Equipment and education and community relations Provides basic experience in planning and producing terminology explored Must be taken during To this end the curriculum for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Medical Media Communications offers course graphic materials for television display classroo m semester before internship Prerequisite Photogra- work in professional development technical specialization and methodology as well as a liberal arts educa:- lectures includes experience in layout lettering and phy Permission of Instructor required tion and an extensive internship at Mercy Hospitals Division of Medical Media Communications color 408 Internship 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 301 Scriptwriting for Media ntensive application of experiences gained in the A minimum of thirty-six credits is required The major may concentrate on either Design or Production All Productions 3 cr fieldI Seniors only Prerequisites Medical Photogra- majors must complete 101 Introduction to Instructional Media 103 Introduction to Video Production 378 Techniques of preparing story boards and scripts for phy Advanced TV Production various media formats Includes research of material

36 37

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES sernmars in literature and culture The following 473 Le Nouveau Roman courses represent current pro-semmar offerings Chairman Francesca Colecchia Ph D 474 Le Nouveau Theatre They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- The Department of Modern Languages offers courses in French German Italian Russian Spanish and Swahili cumstances warrant from semester to semester 480 Directed Readings Var cr On the elementary and intermediate level in French German and Spanish the student may choose from two All pro-seminars carry three credits a semester Recom- tracks of language courses both of which satisfy College degree requirements One of these emphasizes Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- mended prerequisite French 302 vision for majors only and only with permission of reading and the other reading writing speaking and aural comprehension In conversation and composition or its equivalent the Department Variable credit courses the students fluency in the active use of the language is strengthened Subsequent courses stress 320 StYlistics primarily literary studies in which the student is systematically introduced to a survey of the literature and German 321 Phonetics is given a working acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose language he is studying Choice of courses 101 102 Elementary German 3 cr each dealing with specific works authors and auxiliary subjects is also presented 322 Theatre De L Avant Garde Fundamentals of oral and written Germ-an Three The student possessing a knowledge of foreign languages will find career opportunities in a number of fields 323 Maupassant hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week such as education government employment foreign service social work industry and tourism 324 Balzac I I 1 1] 2 Elementary German for REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Reading 3 cr each 325 Realism and Naturalism The Department offers major programs in French German and Spanish in addition it offers minor programs The course will stress basic grammar and structure in these languages Italian and Russian as well as non-major courses in Swahill 326 The Literature of the for reading comprehension The major program in Modern Languages and Literatures consists of a minimum of 24 semester hours at Existentialist Movement the 300 level and abovc Required courses are H 5 116 German for Musicians 3 cr each 327 The Symbolist Movement in Specially designed for majors in music to provide French 301 302 462 463 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors French Poetry them with those skills in German to meet their pro- German 301 302 460 461 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors fessional requisites Registration limited to students 328 French Poetry Middle Ages Spanish 30 1 302 40 1 402 4 5 3 4 5 4 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors to 19th Century in the School of Music This course does not allow Elementary and intermediate courses must , be taken in sequence It is recommended that studcnts not take for continuation at the 200 level or higher 329 l7th Century French Literature advanced courses out of progression Credit toward the major or minor will not be given for 201 202 21 1 201 202 Intermediate German 3 cr each 2 12 or 239 240 which are intermediate level courses 302 is the recommended prerequisite to all Courses 330 French Prose Fiction 19th Century An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 1 02 numbered 312 and above 331 18th Century French Literature Prerequisite 102 or equivalent it is recommended that majors in the Department include a course in the art of the country in whose language 2 111 they specialize as well as one course of literature in translation in the literature of a Country other than that 460-475 Seminar in French 212 Intermediate German for Reading 3 cr each of their major Literature 3 cr each Prerequisite 1 02 or 1 1 2 A maximum of 12 transfer credits will be accepted toward the major All courses numbered 460 through 475 are seminars )anjor Year Abroad Majors are strongly encouraged but not obliged to participate in programs approved in in literature designed to offer the advanced under- 239 240 Readings in Modern advance by the Department Further information may be obtained at the Department office graduate student the opportunity to study var^ous German Authors 1 3 cr each aspects of literature in greater depth The following Selections from modern works of literature Do not REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR courses represent current seminar offerings they will carry credit toward a major or minor Prerequisite rhe minor program consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours at the 300 level and above be offered on a rotated basis and/or as circumstances 202 or equivalent warrant from semester to semester All seminars 251 Commercial German 3 cr carry three credits a semester French 462 and 463 490 Independent Field Study one year s work in one semester Six lecture hours Prerequisite 201 or equivalent (All Languages) Var cr and one-hour laboratory each week are recommended prerequisites for these courses The student will participate under the supervision 252 Readings in Scientific German 3 cr 201 202 Intermediate French 3 cr each 460 History and Culture of France and guidance of the instructor in selected tours to Prerequisite 102 or equivalent An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 1 02 since the Revolution various foreign countries to undertake independent Prerequisite 102 or equivalent 301 302 German Composition and stucl^ on selected and approved projects involving 461 History of the French Language Conversation 3 cr each the exploration and study of history life work arts 2 1 1 2 12 Intermediate French 302 or its equivalent;s the recommended prerequi- and culture Prerequisite Prior permission of the in- for Reading 3 cr each 462 Chanson de Roland through site to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or structor and Department Chairman Prerequisite 102 or 1 12 117th Century equivalent French 220 Intensive French 6 cr 463 18th Century to Modern 320-345 Pro Seminar in German 101 102 Elementary French 3 cr each Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes techniques Period Literature and Culture 3 cr each Fundamentals of oral and written French Three allowing the student to complete one-year s work in French 462 and 463 are recommended prerequisites All courses numbered 320 through ^45 are pro- hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week one semester Prerequisite 120 1 02 or equivalent for these courses seminars in literature and Culture The following courses represent current pro-sernmar offerings 111 1 12 Elementary French 239 240 Readings in Modern 464 1 7th Century French Theatre I hey will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- for Reading - 3 cr each French Authors 3 cr each 465 1 8th Century French Theatre CUmstances warrant from semester to semester The course will stress basic grammar and structure Selections from modern works of literature Do not All pro-seminars carry three credits a semestei Recom- for reading comprehension carry credit toward a major or minor Prerequisite 466 l9th Century French Poetry 202 or equivalent mended Prerequisite Gernian 302 or equivalent 1 15 116 French for Musicians 3 cr each 467 19th Century French Novel 320 History of German Culture Specially designed for majors in music to provide 301 302 French Conversation and 468 l9th-Century French Theatre from the Franks to Hitler them with those skills in French to meet their pro- Composition 3 cr each fessional requisites Registration limited to students 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prerequi- 469 20th Century French Poetry 321 History of German Culture - site to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or in the School of Music This course does not allow 470 20th Century French Novel from Hitler to the Present for continuation at the 200 level or higher equivalent 471 20th-Century French Theatre 324 Popular Tradition in German 120 Intensive French 6 cr 320 345 Pro Seminar in French Literature The Fairy Tale The 472 Sartre and Camus Fundamentals of oral and written French Utilizes a Literature and Culture 3 cr each Heroic Tale different approach allowing the student to complete All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro-

38 39

325 Popular Tradition in German 301 302 Italian Conversation and 120 Intensive Spanish 6 cr 327 History of Spanish Culture Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Utilizes Literature Legend Animal Fable Composition 3 cr each 328 Modern Spanish Theatre Prerequisite 202 or equivalent a different approach allowing the student to com- 326 Women Figures in German plete one year s work in one semester Six lecture 329 Revolt and Change The Literature from Goethe to Boll 314 315 Individual Study Var Cr hours and one-hour laboratory each week Spanish-American Novel Prerequisite 202 or equivalent 327 German Women Authors 201 202 Intermediate Spanish 3 cr each 330 Theater of the Golden Age and Critics 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Italian An intensified continuation of 10 1 and 102 Prerequi- 401 Spanish Literature from the Literature and Culture 3 cr each or equivalent 328 Introduction to German site 102 Cid through the Siglo de Oro 3 cr Drama All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- seminars in literature and culture The following '211 212 Intermediate Spanish for 402 Spanish Literature from the Reading 3 cr each 329 Introduction to German Poetry courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 18th Century to the Present 3 cr They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- prerequisite 102 or 1 12 330 Modern German Prose 1 453 454 Trends in Latin American cumstances warrant from semester to semester All 220 Intensive Spanish 6 cr Literature 3 cr each 331 Modern German Theatre pro-seminars carry three credits a semester Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes techniques 460-475 Seminar in Spanish 460 475 Seminar in German 321 Modern Italian Novel (Levi allowing the student to complete one-year s work in Literature 3 cr each Literature 3 cr each Buzzati, Cassolla Moravia)' one semester Prerequisite 120 102 or' equivalent All courses numbered 460 through 4 7 5 are seminars All courses numbered 460 through 475 are seminars 239 Readings in Modern Spanish in literature designed to offer the advanced under- 322 Commercial Italian ,in literature designed to offer the advanced under- Authors 3 cr graduate student the opportunity to study various graduate student the opportunity to study various 323 Pirandello, Svevo Pavese Selection from modern works of literature Does not aspects of literature in greater depth aspects of literature in greater depth The following 324 Introduction to Italian Poetry carry credit toward major or minor Prerequisite 202 courses represent current seminar offerings they will The following courses represent current seminar (Leopardi, Carducci Pascoh D'Annunzio) or equivalent be offered on a rotated basis and/or as circumstances offerings they will be offered on a rotated basis 325 Introduction to Italian Poetry 240 Readings in Modern warrant from semester to semester All seminars and/or as circumstances warrant from semester to (Ungaretti, Saba Montale Quasimodo) Spanish-American Authors 3 cr carry three credits a semester Recommended pre- semester All seminars carry three credits a semester Selection from r6odern works of literature Does not requisite Spanish 401-402 or equivalent Recommended prerequisite German 302 Russian carry credit toward major or rninor Prerequisite 202 460 The Quilote 460 German Literature to Lessing 101 102'Elementary Russian 3 cr each or equivalent Fundamentals of oral and written Russian Three 461 Spanish Literature since 301 302 Spanish Conversation 461 Lessing His Life and Works hours lecture one hour laboratory each week the Civil War and Composition 3 cr each 462 Advanced German Stylistics 201, 202 Intermediate Russian 3 cr each 302 or equivalent is the recommended prerequisite 462 Avant-Garde Spanish 464 German Romantic Literature An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 102 to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or American Theatre Prerequisite 102 or equivalent equivalent 465 Modern German Narrative 463 Lorca and the Generation of 1927 Hesse, Mann Kafka 301 302 Russian Conversation and 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Spanish 464 The Literature of the Composition 3 cr each Literature and Culture 3 cr each Siglo cle Oro 466 Tolerance in l8th Century German Prerequisite 202 or equivalent All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Literature Lessing Schiller 465 Literature of Spanish Romanticism 3 14 315 Individual Study Var Cr seminars in literature and culture The following 467 The Age of Goethe Prerequisite 202 or equivalent courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 466 The Age of Enlightenment They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as cir- 468 Goethe s Faust 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Russian cumstances warrant from semester to semester All 467 Readings in Medieval Literature 469 Concept of Love in the German Literature and Culture 3 cr each pro-seminars carry three credits a semester The 480 Directed Readings Medieval Epic and Lyric All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- recommended prerequisite Spanish 302 or Readings of literary texts under close faculty super- seminars in literature and culture The following 470 Literature of Enlightenment equivalent vision for majors only and only with permission of courses represent current pro-seminar offerings the Department Variable credit 471 Sturm und Drang They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or a-, cir- 322 Spanish Realism and the 19th cumstances warrant from semester to semester All Century Novel Swahili 480 Directed Readings Var cr pro-seminars carry three credits a semester 323 Don Juan as a World 101 102 Elementary Swahili 3 cr each Reading of literary texts under close faculty super- Literary Figure Fundamentals of oral and written Swahili Three lec- vision for majors only and only with permission of 320 Chekhov ture hours and one hour laboratory each week the Department Variable credit 321 19th Century Russian Short Story 324 The Generation of 98 201 202 Intermediate Swahili 3 cr each Italian 325 Contemporary Spanish Novel 322 Commercial Russian An intensified continuation of 10 1 and 102 Prerequi- 101 102 Elementary Italian 3 cr each 323 Russian Folklore 326 Contemporary Spanish- site 102 or equivalent Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three lec- American Novel ture hours and one hour laboratory each week 324 Contemporary Russian Literature 115 116 Italian for Musicians 3 cr each Spanish Specially designed for majors in music to provide DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY them with those skills in Italian to meet their profes- 101 102 Elementary Spanish 3 cr each Chairman John Sallis Ph D sional requisites Registration limited to students in Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three hours lecture one hour laboratory each week the School of Music This course does not allow for The program offered by the Department of Philosophy is designed to be a basic part of the students liberal continuation at the 200 level or higher I 11, 112 Elementary Spanish for education it is intended to introduce students to philosophical thinking past and present to provide a discipline for asking the basic questions of life and to help students begin relating their other academic subjects to one 201, 202 Intermediate Italian 3 cr each Reading - 3 cr each another and to human experience The Department made up of professors who have different philosophical An intensified review and continuation of 10 1 102 The course will stress basic grammar and structure interests attempts to develop the capacity for independent thinking on all issues Prerequisite 102 or equivalent for reading comprehension 46 41 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR I The Department requires majors to take nine philosophy courses above the 100 level of these nine courses cation The course will examine the structure 305 Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr three must be selected from the Historical Sequence and two from the sequence of Advanced Course,; purpose and function of speech in everyday usage A study of contemporary philosophy from 1900 to the spheres of politics science and art the present covering the methods and history of REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR and in selected 20th century movements Five courses are required for a minor one from the Introductory Courses (104 to 107) two from the Basic 217 Elementary Symbolic Logic 3 cr Courses 1200 to 2 17) and two from the Historical Sequence and Advanced Courses (300 and 400 levels) introduction to the methods of symbolic logic as ap- 322 American Philosophy 3 cr plied to the logic of arguments involving compound Puritanism Enlightenment Transcendentalism Prag- Introductory Courses 205 Existential Phenomenology 3 cr statements propositional functions and quantifiers matism with emphasis on key figures in American 104 Introduction to Philosophy 3 cr Examination of the methods and style of thought and relations Philosophy Peirce Dewey James Royce Santayana which characterizes existential phenomenology Lec- Whitehead etc A first-hand study of selected philosophical texts from 18 Special'Topics 1 3 cr tures and discussion on texts by major thinkers such 2 both traditional and existential perspectives with the 323 Oriental Philosophy 3 r as Being and Tnne by Heidegger Phenonicnology of 220 Philosophy of Death and Living 3 cr aim of introducing students to the nature of philo- Introduction to Oriental thought through a study of Pcr(ephon by Merleau-Ponty and Being and Nothingness The course provides an introduction to some of the s op^ hical thinking and to the variety of philosophical its major ideas Such traditions as Confucianism by Sartre basic themes and texts both traditional and contem- issues area methods and theories Taoism Buddhism Hinduism will be discussed porary related to the philosophical study of death 206 Social Philosophy 3 cr 105 Ethics 3 cr its main purpose is to ask how human beings can be 325 Concentrated Philosophical A systematic examination concerning the critical An introduction to ethical theories of past and pre- happy in view of death s certainty therefore it Readings 3 cr theories of modern society Emphasis upon seminal sent time Contemporary moral issues will be con- emphasizes the act of living This course is an in-depth study of one or several thinkers including Rousseau Comte Mill Marx sidered in the light of these theories philosophers such as Plato Aristotle Aquinas Durkheim Weber Simmel Mannheim Horkheimer 223 Philosophy of History 3 cr Occam Descartes Kant Wittgenstem Strawson 1106^ Introductory Logic 3 cr Habermas Lefebrve and Bell etc A philosophical examination of the possibility of Heidegger etc varying in subject matter from time Analysis of the requirements for valid reasoning meaning in history in the light of the contemporary 2 10 Philosophy of Feminism 3 cr to time Logical fallacies types of definitions and important crisis of human existence Attention will be given to A philosophical study of the second sex empha- informal aspects of arguments in ordinary d scourse authors such as Augustine Dante Hegel Marx sizing phenomenology as a method which attempts Advanced Courses will be studied in addition to the formal logic of infer- Nietzsche and Heidegger ences involving simple and compound statements to be free from prejudice includes a discussion of 3 12 Philosophical Anthropology 3 cr some contemporary ethical and legal issues concern- 224 Philosophy of Sport 3 cr The course examines several philosophical concep- 107 Medical Ethics 3 cr ing the equality of women A philosophical examination of the nature of sport tions of man under the guiding question What is Ethical questions that arise in medical care and Particular focus will be upon the ontological ethical 211 Marxism 3 cr man') Man s place'm the world his relationship to research will be examined Topics might include ex- and aesthetic status of the phenomenon of sport society the impact of science and the historical con- perimentation on animals and man allocation of A study of the political philosophy of Karl Marx as sciousness The course should be of interest to social scarce medical resources euthanasia the privileged one of the major directions in social thought Engels 225 Elements of Thomistic Thought 3 cr science majors in addition to philosophy majors and relationship of doctor and patient etc Lenin and contemporary Marxism An introduction to the basic concepts and,principal ideas of Christian philosophy with an emphasis on minors 2 12 Political Philosophy 3 cr 108 Business Ethics 3 cr the thought system of St Thomas Aquinas The Fundamental political questions will be explored For 3 13 Philosophy of the Human Sciences 3 cr This course designed primarily for business majors course will cover an introduction to metaphysics example Utopian state freedom justice the origins The relations of the human sciences with other begins with a discussion of some general ethical metaphysical thinking definition of knowledge of political society war and empire and revolution sciences with philosophy and with practical life the issues and in particular the problem of a just distri- analogy of being the principles structure and causes may be considered Possible authors read Plato use of the mathematics and interpretation and other bution of wealth These discussions are applied to of being the concept of the transcendent and the Aristotle Aquinas Macchiavelli Hobbes Locke issues will be discussed in relation to past and con- concrete current business problems problem of evil Rousseau and Hegel temporary philosophical and scientific thought Basic Courses Historical Sequence 2 13 Philosophy and American 314 Philosophy of Natural Sciences 3 cr 200 Introduction to Phenomenology 3 cr Political Thought 3 cr 300 Ancient Philosophy 3 cr A study of the philosophical implications of the The basic approach to philosophical issues developed A study of the philosophy of liberal democracy us- A study of the beginning of Philosophy in Greece methodology and conceptual framework of modern by Huserl the founder of Phenomenology will be ing such writings as those of the founding fathers from the Presocratics to Plotinus with readings prin- and contemporary science Contrast between New- explored the types of signs meaning the possibih- their predecessors and followers Locke Montes- cipally taken from Plato and Aristotle tonian and contemporary physics regarding such ty of philosophy as rigorous science etc are philosophical questions as the nature of matter quieu Paine Jefferson Madison Hamilton Lincoln 301 Medieval Philosophy 3 cr considered space-time technique and technology Consideration will be given also to, contemporary A philosophical study of medieval texts in English 202 Philosophy of Being 3 cr developments in liberal democratic thinking translation selected as representatives of the broad 401 402 Thomism 3 cr each The approaches of philosophers such as Aristotle 2 14 Philosophy of Sex 3 cr range of issues approaches and theories which Courses dealing with the texts of St Thomas Aquinas Aquinas Kant Hegel and Heidegger God world and covers his metaphysis and The course provides an introduction to some of the characterize the major Christian Jewish and Islamic The first semester (401 1 man Being essence and existence Time and history basic themes and texts both traditional and contem- philosophical thinking of the period the second semester (402) deals with his philosophy Being and the possibility of metaphysics in contem- of man Neo-scholastic interpretations of the texts porary related to the philosophical study of sex it 302 Early Modern Philosophy 3 cr porary thought of Aquinas (Ma,itain Gilson and the school of uses historical analytical and phenomenological Explores the beginning of modern thinking in the 16th Marechal and Rahner) 203 Philosophy of Religion 3 cr methods and gives attention to the sexual origin of century and proceeds to the time of the French Introduction to the nature of religious experience our consciousness of values Revolution Course work consists in analysis of 403 Philosophy of God 3 cr Topics such as religious symbolism belief and 215 Psychoanalysis and Philosophy 3 cr several important texts chosen from such philos- This course introduces students to selected texts and unbelief the existence of evil and free will will be Psychoanalysis has had an impact upon and been ophers as Montaigne Descartes Pascal Hobbes basic themes in types of religious experience such considered Assigned readings include both tradi- affected by modern philosophy This course will study Spinoza Leibniz Locke Hume Kant as Babylonian Greek and Judeo-Christian it empha- tional and contemporary writers sizes Such questions as What is the Holy? What is the presuppositions and implications of Freud s 304 Later Modern Philosophy 3 cr the relation between scientific knowledge and 204 Literature and Philosophy 3 cr thought and that of some other thinkers such as This course examines the period of modern philos- religious knowledge? What are the various arguments Explores philosophical themes as they emerge within Sartre Marcuse Ricoeur ophy initiated by Kant it deals primarily with the great works of literature Works will be selected from about the existence-of God and the immortality of 216 Communication and Philosophy 3 cr crucial thinkers of the I 9th century including Hegel such authors as Sophocles Dante Shakespeare the soul? Why is there human suffering if God is good Speech is man s most important means of communi- Feuerbach Kierkegaard Marx Mill and Nietzsche Goethe and Dostoyevski and all-powerful') What do the symbols of the end

42 43

211 212 General Analytical and Lagrange s Equations Other topics which may of the world mean-) Attention is given both to tradi- 423 424 425 426 427 428 Modern physics 4 cr each be included are normal modes rigid bodies two tional and to contemporary philosophical texts Thinker 3 cr each This is a calculus based general introduction to the In depth examination of the work of a single or a bodies with a central force and waves on a string 406 Aesthetics 3 cr basic physical theories and concepts An attempt is Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 group of historically modern authors e g rationalism An examination of theories of art which explore such to develop in the science or engineering Stu- (Descartes Spinoza Leibniz) empiricism fLocke made 372 Electromagnetism 4 cr questions as the beautiful creativity imagination dent the quantitative approach of the physicist to the Berkeley Hume) Kant Hegel Nietzsche An intermediate course for the science and engineer- and the role of art in life Authors such as Aristotle physical universe Some of the topics which may be ing students The following topics will usually be Lessing Kant Hegel Nietzsche Heidegger and 429 430 431 432 433 434 included are vectors Newton s laws of motion the discussed electrostatics energy relations in electro- Camus will be read Contemporary Thinker 3 cr each motion of a particle in space momentum energy static fields dielectrics currents and their interac- Concentration upon a single contemporary philos- rigid body motion fluids gravity wave motion the 415 416 417 Ancient Thinker 3 cr each tion magnetic properties of matter AC circuits opher e g Husserl Heidegger Sartre Merleau- first and second laws of thermodynamics electricity A course devoted to detailed study of a single ancient Maxwell s equations reflection and refraction of elec- Ponty Whitehead Wittgenstein and magnetism and optics Co-requisite for 21 1 thinker such as Plato or Aristotle tromagnetic waves and dipole and plane sheet radia- Mathematics 1 16 Lecture three hours Laboratory 435 Senior Seminar 1 3 cr tion Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 418 419 420 421 422 Medieval two hours Thinker , 3 cr each 402 Optics 3 cr Thermodynamics 3 cr A leading Medieval thinker or thinkers such as 301 This course introduces the student to the principles This is an intermediate level course covering the Augustine Avicenna Maimorucles Bonaventure will of geometrical and physical optics Topics may in- fundamental principles of thermodynamics kinetic be studied clude reflection refraction diffraction polarization theory and statistical mechanics The following is a matrix techniques in lens system design basic quan- partial list of items generally included temperature turn optics and the laser Prerequisite 2 12 or 202 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS thermodynamic systems work heat the first and and the consent of the instructor Chairman Walter S Skinner M S second laws of thermodynamics ideal gases en- The program in the Department of Physics is primarily aimed at providing today s students with a fundamental trophy Maxwells equation the kinetic theory of 405 Acoustics 3 cr background in traditional Physics as well as' the interrelationships with other sciences and disciplines The Depart- ideal gas and the basic concept of statistical A course which presents the physical principles ment is also aware that in today s changing world there must be a suitably flexible program which will best mechanics Prerequisites 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 underlying the production and propagation of sound Examples and explanations are focused principally fit the graduate for the challenges faced in the many professions which are based on the science of Physics 306 Applied Electronics Laboratory 2-3 cr on musical sound No mathematical preparation There is always the hope that the student will continue professional growth in Physics but it is also realized This course seeks to combine a treatment of the prin- beyond high school algebra is necessary - that there are many expanding paths to professional growth The Department program therefore is struc- ciples of modern electronic instrumentation with tured to provide the essential background for success in graduate studies in the many current fields which practical laboratory experience Topics which will be 430 Advanced Research 2 cr seek Physics graduates as well as equipping the student to successfully compete for the available positions included are passive and active electronic com- This is a one year course in which the student selects in research institutions government agencies or private corporations Department policy calls for individual ponents electronic measuring instruments power a research project develops it and prepares a report attention to student needs supplies amplification feedback and control im- on the results The student is also required to pre- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR pedance matching linear and digital devices Em- sent results of his work at a department seminar or an appropriate scientific meeting it deemed advis- A minimum of 32,semester hours is required for a major These credits must include 21 1 2 12 30 1 3 29 3 30 phasis will be on proper use of instrumentation rather 36 1 372 402 429 430 473 474 (483 484 or 485 may be substituted for 474 with departmental approval) than on advanced principles of design Prerequisite able A research topic is selected from those sug- gested by members of the Physics Department or Extradepartmental Requirements Chemistry 1 2 1 1 2 2 or Biology I I I 1 1 2 Mathematics 1 15 1 16 2 15 2 16 308 Permission of instructor other science faculty members Work is carried out Computer Science I I I and two years of a modern language 329 Advanced Laboratory I I cr in close coordination with the selected advisor If a student takes 207 208-Physics and the Modern World and either 201 202-General Physics or 21 1 This course is designed to acquaint the student with although all work must be the students own No 2 12-General Analytical Physics the credits for the 207 208 will not apply to the total number required for the basics of modern electronics to the extent that grade is given at the end of the first semester but the degree Credit will not be given for both 20 1 202 and 21 1 2 12 the student will have a sufficient background to a final grade is assigned at the completion of the design and use simple electronic circuits in future REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICS MINOR project in the Spring Semester The minor consists of eight hours in the General Analytical Physics J2 1 1 2 12) and 12 credits of upper division research A set of experiments is performed and 3 cr physics on the 300 and above level The department will structure the minor program from the course offer- analyzed by the students Subjects covered are the 473 Atomic Physics ings to fit as nearly as possible the needs and desires of the individual student use of research grade electronic instruments trans- This course provides an introduction to special rela- ducers diode and transistor circuits transistor design tivity and quantum theory with applications clr^wn REQUIREMENTS FOR THE EARTH SCIENCE MINOR parameters printed circuit design layout and con- mainly from modern theories of the atom Topics The minor consists of a prerequisite sequence of 10 1 and j 02 which must be taken as the first courses and struction Prerequisite 2 12 or 202 and consent of usually included are quantum theory of heat radia- 12 credits chosen from 203 204 205 206 303 304 305 307 as available to the curriculum Not all courses instructor tion the uncertainty principle quantum theory of the are taught each semester and some are on alternate years Earth Science 1 0 1 is prerequisite to all courses unless hydrogen atom many-electron atoms atomic Spec- 330 Advanced Laboratory 11 1 cr waived by the instructor troscopy Prerequisites 212 and consent of A continuation of Advanced Laboratory I which in- instructor 201 202 General Physics 4 cr each students should take 2 1 1 2 12 Lecture four hours cludes the following basic and advanced operational Designed to give the Student a basic knowledge and Laboratory two hours amplifier circuitry digital integrated circuits Gates 474 Quantum Mechanics 3 cr understanding of mechanics properties of matter Boolean Algebra I C timer circuitry digital flip-flops A basic introduction to the dynamics of quantum 207 208 Physics and the heat wave motion sound magnetism electricity and counter circuitry A/D & D/A conversion circuitry phenomena Some of the topics covered are Modern World 3 cr each light and modern physics through the use of modern digital meter design and construction Prerequisite Schroedinger Equation oscillators hydrogen atom A course especially for the nonscientist Designed to day examples and applications At the completion 329 or consent of instructor linear operators Hermitian Matrices observables g I ve the student some basis for understanding the of this course the student should have attained a conservation theorem spin angular momentum and physics of the twentieth century and the physicist s 361 Mechanics 4 cr working knowledge of physics its techniques and perturbation theory The course will emphasize appli- approach to the study of nature The physics^of An intermediate course in the apphcati^n of Newton- reasoning such that the knowledge of physics gained cation to Simple Systems Prerequisites 2 12 Mathe- everyday life is used as a basis and classroom ian Mechanics to simple systems A short introduc- may be applied to future work in the sciences or matics 2 15 demonstrations are generously employed to help the other fields of endeavor Prerequisite Mathematics tion to Vector Calculus precedes the main discussion student giasp concepts by showing concrete ex- 483 484 485 486 Special Topics^ 1 3 cr each 103 104 or the equivalent Students who have com- The topics normally covered are dynamics of a mass amples No mathematics bevond basic high school Designed,to allow the Physics major flexibility in pleted Mathematics 1 16 and pre-engineering point systems of particles generalized coordinates algebra required

44 [)EPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 45 Chairman William E Markus scheduling this course may include the following 104 Historical Geology Laboratory I cr political science studies the political ideas institutions behavior values and goals of human collective life - An accompaniment for ES 1 02 providing an intro 483 Nuclear Physics 3 cr The department stresses an understanding of political life as a necessary complement to the study of human cluction to sedimentation and the use of fossil identi Experimental and theoretical aspects of the atomic existence Through an awareness of and appreciation for the similarities and differences among political struc- fication Columnar sections Aerial Geologic maps nucleus are discussed The topics presented maV in- tures and political tasks political actors systems of law political ideals and thought and the ways by which and Aerial Photos will be used clude two-nuclear systems radioactivity and modes political activity relates to,the dimensions of life as a whole the student becomes familiar with the political of decay radiometric dating interaction of radiation 203 Astronomy 3 cr as an expression of deeper and more fundamental considerations Students in the Department of Political Science with matter nuclear structures and reactions and Introduction to the study ofastronomy and the basics, are introduced to both the normative and empirical methods of analyzing political life nuclear fission Prerequisite 2 12 or 202 and consent of observation Study will include telescopic types Political science majors are prepared for careers in government and administration- teaching private enter- of the instructor and the known universe as identified from preseZ prise and for further study in graduate and law school programs study Course will if possibic include arrangementsi 484 Introductory Solid State Physics 3 cr FOR THE MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE with Buhl Planetarium and Allegheny Observatory REQUIREMENTS Bulk properties of materials are discussed with both Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major in political science in addition to 10 1 these credits must Star types and distances will also be examined the phenomenological and microscopic approaches include 208 233 309 and 405 or 406 ,Typical topics are the geometric structure of solids 204 Meteorology 3 cr A student transferring to Duquesne from another College or University may receive a maximum of 12 transfer waves and diffractions thermal properties the free Elementary study of meteorology and weather credits applied to their major requirement electron model band theory superconductivity systems in the local area as well as the world pat- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS magnetic properties and magnetic resonance Pre- terns Observation and prediction will be practiced Twenty-four semester hours in International Relations are required for a major in international Relations in requisites 2 1 2 and consent of instructor , when practical Local and U S Weather Bureau these credits must include 309 312 318and 320or4O2 The remaining courses maybeselected services will be used and analyzed when possible additionto 101 485 Relativistic Mechanics 3 cr fromerther 320or 402 (theone nottakenforthe requiredcore) 331 450 406 321 315 404 and 412 Majors This course is an introduction to the Special and 205 Planetary Geology 3 cr in International Relations are advised to take certain courses for their college requirements and electives General Fheories of Relativity A list of topics which A systematic study of the geology of other planets especially in language and history Majors are advised to carefully plan their courses with their advisors may be discussed are absolute space Emsteiman and satellites in the solar system Methods of study REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Kinematics Emsteiman Optics spacetirri-e and four- used to obtain information on these bodies will be General Minor This minor is designed to pi^ovicle the students with a comprehensive view of the entire discipline vectors relativistic particle mechanics Prerequisites examined along with the latest available information and is recommended for those students who may later contemplate graduate study or think that they might 2 12 Mathematics 2 15 from scientific probes eventually like to change from a minor to a major in Political Science It consists of a minimum of 12 credits 486 Shop Techniques I cr 206 Geophysics 3 cr beyond the freshman course 10 1 the 12 credits encompass the following required courses 208 2 3 3 309 A basic introduction to machine shop practices An introduction to geophysics and its methods and and 405 or 406 necessary to experimentalists in all fields Some of use, Study will include the use of geophysics to Concentrated Minor The following minors concentrated in a particular area are also available the areas covered are shop equipment and its use determine the nature of the earth s interior and I American Government 233 and a minimum of nine credits from among 235 240 241 242 276 301 323 materials soldering and welding techniques mechan- various crustal processes such as structure moun- 324 407 and 414 ical drawing and schematics electronics construction tain building and plate tectonics Prerequisite 2 Comparative Government 208 and a minimum of nine credits from among 315 3 18 3 21 408 412 4 13 techniques and practical applicati6n Physical Geology ot major in Physics and 450 487 Problems in Physics 303 Oceanography 3 cr 1 4 cr 3 International Relations 309 and a minimum of nine credits from'among 312 318 3 ' 20 402 404 409 and 450 Special topics and problems in physics and related An introduction to the marine environment including Selective Minor The Department of Political Science will also devise a minor from Its course offerings to fulfill subjects suitable for inclepencle'rit work the geology and ecology Attention is paid to the im- the particular needs and desires of a student in any major area of concentration Such a minor must be struc- portance of dangers to the ecosystem Characteris- 488 Advanced Problems in Physics 1 4 cr tured in consultation with an assigned Political Science Department faculty advisor and the Department Chairman tics of oceanic waters and circulation patterns will Problems of a more sophisticated nature A maximum of 6 transfer credits can be applied to the minor requirement be discussed Summer courses may be combined the American system of government with attention Earth Science with one of several universities offering facilities 101 Introduction to Political Science is pre- devoted to the internal dynamics of these institutions 101 Physical Geology 3 cr 304 Environmental Earth Science '3 cr requisite to all courses (Prerequisite to all Earth Science Courses 241 The American Presidency 3 cr An examination of the problems of ecology and the 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 cr This introduction to the geological processes and A study of the role of the President at the center of impact of modern living on the systems of the earth An investigation of the most fundamental concepts materials will concentrate on the makeup of our the decision-making process in the American political which are necessary for plant and animal life The involved in the study of political society planet and the materials involved Study will also in- individual effects of both natural and man-made system cr clude physical features and the processes of the pollution and their results geologically as well as 208 Comparative Political Systems 3 242 The American Congress 3 cr earth as presently understood which have created possible cures An advance over 101 102 with an A systematic multifocused analysis of selected An investigation of the operation of the Congress of those features Geological relation to environment effort to have the student gain a balanced non- political systems the United States within the American system of is also examined hysterical appreciation of cause effect and search 233 American National Government 3 cr government 102 Historical Geology for solution The institutional structure and policy-making proc- 3 cr 243 Politics and Society 3 cr A study of the earth s history which relates tectonic 305 Physiography of the United States 3 cr esses of national government are examined as reflec- A study of political culture political socialization- movements of the crust Mountain building processes Introduces the student to the various topographic tions of the assumptions of liberal democracy and political participation political elites and social of the American social and economic systems In ad- and life history with their interrelations will be and physiographic differences in the contiguous structure discussed Evolution of local features will be dis- states as well as Alaska and Hawaii This course is dition to the three branches of government political 276 Voting and Election Behavior 3 cr cussed also with the relationship to plate tectonics designed to allow the student to become familiar with parties interest groups and elections are considered An examination of the determinants of opinions and the terrain resources economics and individual 103 Physical Geology Laboratory I cr 235 The Mass Media and Politics 3 cr political beliefs political participatior^ and voting problems of the various regions of our country An An introduction to the identification of rocks and A study of the mass media and its nature role and behavior the significance for democratic government approach to demonstrate the fact that no general- minerals by composition and appearance and the in- impact on U S politics The emphasis will be on the of findings in these areas terpretation of topographic maps The use of maps ization may be made to fit all areas at once but dif- mass media as instruments of political communica- 3 cr to identify the cause of drainage and some effects ferent problems are associated with each resource tion and opinion leadership 301 State and Local Government study of the position of the state and local govern- of water and erosion will be experienced Mapping and each region , - A 240 American Political Parties 3 cr tools will be introduced as will some field equipment ments in the Federal Union An intensive study of the roles of interest groups and political parties in the decision-making processes of 309 International Relations 3 cr A study of the major factors involved in international 46 47 relations including such concepts as sovereignty na- decision-makers applying the principles concepts tionalism balance of power and international law and instruments of international politics For majors DEPARTMENT OF PS^CHOLOGY and organization only Chairman Rev David L Smith C S Sp Ph D I The undergraduate program of the Department of Psychology is designed 312 International Law and 405 406 Western Political Thought 3 cr each 1) to introduce and familiarize students with the fundamental content issues and interests of various areas of psychology and critically evaluate and Organization 3 cr A study of political ideas as distinct from and yet reformulate these in the context of psychology as a human science 2) to foster intellectual and personal freedom A survey of the historical development and present related to political institutions which constitute our and critical thinking as essential to the humanizing process 3) role played by international law in the world com- perennial western political heritage 405 considers to prepare the professionally oriented student for advanced study 41 to provide a foundation for careers involving human services To these ends the depart- munity and the formation and operation of such theorists from the classical period to the early I 6th offers a wide variety of courses covering psychology conceived as a human science a natural science organizations as the United Nations and its special- Century 406 considers theorists from the later I 6th ment ized agencies Century to the late I 9th Century and within a historical perspective Further study in graduate school prepares students for careers in mental hospitals schools mental health and social welfare agencies business and industry in our rapidly changing 315 Politics of Third World Countries 3 cr 407 American Political Thought 3 cr society the demand for professionally trained psychologists is increasing A topical study of the politics of the emerging nations An analysis of the issues which have played a funda- while the department believes that human scientific psychology is the most viable and encompassing approach including nationalism political integration political mental role in American Politics from colonial to the study of man it also realizes its responsibility to expose its students to other psychological approaches parties and the role of the military and elite church-state problems to modern liberalism and Hence every major who plans to enter graduate school in psychology is strongly encouraged to take advan- conservatism 3 18 Nationalism 3 cr tage of the offerings in sister universities through the procedure of cross-registration A study of the dynamics of nationalism with emphasis 408 iheory of Comparative REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR on the role of nationalism in current world political Government 3 cr The major program consists of I 03-Introduction to Psychology plus a minimum of 24 semester hours These problems Includes the development of nationalism An examination of the basic theories and concepts credits must include 220 and 223 Majors desiring to pursue graduate study in psychology are strongly ad- in Europe in contemporary approaches to comparative political vised to take six additional credits through cross-registration at other universities (Learning Theory Experimen- systems 320 United States Foreign Policy 3 cr tal Perception Memory etc I and Statistics (225 Fundamentals of Statistics offered by the Mathematics depart- A study of American foreign policy since the Second 409 Theory of International Relations 3 cr ment may be considered part of the mathematics/science requirement) Finally it is recommended that majors World War with emphasis on the central present A study of various theoretical approaches to an enroll in a hospital or community practicurn for credit and/or do volunteer work in a neighborhood clinic issues and the domestic sources of foreign policy understanding of international relations including i Three credits earned in practicurn count toward the 24 required credits an additional three credits in prac- political realism systems analysis decision-making ticum may be earned above and beyond the required minimum of 24 Information about such opportunities 321 Government and Politics of and equilibrium analysis can be obtained from the department academic advisor Eastern Europe 3 cr The psychology department has set up a dual advisement system departmental academic advisor and the An analysis of political developments in the com- 412 Government and Politics faculty academic advisor Prospective majors should consult the departmental academic advisor concerning munist regimes of Eastern Europe with special em- of Germany 3 cr the special procedure followed for the declaration of the r^ajor phasis on relations between the USSR and Eastern A comparative analysis of the contemporary political 1i A minimum of 15 credits in psychology exclusive of practicum must be taken at Duquesne University for Europe in the post-Stalinist era systems of West and East Germany the major 323 Constitutional Law 3 cr 413 Government and Politics REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A detailed examination of Supreme Court cases con- of the USSR 3 cr Requirements for a minor are 103 and 223 and any three of the following 225 or 226 280 328 340 352 cerning the nature of American federalism—Congres- An intensive analysis of the origin and evolution of 361 390 400 level courses may be taken for the minor with permission of the department head A minimum sional and Presidential power commerce clause the Soviet political system with particular emphasis of nine credits in psychology must be taken at Duquesne University for the minor state powers judicial review due process clauses upon the developments of the post-Stalinist era and apportionment Students are introduced to court COUNSELING SERVICES 414 Public Policy 3 cr and appeals procedures the reading and briefing of Personal counseling services are available to all students at the Center For Training and Research in Phenom- A study of the elements operations and investiga- court decisions and the nature of the court review enological Psychology located at the Chapel end of Centennial Walk tion of the way governmental units decide upon pro- process grams and policy objectives 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr 226 Developmental Psychology 11 324 Civil Liberties 3 cr 420 Contemporary Political Theory 3 cr (Prerequisite to all courses) (Adolescence and Maturity) 3 cr A detailed analysis of Supreme Court decisions bear- A study of central topics in political thought from Introduction to fundamental concepts and methods Development from adolescence through adult ing upon Bill of Rights guarantees with specific Marx to the present time of psychology examined from both traditional and stages to coping with death reference to the freedoms of speech press phenomenological perspectives Prerequisite for all 430 Internship in Practical Politics 230 Psychology of Community assembly the dimensions of search and seizure right 3 cr other departmental courses of legal counsel equal protection and due process A work and observation experience in government Experience 3 cr rights voting rights and the adjudication of the four- and political offices at the City county state and na- 220 Systematic Psychology 3 cr Experience of community phenomena e g individ- teerith amendment application of rights to state tional levels in the Pittsburgh area Permission of For majors only Traditional approaches (behavior- uals versus group priorities intimacy vs privacy istic physiological psychoanalytic) to sensation action department required 280 History of Psychology 1 3 cr perception learning and motivation Required for Overview of figures and issues in the history of 327 Research Methods in 436 Honors Colloquium in majors Political Science 3 cr Political Science 3 cr psychology from precursors to present 223 Introduction to Existential A study of the techniques of scientific inquiry into A detailed analysis of a selected topic 328 Psychology of Personality 3 cr political phenomena including research methods Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr 450 Workshop-International Studies 3 cr Critical examination of major theories of personality data collection analysis and interpretation Introduction to a human-science alternative to An intensive one-week interdisciplinary summer psychology as a natural science Prerequisite for 356 340 Social Psy6ology 3 cr 402 Soviet Foreign Policy 3 cr school course This course presents politics foreign and 4 10 required for majors and minors Foundations of social processes attitudes values and An analytical study of the development of Soviet policy culture religion and social problems of Third roles public opinion propaganda and communica- 225 Developmental Psychology I foreign relations since 19 17 with special emphasis World Countries Several outside speakers augment tion personal participation in society upon the post-Stalinist era Duquesne faculty (infancy and Childhood) 3 cr Growth and development of the child with emphasis 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr 404 Simulation in International Politics 3 cr on personality development Examination of theories and data on disordered Students spend the semester simulating an interna- human existence tional conflict situation They act as foreign policy

48 49

356 Research Psychology Theory 394 Psychology of Language and Social Services/Human Services The principle that is the basis for this program is that classroom learning and Practice 3 cr Expression 3 cr provides the foundation out of which effective social/human services may be built Preparation for professional Review of theory and practice of traditional and Communication as a live embodied relation of per- training and skill development is the emphasis I human-science research includes student projects son to world and others Emphasis is on phenomeno- Recommended courses 10 1 103 2 12 2 13 214 3 14 4'50 451 Prerequisite 220 223 permission of department logical theorists Permission of department head for REOUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR head for non-majors non-majors A minimum of 2 4 semester hours not including 10 1 is required for a major in Sociology these credits must 361 Psychology of identity 410 Advanced Existential include 201 and 304 In consultation with the undergraduate academic advisor the major may select a con- and Fulfillment 3 cr Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr centration in general Sociology Criminal Justice Gerontology or Social Services/Human Services The sug- The ways in which identity is lived individually and Detailed investigation of selected works in existential- gested course numbers for these concentrated areas are listed above with the corresponding titles and descrip- collectively Designed to be personally relevant to phenomenological philosophy and psychology tions in the following section the life of the student Open to juniors and seniors Prerequisite 223 Permission of department head REOUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR only for non-majors A minimum of 12 semester hours not including 101 is required for a minor 450 451 488 and 492 are re- 370 Psychology of Aesthetic Experience 3 cr 432 Gestalt Psychology 3 cr served for majors only Minors may select a concentration in one of four areas above in consultation with Theoretical and empirical explorations of aesthetic Contributions of Gestalt psychology (especially the the department advisor experience works of Kofka Kohler and Goldstein) to traditional and human-science psychology Permission of 11 3 cr Sociology 101 is a prerequisite to all courses 313 Sociology of Sexual Behavior 3 cr 390 History of Psychology department head for non-majors intensive study of selected historical figures in except 102 103 Criminal justice and 103 Social Discussion of sociological studies of sexual behavior Worle All 300 and 400 courses are for juniors and dialogue with contemporary themes Reading of 450 Contemporary Issues in 315 Social Development— infancy seniors only primary sources Prerequisite 280 Clinical Psychology 3 cr to Death 3 cr A human-science examination of the approach sociology Study of the socializing process from the infant state 391 Applied Psychology Practicurn 3 cr methods data and current issues of clinical psychol- 101 Survey of Sociology 3 cr to the dying state An applied psychology setting provides opportun- ogy Permission of department head for non-majors ity for working directly with professionals Settings A broad survey of the social and cultural aspects of 323 Medical Sociology 3 cr have included psychiatric hospitals and community 457 Independent Studies 3 cr environment Study of the impact of values and related structures A tutorial course for an exceptional student who centers majors only permission of Department 102 Survey of Anthropology 3 cr on health maintenance personnel and institutions head Repeatable once wishes to pursue a particular study with a faculty Introduction to the field of anthropology both discussion of the social system of health member For majors only usually those intending physical and cultural organizations 392 The Individual and His World 3 cr graduate study advanced coursework completed Examination of individual s relation to society from Permission of faculty member and department head 201 Sociological Theories 3 cr 325 Family Systems 3 cr a developmental and cross-cultural perspective required A study of selected European and American Comparative study of the family the-interaction of theorists For sociology majors and minors only the family with other community institutions 393 Principles of Psychoanalytic 490 Special Topic 1 4 cr Thought 3 cr A visiting professor presents his/her specialty or a 202 Sociology of Social Problems 3 cr 341 Sociological Measurement 3 cr Examination of the times and contributions of Freud regular faculty member presents highly specialized Study of person-structure-change framework appli- Discussion of techniques and problems in sociological and selected other major psychoanalytic theorists studies or an experimental course Repeatable Pre- cable to contemporary social issues measurement Permission of department head for non-majors requisites vary with the instructor Permission of 205 Person and Society 3 cr 488 Field Research 3 cr department head for non-majors Exploration of socialization the person s interaction Sociological research emphasizing the survey tech- with structure and culture small groups and collec- nique DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY tive behavior 40 Selected Readings 1-3 cr Chairman Chester A Jurczak Ph D 214 Sociology of the Child and For sociology majors only Undergraduate instruction in sociology contributes to the liberal education of stud&nts regardless of majors Adolescent 3 cr Criminal Justice and to the preprofessional training leading to graduate work in sociology and social work urban affairs urban Discussion of the child and adolescent socialization 103 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 cr planning and criminology Helping students in practical ways to live effectively and to become effective in process in American society practical attacks on social problems is another objective of the department An introduction to the criminal justice process includ- Sociology studies all of this formally in courses designed to give students a sense of direction a selective 215 Computer Uses in the ing police courts correctional facilities and communi- taste of materials and methods and motivation so that they can devote some of their energies to independent Social Sciences 3 cr ty based corrections An introduction into computer related skills with a observation and experimentation and develop their own concepts about how society functions 213 Delinquency and Society 3,cr focus on data management use of canned pro- A study of the phenomenon theories and causation AREAS OF CONCENTRATION grams and the univac computer system of juvenile delinquency Sociology The orientation of sociology is independent in the sense that it is concerned with what men in groups 304 Methods in Sociology 3 cr - e Sociology is oriented around the problem of what men in groups 302 Evaluative Research in try to achieve and how successful they ar Discussion and application of techniques and Criminal Justice 3 cr actually do how they interact to m eet needs where they are research procedures used in sociological research Recommended courses 10 1 102 20 1 202 205 2 14 2 15 304 308 309 3 12 3 13 3 15 323 325 341 Study of techniques for research and evaluation of 488 492 308 Ethnic Groups 3 cr criminal justice programs Comprehensive survey of roles performed and prob- Criminal justice Founded in a broad-based liberal arts curriculum this program is designed to provide the 310 juvenile Law 3 cr lems faced by ethnic groups student with the opportunity to develop his potential as a professional in many areas of the criminal justice A survey of those aspects of the legal system that field including probation parole investigation corrections ana research 309 Women in Society 3 cr relate to the identification processing and rehabili- Recommended courses 101 103 213 302 310 335 345 3,16 364 365 366 467 The role of worrien in culture and the study of tation of the juvenile offender women s movements for liberation Gerontology As the size and characteristics of the elderly segment of the population have changed there 335 Criminology 3 cr 1 has been increased interest in the study of the aging process its effects on the individual and society and 312 Sociology of Sports 3 cr A study of sociological explanations of criminality its meaning for the future The Gerontology program is designed to develop the knowledge and skills required Study of the institutions of sports and their relation correlates causation and crimogenic conditions for a students preparation as a professional in this specialty area to American culture and other institutions Recommended courses 10 1 21 0 3 17 324 327 330 4 1 1 1

50 51

a ra] practice students will have an opportunity to obtain practical experience onstage and backstage in Red 345 Processing juvenile Offenders 3 cr ment problems and physical social psychological M sq.ers productions and by part,c,pat,ng,n on-and-oll-th,,a,r work at WDUO 190 11 Study of the movement of juvenile offenders through losses of the elderly Duquesne s 1wenty-five thousand watt National Public Radio affiliate the criminal justice system—police prosecution 330 Community Resources for the Aged 3 cr Courses in Radio and TV announcing and TV production afford the student the opportunity to work in a courts and corrections Review of public and private community resources fully equipped TV studio 346 Processing Adult Offenders 3 cr retirement communities foster care arrangements Recommended courses 140 141 190 204 251 263 264 280 351 370 380 385 390 391 400 450 Study of the movement of adult offenders through and other arrangements of area agencies on aging 460 470 490 the criminal justice system 411 Aging and Health 3 cr Speech Path olog y/A ud iology The jprof^ssion of Speech Path ology/A ud iology is concerned with impairments 364 Police Community Relations 3 cr Discussion of medical aspects of aging diseases of in the processes of communication—speech language and hearing Upon completion of graduate education Discussion of the context of police—community rela- aging and health maintenance I a speech pathologist or audiologist may provide clinical services or work in basic and applied research He tions their interaction improvement and change or she may be employed in schools hospitals laboratories community service centers or colleges and univer- Social Services/Human Services strategies sities Speech pathology and audiology is a rapidly growing field and the demand for trained personnel far 103 Introduction to Social Work exceeds the supply 365 Critical Issues in Law Survey of the history and areas of social work- This area of concentration at Duquesne is a pre-professional program designed to prepare the student for Enforcement (Police) 3 cr casework group work and community organization graduate study in speech pathology and audiology The student concentrating in Speech Pathology/Audiology Analysis of police in a free society ethnic tension public and private programs may be eligible to register for Speech 322 422 with a 3 00 OPA in his/her major completion of all required police discretion civil disobedience police conduct 212 The Helping Process 3 cr courses and the permission of the department chairman and integrity Discussion of the social process of helping others Required courses 120 140 204 220 221 320 321 420 426 366 Crime Prevention 3 cr ranging from the consideration of the professional Co-requirements Psychology 225 352 Study of contemporary crime prevention programs the population a person serves and the dynamics of Advised Mathematics 225 involving criminal justice agencies citize'ns and com- the interaction The perspective is person-social Prospective Speech Pathology majors should declare the major before they begin their junior year munity politics 213 Intervention Skills 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 467 Correctional Casework and Discussion of social work skills practice in field A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major in Speech Communication and Theatre Majors will Counseling 3 cr evaluated be required to enroll in three of the following courses 10 1 1 02 1 40 190 204 Speech Pathology/Audiology Study of the counseling styles and individualized concentrates will be required to enroll in Speech 120 140 204 220 214 Group Work and Community models for offender classification and group and A maximum of 12 transfer credits in speech can be applied to the major requirements Organization 3 cr process models of counseling Examination of group processes and community REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Gerontology organization strategies utilized in social work The minor consists of 18 credits six credits in required introductory courses and 1 2 additional credits There are four emphases that the student may follow 210 Sociology of Aging 3 cr 314 Social Work Methods 3 cr I Social Conimunication Discussion of medical aspects of aging diseases of Study of case study stud y-d iagnosis-thera py proc- 101 102 plus 12 credits in any of the following 204 206 208 302 304 311 402 411 aging and health maintenance ess interviewing counseling and program planning 2 TheatrclMedia 140 190 plus 12 credits in any of the following 141 251 263 264 280 351 370 380 385 390 391 317 Aged and Social Service 3 cr Prerequisite Social Services 103 For sociology ma- 451 460 470 490 Study of problems associated with the elderly and jors and minors only 3 Speech Pathologyl^udioloyy 120 220 plus 12 additional credits Courses 320 426 are required the remain- ing six credits may be taken in any of the following 221 420 425 the social services developed to assist them 450 Field Work 1 3-6 cr 4 General Speech Conitnunication and Theatre 324 Social Aspects of Death internship in a social work agency criminal justice 190 and either 101 or 102 with 12 additional credits apportioned I in the following manner six credits in any of the following 204 and Dying 3 cr or gerontology setting Majors only 206 208 302 304 31 1 402 plus six credits in any of these 140 251 263 264 280 351 370 380 385 390 391 451 460 490 A study of American values behavior custom and 451 Field Work 11 3-6 cr other institutional practices related to dying and internship in a social work agency criminal justice Suggested activities for majors and minors in Speech Communication and Theatre include the Red Masquer Dramatic Organization WDUO death with special attention to the older Americans or gerontology setting Majors only Radio and Television the Debate Team the Duke (student newspaper) and United Nations Organization Suggested courses for fulfilling Communication Area requirements for non-Speech 327 Counseling of the Elderly 3 cr majors 101 102 140 190 A Study of helping techniques in relation to retire- 400 Independent Study (All areas 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE of concentration) 1-3 cr Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- The student will work on a selected project under Chairman Eva C Robotti M A personal communication Primary consideration will the supervision and guidance of a faculty member be given face-to-face human interaction in a variety The program provides training essential to the several areas of speech communication The department offers Prerequisite Permission of the instructor and Depart- of situations both its majors and interested students from other fields the opportunity to choose courses from a particular ment Chairperson May oe taken twice area of concentration or the whole range of the discipline 206 Discussion and Group Process 3 cr Social Communication Develops those communicative skills essential for AREAS OF CONCENTRATION 101 Process of Communication 1 3 cr functioning effectively in the small-group situation Social Communication This focuses on the theories and techniques of human communication on both the Examines how man a being who must believe com- personal and societal levels The student of social communication examines the concepts and procedures which 208 Nonverbal Communication 3 cr municates his beliefs and how he utilizes certain kinds govern men s interactions as individuals and as parts of the mass He also learns the practical arts of critical Nonverbal messages are those messages transmit- of beliefs which have proven fundamental through analysis and persuasive communication ted without the aid of language or in conjunction with the ages to assist or exploit his fellow man This training is excellent preparation for careers in law government administration personnel public 1 language They carry much information about the relations industrial communications advertising sales social work and all fields which involve human 102 Techniques of Oral Communication 3 cr emotional state of the sender Some components of symbolic interaction I Develops those communicative skills necessary to nonverbal communication to be covered are body Recommended courses 10 1 102 204 206 208 302 304 31 1 402 41 1 4 12 critically analyze verbal discourse and to perform ef- movement physical attributes physical alterations dress space time touch objects the eyes and the Theatre/media The Theatre/Media concentration combines Aesthetic Communication skills theatre history fectively in public speaking situations which confront human voice and theatre performance skills with media theory and skills This concentration prepares the student for the the educated person fields of applied communicaltion theatre radio television and public relations Along with classroom theory 52 1 1 53

302 Organizational Communication 3 cr 220 Introduction to Problems Theatre/Media 370 Oral Communication of Literature 3 cr Stresses the acquisition and application of skills that in Speech 3 cr 140 Phonetics 3 cr An approach to literature in terms of its oral tradi- will bring success in an organizational setting Pre- A survey of various speech disorders their causes An approach to the English language based upon the tions with special emphasis on techniques prepara- recognition and possible therapy requisite 204 or 206 fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech sounds tory to the act of oral presentation 304 Persuasion 3 cr 221 Anatomy and Physiology 3 cr as systematized by the International Phonetic 380 Acting 11 Styles 3 cr This course will study the basic neurological skeletal Association A study and application of principles and practices An advanced course dealing with the principles and that influence people s beliefs and actions Prerequi- and muscular structures involved in the speech and 141 Voice and Diction for the Media 3 cr techniques of various acting styles with major con- 1 02 or permission of the instructor hearing process Prerequisite 220 or permission of site Either 10 1 or Designed to meet the needs of those who will be re- centration on the oral communication of a dramatic the instructor 311 Process of Communication 11 3 cr quired to use voice and diction as professional tools role Prerequisite 280 or permission of the instructor Develops more completely and philosophicallv the 320 Clinical Techniques in in the training and pursuit of media careers i e 385 Stage Directing 3 cr rhetorical perspective established in Process of Speech Pathology 3 cr Radio/Television Theatre and Medical Media Not Studies principles theories and practices involved I by applying that particular per- This course will focus upon the clinical management limited to Media Majors Communication in the staging of a play for performance emphasiz- spective to contemporary systems of belief Prerequi- of speech and hearing problems Past and current 190 Introduction to Theatre Arts 3 cr ing problems of staging and interpretation confront- or permission of the instructor recom- therapeutic approaches and technique's will be pre- site 101 A survey of theatre as an art form involving the selec- ing the director Prerequisite 190 sented in relation to disorders of speech and hear- mended 304 tive integration of a number of skills and disciplines ing Different organizational procedures and prac- 390 Development of the Theatre 1 3 cr 402 Argumentation and Debate 3 cr to bring about the aesthetic of the theatrical moment tices will also be included Prerequisite 220 or A study of the origin and development of theatre and A course in applying the principles and methods of Beginning with lectures on the roles of the director permission of the instructor drama from pre-Grecian civilizations to the seven- critical deliberation to a significant contemporary actor designer and varrous,craftsmen the course teenth century investigated in light of the particular Speech Pathology/Audiology will work up to a sampling of the various modes and social issue Emphasis will be on advocating defend- 322 world view which it expresses ing and refuting a proposition of policy Prerequisite Externship 3 cr forms of drama in terms of exigencies or production 391 1 02 or permission of the instructor Provides opportunities for observation of various Development of the Theatre 11 3 cr 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr aspects of clinical work Directed readings and field A study of the development of theatre and drama 411 Communication and Imagination 3 cr Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- trips are included For Speech Pathology/Audiology from the seventeenth century to the early twentieth Examines how the triumph of beliefs dominated by personal communication Primary consideration will concentration majors only Written permission of century investigated in light of the particular world imagination over beliefs dominated by science has be given face-to-face human interaction in a variety department chairman required Open to juniors view which it expresses changed our understanding of communication of situations and/or seniors 1 451 Producing and Directing the 412 Speech Practicurn 1 3 cr 251 Radio Announcing 3 cr 420 Speech Problems of the Television Drama 3 cr An internship in communication industry or appro- Application of the principles of good speech to the Exceptional Child 3 cr The essentials of developing dramatic productions priate organizational setting Prerequisite Permission announcing of news sports weather and commer- This course will investigate the speech and language for television scripted commercials serious and of department chairman required cials and to the art of interviewing development speech problems - and speech comic performances acted and taped Prerequisite remediation of the mentally retarded brain injured 263 Stagecraft 3 cr 190 plus permission of the instructor Speech Pathology/Audiology aphasic learning disabled and cerebral palsied child Stagecraft is a detailed examination and application 460 Theatre Practicurn 1 3 cr of the methods and materials in the area of set con- 120 Development of Language 3 cr, The role of other professionals in addition to that Students involved in the production of plays may struction scene painting and property construction Focus will be on the acquisition of sound meaning of the speech pathologist in speech remediation will receive credit for practical on and off stage work at to increase the awdreness of accepted building and grammar systems from infancy through child- be explored Prerequisite 220 or permission of the various off-campus sites included is theatre manage- design and safety practices in technical theatre hood with emphasis on the comparative analysis of instructor ment Prerequisite Permission of instructor and Prerequisite theories of communication development Physical 190 or permission of the instructor 422 Speech Pathology/Audiology department chairman is required neurological psychological and social bases of lan- 264 Scene Design Clinical Practicurn 3 cr 3 cr 470 Advanced Oral Communication guage will be discussed Socro-linguistic differences Provides an opportunity for active participation with Scene Design is a study of the preparation and of Literature 3 cr will be discussed with reference to Black language presentation of set design The study will include professionals in their work in varied settings For A continuation of 370 with special emphasis on and regional variations rendering techniques scale models drafti-ng tech- Speech Path ology/Aud i of ogy concentration majors techniques for the oral presentation of specific niques designing within a budget the use of lighting 121 Sign Language (Manual only Written permission of department chairman literary genres Prerequisite 370 Communication) 2 cr required and designing for different types of performance 490 American Theatre and Drama 3 cr Sign language systems used by and with the deaf and spaces 425 Aural Rehabilitation 3 cr Survey of the major American theatrical movements hearing impaired will be presented in an overall 280 Acting The human communication systems are presented 1 3 cr and dramatic literature from the Colonial period to introductory methods course Participants will be A study of the basic principles theories and tech- including acoustic and visual components Com- the present with emphasis on the twentieth century able to demonstrate ability to fingerspell and use niques of acting including various problems con- munication problems of the hearing impaired are Playwrights designers and theatrical companies are ba^sic signs in simple phrases and sentences Aspects fronted by the actor in the creation and interpreta- discussed with regard to amplification residual hear- studied as reflections of American culture of current trends in Deaf Awareness will be included ing visual perception and manual communication tion of a role Programs of rehabilitation for individuals with mild 140 Phonetics 3 cr 351 Television Announcing 3 cr An approach to the English language based upon the to profound hearing impairments are reviewed Continuation of Radio Announcing but with the fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech sounds Prerequisite 220 221 or permission of instructor added skills necessary to T V Prerequisite 251 the International Phonetic as systematized by 426 Hearing and Audiology 3 cr Association This course will consider the nature of sound the 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr process of hearing and hearing impairment The dif- DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY Designed to investigate the various aspects of inter- ferent types causes and the measurement of hear- Chairman Rev Francis X Malinowski C S Sp Ph D ing impairment will be discussed Exposure to personal communication Primary consideration will Duquesne s Department of Theology affirms that the academic study of religious experience is essential to be given face-to-face human interactions in a vari- audiometric testing will also be available Prerequi- a complete education The Department fulfills its role in theological studies by the pursuit of the following aims site 2 20 2 2 1 or permission of the instructor ety of situations 1) it emphasizes Catholic Theology in dialogue with other Christian traditions non-Christian traditions and Judaism as the key element in Duquesne s commitment to Catholic education on the university level 2) it

54 55 acknowledges the fact of the universal search for religious meaning and experience and seeks not only to 235 History of Christian Worship 3 cr on the Apostolic Fathers the Apologists Origen offer the possibility of a study of the varying approaches to religious witnesses in history but also to place The meaning of ritual and worship in Christianity an Athanasius the Cappaclocian Fathers Tertullian and Catholic Theology in communion with that quest 3) it aspires to a fruitful encounter with other university analysis of the major steps in the development of the Augustine as they interpret Christian revelation and disciplines since the department is convinced that theology s concerns are related to all vital human issues Eucharist esp in the western tradition the impact lay ground for the systematic development of Accordingly the Department has organized its courses into three divisions Biblical Studies Christian Studies of the Reformation on the meaning and form of Chris- Catholic theology and Selected Religious Studies tian worship a discussion of some symbols and devo- 451 War and Peace in Christian REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR tions in Roman and Protestant Christianity Perspective 3 cr The major program consists of a minimum of 27 credits beyond the 100 level These must include 201 2 1 3 260 Origins of Protestantism 3 cr An analysis of Christian teaching of the moral per- 2 14 220 250 498 the remaining credits will be chosen in consultation with the student s advisor An introduction to the thought of the principal missibility of using violence and participation in war RE061REMENTS FOR THE MINOR reformers Luther Calvin Zwingli Wesley a study from biblical times to the present including an eval- A minor consists of four courses beyond the 100 level The department has also prepared suggested sequences of speculative and practical forces operative in the uation of the varieties of pacifism of non-violent which may be helpful to a student wishing to concentrate in a certain area of theology e g Biblical Studies fifteenth-sixteenth centuries which gave rise to the resistence and of just war theories Roman Catholic Theology World Religions Religion and Culture Christianity in History etc These sequences reforming movement the formulation of Protestant 470 Christian Mysticism 3 cr are available in the department upon request orthodoxy A study of the manifold Christian experience of COURSE INFORMATION 271 Eastern Christian Theology 3 cr mysticism i e experiential contact with God as seen The numbering of the course indicates the level of approach A study of the main theological developments in the in famous exemplars of mystical experience e g Eastern Church from the Patristic age on through the 100 'These courses are of the basic survey type wherein emphasis is on 6readth rather than on ^depth Jesus Christ Paul Ignatius of Antioch Augustine John and serve as background for other courses medieval times until the modern days as they shape Ruysbroeck Catherine of Siena Theresa of Avila its distinctive spirit and mentality and as they are These courses treat of subject matter in a specific area of theology and in greater depth than in John of the Cross Venerable Liberman 200-300 interpreted in the Eastern Churches the 100 category ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 274 Church History 1 3 cr 400 Selected topics are dealt with at a more advanced,!evel independent research is required A religious and historical exploration of the growth 106 Rational Foundations of the Catholic Faith 3 cr BIBLICAL STUDIES study of the 4 gospels with ample usage of recent of Christianity from the first century up to the Refor- mation discussion of those issues within the Church An investigation of the reasonableness of the Catholic 114 Interpreting the Bible 3 cr scholarship - and the external forces which brought about major Faith beginning with an inquiry into the existence A presentation of tools necessary to understand the 413 Theology of the Old Testament 3 cr conflict and development of God and the possibility of His intervention in Old and New Testament as ancient literary works Examination of the Theology of the various books human affairs study of the Gospels as reliable 275 Church History 11 3 affording a unified view of historical events as well or blocks of writing in the Old Testament an attempt cr documents of Christ s claim to be God His life as the prominent religious experiences reflected in to draw together and present the major themes Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant develop- works and especially His resurrection of His found- ment from 1500 these events emphasis on practical interpretation motifs and concepts of the Old Testament a study to the present day special emphasis ing of Church and its identity today of biblical passages of the relationship between the Old Testament and on the crises revolutions and reforms that were cen- tral to this development 201 Introduction to Theology and cr the New Testament Prerequisite 1 14 or 2 13 213 Introduction to the Old Testament 3 Theological Method 3 cr 345 Women in Christianity A presentation of the Old Testament writings in their 414 Theology of the New Testament 3 cr 3 cr An inquiry into and an analysis of the resources of 'Survey of the old dynamic context of culture politics and geography A presentation of the major theological traditions of and New Testament views of theology faith revelation inspiration and Church as well as an introduction to their literary modes the New Testament emphasizing the diversity of women and a history of the status of women in the teaching a presentation of the various approaches theologies and themes including practical ap- Christian beliefs and practices as well as the underly- Roman Catholic and major Protestant traditions with to theological study and t Ihe schools of theological proaches to interpreting key passages of the Old ing principles of the early Christian experience an, emphasis on the contemporary role and spirituality thought in Christianity Testament explanation of advanced techniques of biblical inter- of women in Christianity 202 Catholicism 3 cr pretation with opportunity for the student to prac- 346 Dying Death in Culture 214 Introduction to the New Testament 3 cr An explanation of the major beliefs and practices of tice such techniques Prerequisite 1 14 or 214 and Theology A presentation of the books of the New Testament 3 cr Roman Catholicism including the nature and work A study of the process of dying as a physical psycho- including their literary makeup historical origins and 490 Field Experience in Biblical of the God-Man as well as the role of Mary study logical and spiritual happening in human life the testimony and theological content practical ap- Archaeology 6 cr of the nature of the Church and its authority con- nature of grief in its human and cultural expression proaches in interpreting key passages of the New Six weeks of supervised participation in an archaeo- sideration of the norms of morality the Command- Testament logical excavation in the Ancient Near East experi- in patient and family the theological meaning of ments the sacraments and the spirit of Catholicism death and mourning ence in stratigraphic digging pottery identification 313 Archaeology and the Bible 3 cr 220 The Mystery of Christ 3 cr scientific analysis of finds and recording methods 351 Sexuality Sex and Morality An illumination through archaeology of the historical 3 cr A study of the person and meaning of Christ in offered every two or three years approval of par- setting the cultural background and the events An analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality historical and contemporary perspective a discus- ticipants by core staff required according to the sources and developments of Chris- described in the Bible a general inti oduction to the sion of the new bond between God and humanity tian thought the integration of these concepts into techniques of archaeological investigation and a and the new era in the spirituality of humanity in- a contemporary moral and ethical system study of the principal archaeological sites in Palestine augurated by the Incarnation and the Passion-Death- CHRISTIAN STUDIES IN GENERAL 1 315 The Wisdom Literature in Israel 3 cr 352 Value of Human Life and Resurrection event 140 Christian Understanding of the Current Ethical Problems An exploration of the wise sayings and stories of 3 cr 230 The Church 3 cr Human Person 3 cr A discussion of the fundamental moral principles Israelite culture and how they offer guidance today A study of the Christian community of believers in An investigation into the question of What does it involved in making any of the life decisions the in ethical and social questions its origins some of its major historical and dogmatic mean to be human" according to lud^eo-Christian problem of the definition of life a survey of the varied 3 16 The Apostle Paul 3 cr emphases and its contemporary understanding of teaching a discussion of the relationship of the moral approaches to the Issues of war and peace An exposition of Pauline Literature emphasizing the itself the Church as a mystery as Mystical Body as human person to self others the world and the capital punishment abortion birth control eutha- person of Paul and his impact on the early Church People of God as sacrament Divine as the basis for humanness a study of the nasia genetic engineering and the new embryology g 321 Jesus in the Gospels , 3 cr issues involved in these four relationships e 242 Contemporary Theological Issues 3 cr 370 Early Christian Thought 3 cr portrait of the person of Jesus Christ based on a freedom grace conteinplation An examination of theological developments in an A A study of the early Christian thinkers with emphasis era of renewal reevaluatj on and cooperation e g

56 57 human person s relationship to self others and to 483 Religions of Asia 3 belief and unbelief Christian and secular humanism 498 Seminar in Theology 3 cr cr God An analysis-of significant religious groups in Asia such the future with reference to hope heaven hell A critical analysis of selected topics in theology or afterlife and resurrection sin in a secular age suf- of selected works by outstanding theologians open 373 Varieties of Religions in America 3 cr as Hindus Buddhists Muslims Confucians Paoists and Zen Buddhist a study of the origin development fering and evil only to juniors and seniors with a major or minor in An examination of the religions and denominations theology in America with an emphasis on some uniquely beliefs practices and interrelationships among the 250 Moral Perspectives in Human American religious phenomena e g religious liber- religious and Asian culture 3 cr Development ty civil religion revivalism etc 492 Independent A Catholic perspective of the basic issues involved SELECTED RELIGIOUS STUDIES Study in Theology 1 3 cr A critical analysis by an individual student of selected in the formulation of moral values within the develop- 180 Religious Experience 3 cr 381 Islam 3 cr topics in the areas of biblical studies Christian ing person and of the sources upon which moral An examination of the dimensions of mankind s An analysis of Islam as a religious political and studies Roman Catholic theology or selected systems are based a discussion of the absolute vs religious experience - g mystical ritual mythical cultural entity Mohammed and the Arabian setting religious studies or of some outstanding authors and the relative traditional morality vs the new moral- ethical and scriptural an analysis of the likeness and history beliefs practices and divisions within Islam their works under the direction of a faculty member ity an application of these principles to modern differences of how the Divine is sensed and re- the Koran and Hadiths the contemporary Muslim world problems sponded to in varied geographical cultural and chronological contexts 256 God and His Meaning 3 cr A theological understanding of the problem of God 240 The Religious Experience of a consideration of the responses of various religions Black Americans 3 cr and philosophies to this problem the origins and An examination of the dimensions of the religious development of the theology of God in the Judaeo- experience of Black Americans e g its history its Christian tradition with special focus on Catholic relationship to African origins to slavery to racism development to Christianity and to Christian denominations an analysis of special elements in that experience e g cr 301 Marriage 3 Black Churches preaching music and the American A personal] y-oriented and practical treatment of the Way of Life marital union as seen in its Chrisitan theological psychological and sexual aspects a discussion of 245 Religion and Culture 3 cr Christian marriage as a bond of love as a sacrament An examination of how religion influences the cultural and as a way of human fulfillment experience of work leisure art love 331 The Church in the Modern World 3 cr 280 World Religions 3 cr An analysis of the Church s role in human develop- A survey of the history beliefs practices and con- ment today and in offering solutions to present prob- temporary influence of the major religions of the iems of humanity in light of Vatican II s Pastoral Con- world Hinduism Buddhism Confucianism Taoism stitution on the Church in the Modern World and Maoism Shintoism African traditions Judaism Chris- other related documents tianity and Islam a discussion of a basic method- ology for understanding religions 335 Theology of the Sacraments 3 cr A practical treatment of the seven sacraments in rela- '283 284 Jewish Thought and tion to their significance for the Christians daily Religion 3 cr each spiritual growth and fulfillment consideration of A survey of the history beliefs pract,ces and con- human needs for ritual and symbol discussion of re- temporary influence of the major religions of Bible cent revisions and developments in sacramental and the Talmud (Fall semester) and in medieval and theology modern Jewish thinkers tSpring semesteri an analysis of the forces and events which helped to share this 442 Theological Anthropology 3 cr development 283 is not a prerequisite for 284 A study of humanity in its unique dignity as image of God and as responsible for the development of 242 Religion and Social Issues 3 cr the universe human experience of sin and aliena- A study of the influence of religious convictions in tion and of liberation of divine grace given through confronting major social issues of today s world e g union with the Risen Christ population growth famine ecology liberation and revolution truth as a social issue wealth taxation 475 Theology and Catechesis 3 cr and stewardship An examination of the principal theological and peda- gogical themes of modern religious education and 343 Religious Impact of of the place of catechesis in the ministry of the Secular Thinkers 3 cr Church a presentation of the historical background A study of the effect that modern secular thinkers of the contemporary catechetical renewal (e g Marcuse McCluhan Hefner Toffler Kohlberg Skinner) have had on the religious consciousness and 491 Experience in the Teaching behavior of the present age a discussion of certain of Religion 6 cr areas of culture most affected by this secular impact One semester of supervised experience in teaching religion in a high school environment in conjunction 372 Religious Themes in Literature with a cooperating high school teacher and Univer- and Film 3 cr sity Department coordinator This course is open only An exploration of religious experience and religious to majors in Theology upon approval of the Chair- concepts as expressed in significant worlds in film person of the Department - and literature including themes concerning the-

58 59

School of Business the agency involved The Center calls upon profes- Phi Chi Theta is a national professional commerce sionally trained practitioners from the local com- sorority and Administration munity as well as full-time faculty to instruct in these American Marketiny Association the student chapter programs affords membership to students whose major in- Center for Economic Education terests include salesmanship marketing advertising HISTORY transportation or foreign trade The Center is charged with the responsibility of in- A selected group The School of Business and Administration was 3 An understanding of the personal and profes- itiating and promoting economic education in the of seniors is permitted under faculty supervision to established in 19 13 as the School of Accounts and sional value of effective communications and a society at large More specifically it develops and participate in the meetings of the Sales Executives Finance The rapid growth of the School necessitated cultivation of their capacities for speaking and writing coordinates economic education within the Western Club of Pittsburgh- and the senior chapter of the A M A a constant broadening of the curriculum until it clearly and concisely Pennsylvania and Tri-State area where the primary Delta Siyma covered all business subjects of fundamental impor- 4 An awareness of the important role of quan- thrust of the Center focuses on upgrading economic Pi a national professional business fraternity is represented tance In 1931 it was designated the School of titative measurements in today s business and who literacy and teaching competency in the school by Theta Rho chapter Business Administration and with this change have become skilled in the interpretation of systems of the area definitely became a professional school of business mathematical accounting and statistical data Center for International Management administration In 1971 the name was changed to 5 Sufficient 1,nowledge in a professional area so The objective of the Center is to develop a better the present designation to indicate broader prepara- that they can assume positions of respongibility with understanding of the American involvement in inter- DIVISIONS AND PROGRAMS tion for activity in organizations of all types a background of learning-method and learning- national affairs and business and in management The School of Business and Administration is com- impulse that will enable them to progress rapidly PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES abroad through teaching and research it is achieved prised of three Divisions Quantitative Science by an interdisciplinary approach In accord with the educational philosophy and ob- DEGREE Behavioral Science and Economic Science jectives of the University the School of Business and The areas of current research focus are Students entering the School of Business and Ad- The School of Business and Administration grants the Administration aims to assist students in their I Trade expansion between the USA and Eastern ministration are expected to inform their advisors degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administra- development of the natural and supernatural virtues Europe about their career objectives and their academic tion This degree may be awarded to those who The general aim is to provide through the media of areas of concentration and to consult with them satisfy the entrance requirements and complete suc- 2 Management in foreign nations instruction and related collegiate activity the facilita- when choosing junior and senior courses indicated cessfully the School s degree program 3 Problems in international business tion of purposeful character intellectual accomplish- in an^ of the three Divisions Their proposed cur- 4 International economic development with a ment emotional and social maturity and professional BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND riculum choices must of course include the Univer- stress on interaction among developed countries and efficiency COMMUNITY SERVICES sity requirements and Business and Administration on the relationship of developed and less developed Core requirements as indicated in the illustrations The School of Business and Administration has the Activity complementing direct instruction takes place countries set forth in this catalog Consistent with their stated professional responsibility of developing in students in five ancillary units grouped under the Bureau of 5 International political and legal issues career objectives and with the concurrence of their such knowledge of business principles procedures Research and Community Services All function to advisors students except those whose area of con- and problems as will enable them to become self- provide students and faculty with an opportunity for The Center has no teaching program of its own centration is Accounting are free to select any junior sustaining members of the community aware of their professional development as well as to provide ser- most of its staff are faculty members from various and senior courses from the School of Business and social and public responsibilities and dedicated to vices to the University and the community at large schools and departments of the University or visiting the enrichment of the resources for worthy living foreign professors Administration curriculum to complete the required It seeks to produce graduates who upon entering Bureau of Research hours for graduation Regulations for certification in their chosen careers will be effectively prepared to The Research Bureau carries out an independent Center for Management Development Accounting make the program very rigid this is dealt The Division conducts management training pro- discharge their obligations to God their communi- research program and cooperates with divisions of with in the paragraphs following the Sample ty and themselves as intellectual and moral beings the School in facilitating the research of individual grams for industry ranging from the foreman level Program up through executive personnel touching every The School attains this objective by guiding students faculty members Students concentrations should be based upon through a cultural core program a business core pro- Through the University Press the Bureau issues phase of management to make the individual a bet- career objectives and constitute as broad and flexi- gram an elective area of advanced business subjects monographs and other publications From time to ter rounded person in meeting the current demandsI ble an educational process at the undergraduate level of business chosen on the basis of professional interests co- time contract research is undertaken for business as is possible Career advice should be sought from curricular and extra-curricular activities and community and governmental agencies insofar as Also administered are non-credit programs which many and varied sources in the University including this may fall within its academic aims of discovery consist of courses in business and administration or faculty and Career Planning & Placement staff established personnel services I As a division of the University the School of and dissemination of knowledge special areas these courses are offered for the con- Students registering for 300-400 level courses are Business and Administration is obviously dedicated The Bureau is a member of the Asscrociation for tinuing education of adults in the community presumed to have passed freshman and sophmore to promoting those University aims and objectives University Business and Economic Research and required courses and have junior standing contained in the general statement maintains an interchange of publications with similar Elective courses are not necessarily offered each The professional objective of the School of Business organizations in other, universities throughout the STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS year country and Administration is to produce graduates who have These organizations limited to students in the School FOUR YEAR SAMPLE PROGRAM acquired and developed Center for Administration of of Business and Administration exist for the promo- Freshman Year tion of the scholarly and professional interests of I An appreciation of the importance of initiative Legal Systems Fall Semester Spirng Senresh, members and who consequently are willing to assume respon- The Center serves as the focal point for research ac- Courses Credits corases Credits sibility work efficiently and harmoniously with others tivity in the administration of law it is also the coor- The Zeta Chapter of Beta Gamnia Sigma national 101 Ei)ghsh Comp 3 102 English Comp 3 and adjust to changing circumstances dinating agency for education and training programs honorary fraternity for accredited schools of the 109 College Algebra 3 1 1 1 Calculus 3 American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business 2 A respect for logical thinking and who strive of a non-credit nature for persons currently 141 Economic Geo 3 142 Econormc Devel 3 is established at Duquesne University Membership energetically therefore to develop the capacities for employed within the legal system Such programs *General elective 3 181 Computer Science 3 in this honorary fraternity is limited to juniors in the analytical reasoning through the vigorous and orderly are tailored to meet the needs of specific groups and General elective 3 General elective 3 highest five per cent of their class and to seniors in application of ethical and technical principles to pro- agencies The objectives content time and length 15 15 the highest 10 per cent of their class blem solving of all programs are cooperatively determined with The Beta Alpha Phi Fraternity is the honorary scholar-

ship society of the school Course may be taken in either semester 60 61

Sophornore Year Senior Year pose of rendering an opinion are studied and ment information processing systems and the U1 Sit h Sprrrg Serrtste, Faii Soro,t,r Signr,LSomsi, evaluated Emphasis is placed on theory and cow"s transformation of information systems to meet Credit^ c0a"cs C"I'l, corps(s cndt, cow'c^ Crndf, philosophy of auditing however case problems are specific types of informational requirements Topics 2 1 1 Intro Accounting 3 2 1 2 Intro Accounting 3 Business cleome 3 Business elective 3 used to demonstrate the application of the principles include data base concepts file storage considera- 221 Prin of Economics 3 222 Pr[n of Economics 3 Business elcct[^c I Business electir,e 3 studied Prerequisites 3 12 tions development methodology design implemen- 281 Probandrt^ & star 3 282 Probability & stat 3 Business electi^c 3 Business electir,e 3 tation and management considerations of business 251 Legal Process 3 General elective General elective 3 Gcneral elect,e 3 412 Introductory Income data systems The course presumes a familiarity with Theology or gen I elec 3 General elective 3 Gcncral elective 3 Capstone course 3 Tax Accounting 3 cr This course is a study of basic tax and procedure af- basic computer programming and accounting 21 1 15 15 15 15 2 1 2 fecting primarily individuals and to a lesser extent Execut,e Action Simulation or Executi%e Polic^ junior Year partnerships and corporations Principal topics 419 Seminar in Accounting 3 cr C Fall Se—shy spr'ig S"mstor returns rates exemptions income deductions sales This course is designed to develop a student s abili- I The accounting faculty recommends that students Course, C,cdits Couros c'edit, and exchange of assets and credits Emphasis is ty in technical expression deepen his understanding concentrating in accounting take Accounting 21 1 361 Prin of Management 3 332 Money F Banking placed on problems to demonstrate the application of accounting theory and acquaint him with contem- 212 311 312 314 315 411 413 and 251-Legal 171 Prin of Marketing 3 32 1 or 322 Adv Econ 3 of the principles studied and use is made of official porary accounting problems and literature Students Process as well as at least one of the following Law 331 Business Finance 3 Business electi,e 3 form-, for demonstration purposes Prerequisites are made acquainted with the philosophy and 353 354 355 It is recommended that the student 322 Inter Accounting or Business electixe 3 either 311 or 313 methodology of research and required to prepare achieve an overall B average in Accounting 21 1 2 12 3 13 Managerial Ace t 3 General elective 3 a research paper Prerequisite 31 4 413 Business Information Systems 3 cr 381 Decision Making 3 before attempting Accounting 31 [ and a minimum A course designed to introduce students to manage- grade of C in both 31 1 and 3 12 before attempting 1, 15 the remaining 300 and 400 level courses FINANCE CURRICULUM Three credits in Theology are required for Catholic Students who desire to function in finance either in the world of private business government bodies or in students Others may take theology or may substi- the area of securities are encouraged to select from the several groups of courses that place emphasis on tute three credits in the Departments of History specific material leading to that end The professional designation of Chartered Financial Analyst Philosophy Political Science Psychology or Sociol- JCFAj is used by those in the securities industry The designation in the life insurance area for professional personnel is (CLU) ogy Life or Chartered Underwriter

331 Business Finance 3 cr decisions and compromises of the financial manager DIVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE The aim of this course is to combine the study of in- as he faces choices between risk and return Reading ACCOUNTING CURRICULUM ternal and external sources of funds with the tools material case material and a research project are CPA Requirements of financial management in order to maximize the tools to be used Prerequisite 33 1 Students who desire to become certified public accountants in Pennsylvania and who have been graduated wealth of the business entity Primary attention is 334 Risk Management 3-cr from a four-year program in a college approved by the State Board of Education may sit for the CPA examina- given to private business entities While many of the A study of the broad spectrum of risk exposures in tions The degree program of the University is so approved tools and instruments used in the demonstrations are business enterprise with special attention to the Graduates may sit for the CPA examination in other states among which are New Jersey and New York those of large business concerns entities of all sizes need for identifying these in terms of nature and are covered Special attention is given to the magnitude Emphasis is on techniques available to 211 212 Introductory Accounting 3 cr each data in the formulation of policies consideration of decision-making process as applied to the finance aid the decision-maker in making decisions under An introduction to the language of accounting basic various aspects of Federal State and local taxes and function of business Secondary empnasis is given constraints of uncertainty Methods of alleviation accounting concepts and brief exposure to recording their effect on managerial decisions Prerequisites to the securities markets financial, projections avoidance and insurance are studied Attention is financial information An extensive study is made of 21 1 212 organizational form mergers and consolidation and accounting information for management decisions given not only to the traditional forms of insurable 3 14 Advanced Accounting 3 cr reorganization Prerequisites Accounting 21 1 2 12 hazards but also to implicit risks such as those of 311 312 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr each This course applies fundamental theory to a number or the equivalent loss in market value of assets capital budgeting deci- This course is primarily concerned with an investiga- of important activities in business Activities studied 332 Money and Banking 3 cr sions new product financing techniques mergers tion and analysis of the accounting problems and are partnerships special sales procedures con- To develop knowledge about the role of financial in- and other areas where risk is present in the decision practices of the corporation with detailed study of solidations and fiduciaries Prerequisites 31 1 stitutions in our society as they perform their func- Prerequisite 331 1 the component elements of the balance sheet and tion of either the creation of the medium of exchange 3 5 Cost Accounting 3 cr 336 Security Analysis 3cr income statement Basic topics are accepted and or of taking existing funds from sources of excess to Bas— cost accounting procedures are discussed from An Intensive study of the analytic techniques ap- alternative methods in the accounting cycle finan- the following view points cost principle cost deter- sources of supply Further to develop an understand- plicable to the selection of the various techniques cial statements their form content and use account- ing of the construction of the portfolios of the institu- mination cost control cost analysis Topics treated securities of private as well as public entities Con- ing problems of the corporation detailed analysis include cost terminology planning and control tech- tions in order to understand why each employs their sideration is given to the markets in which these of the balance sheet accounts determination of net available funds as they do knowledge about interest niques and development and application of securities are traded and the types of information income statement of source and uses of working rate mo^ernents and their effects on business and overhead rates Cost behavior patterns are studied that are useful and necessary to the decision-making capital Prerequisites 21 1 212 the development of financial instruments used within in conjunction with development and application of process of the investor as the attempt is made to the business society Also through the media of a 313 Managerial Accounting 3 cr overhead rates Standard costing job order costing measure the value of a particular security Several research paper the student has the opportunity to A study of the technique involved in the gathering process costing joint products and by-product models are examined in seeking their ap- develop a major area in detail Emphasis is primari- recording and interpretation of accounting and costing are treated in detail Methods of judging propriateness in establishing the relative worth of a ly on the role money and banking take in relation- statistical data used in the solution of internal prob- managerial efficiency inventory control and manage- security The merits of both the fundamental and ship to business entities lems of management Some of the topics covered ment control systems are also stressed Prerequisites technical approach to security analysis are con- are construction analysis and interpretation of 1 212 21 333 Financial Management 3 cr sidered for their contribution to the analysis of a reports establishment of operating and financial security Prerequisite 331 41 1 Auditing 3 cr The course is designed to provide a theoretical or standards measurement of managerial performance conceptual framework that a financial manager can Standards and procedures emploved by auditors ir^ 337 investment Analysis 3 cr use of budgets in managerial control use of cost data use to reach decisions Material is presented with the the examination of financial statements for the pur- it is the aim of this course to present material that and interpretation of cost reports use of quantitative purpose of involving the student in the fundamental will be useful to the student in developing an I

63 62

381 Introduction to Decision Sciences 3 cr ment debugging testing of programs file proces- understanding of the various types of investments upon their functions as instruments of estate crea- The application of the scientific method of problem sing and report generation using COBOL which may be available for a portifolio investment tion and administration Uses of insurance in connec- solving to business problems The course includes 383 Discussion of the various risks that a portfolio be sub- tion with partners and key men and in connection various models and the methods of applying them File Processing and management ject to and further the importance of the various risks with bank loans are explored Attention also is given to business situations The models covered include This course deals with the processing and manage- to the various types of portfolio holders is under- to accident and health coverages group plans pen- linear programming simulation queuing and inven- ment of files in terms of cost capacity and respon- taken The basic elements of portfolio theory are sions and regulation of the industry Prerequisite tory optimization The use of library computer pro- siveness included are discussions of data structures file accessing mechanisms sorting merging updating presented Various quantitative and descriptive ap- 33 1 grams will be emphasized Prerequisites 281 282 proaches that are used in portfolio development are and managing sequential and non-sequential files 435 Property and Liability insurance 3 cr 382 Data Processing with COBOL investigated Techniques for measuring the effec- BASIC COBOL and FORTRAN languages are A study of business and personal applications of The development of data processing data manage- tiveness of the portfolio are illustrated Prerequisites required casualty fire and liability coverages in the form of 331 336 or special permission of the instructor both insurance and bonding including the fields of without 336 DIVISION workmen s compensation landlords and tenants OF BEHAVIOIZAL SCIENCE 432 Credit Management 3 cr liabilities burglary robbery and theft automobile PROGRAM GUIDE This course will be taught in such a manner so as to credit and title insurance fire and related lines fideli- The present combination of required courses and free electives gives the student a solid foundation in business give to the student a thorough understanding of the ty and surety bonding and relevant aspects of in- and at the same time allows him to follow his inclination in a special field of endeavor At the same time function of credit management in order that the Stu- land and ocean marine Prerequisite 331 the greater the freedom of choice the greater the need for helping the student in selecting courses in a mean- dent be afforded a maximum oportunity to grasp ingful way 437 Fundamentals of Real Estate 3 cr such information as presented in the literature and Students should be aware that they can use this freedom either A study of the problems involved in financing residen- in the classroom cases problems and field ex- I tial commercial and industrial real estate from the To broaden their cultural background by expanding in many different fields of knowledge or perience may be assigned Through these vehicles points of view of both owner and lender Methods 2 To establish with the help of their advisor a background of specialized knowledge in the field in which the student will have the opportunity to integrate t e of financing covered include use of individual and they have their strongest interest - knowledge gained from text material and other finan- business equity loans secured by mortgages land Several Study Programs—combining a concentration in Business (24 credits) with a judicious choice of elec- cial sources with that of other disciplines to arrive contracts sale-and-lease-back arrangements and tives from the College (27 credits)—a re- given as illustrations of the flexibility and the depth possible under atalogical sound credit decision Prerequisite 331 cooperatives syndicates and real-estate trusts At- the present program Presently Study Programs are offered in 433 Financial Markets 3 cr tention is given to procedures for originating ser- industrial Relations -international Business An extensive and intensive study of the markets in vicing and foreclosing loans and mortgage ar- Law Administration Marketing Management which the financing of needs takes place Study is rangements by principals agents and mortgage Production Public Administration made of the markets for borrowing and lending of bankers Case problems either in class or the field Transportation and Traffic Environment and Ecology capital both short-term and long-term Financial in- type are used to illustrate the techniques employed The listing of these Study Programs is only indicative not inclusive -others mav be structured and the sug- stitutional structures are given emphasis as they act in determining the feasibility of a location Special gested areas can be modified according to the occupational objectives and preferences of the student and interact when serving as sources or in- attention is given to an intensive research project in termediaries and users of funds Research by the stu- some area of interest to the student as related to INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CURRICULUM dent is required to afford the student the opporwmt)^ real estate Attention is also given to the re- analyzing economic issues particularly the evolution of business institutions within a historical context to concentrate on an intensive effort upon an in- quirements necessary to sit for the Pennsylvania Real 141 Physical and Economic Geography 3 cr 1 dividual topic Prerequisite 331 Estate Sales License Prerequisite 331 This course examines the present and potential pro- 441 International Business 3 cr ducts of the world s major geographic regions The A study of the techniques of international trade Em- 434 Life Insurance 3 cr 439 Seminar in Finance 3 cr course concerns itself essentially with man s utiliza- phasis is given to the contract overseas equipment A study is made of the risks of death and longevity Concentration upon selected contemporary topics tion of natural resources in earning a living Atten- as they occur in personal and business situations presented by distinguished visiting professors of customs procedure in this country and abroad tion is given to the geographical foundations and Analyses are made of various forms of life-insurance finance or resident faculty Offered on o^casion and marine insurance packing for overseas trade finan- operations of major industries including agriculture and annuity contracts and their uses with emphasis open only to senior students cing exports and import shipments foreign exchange 'manufacturing extractive activities and transporta- and carriage of goods by air Prerequisites Mktg tion Principal domestic and world trade movements 371 Econ 221 222 QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM I are analyzed -Students in the undergraduate School of Business and Administration complete a basic sequence in Ouan- 442 International Economics 3 cr titative Methods This sequence is concerned with the application of mathematics statistics and electronic 142 Economic Development of Europe This course is an introduction to international, trade data processing to the analysis of business and economic problems The objective of the program is to in- and America 3 cr theory and the principles of international monetary crease the students knowledge and understanding of the uses of mathematics statistics and computers as A survey of the evolution of Western economic m- economics as well as foreign trade policies Topics aids in decision-making The basic sequence is comprised of these courses 181 281 282 and 38 1 Prior to stitutions and business practic6s The origin of to be discussed include the classical and neo-classical entry into the sequence Mathematics 109 and/or I I I in the College may be required of those students tailing capitalism the Commercial and industrial Revolu- theory of comparative advantage foreign exchange to satisfy entry requirements with respect to competence in basic algebra and calculus tions the rise of the bourgeoisie and the spread of markets and balance of payments adjustment in addition to the basic sequence a number of electives are offered for students wishing to include quan- capitalism are examined A study is also made of the mechanisms analysis of the consequences of trade titative management science techniques in their areas of concentration institutional development and productive growth of regulation and international liquidity problems the United States economy Emphasis is placed on Prerequisites 221 222 181 Introduction to Computers 3 cr 281 282 Probability and Statistics 3 cr each An introduction to the basic concepts of computer This sequence includes the basic ideas of descriptive programming in algebraic and representational statistics inductive statistics and probability Among LAW ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM languages The course introduces the algorithmic ap- the topics covered are frequency distributions proach to problem-solving and continues through the measures of central tendency measures of disper- This curriculum is designed to prepare professionals to aid in the solutions of one of society s most critical development of flowcharts and programs using the sion sets and set operations elementary probabili- problems that of the,administration of legal systems Future executives in court management correctional Fortran language Brief treatment is also given to other ty theory probability distributions sampling distribu- institutions /and control systems (law enforcement) receive a broad interdisciplinary educational experience with the basic core coursework in the School of Business and Administration business related languages Prerequisite tions statistical estimation testing of hypotheses Other coursework may be appropriate to fit a students career objective Counselors and school officers Mathematics 109 in the College or equivalent time series analysis simple linear regression and cor- I should be consulted relation Prerequisites 181 and Mathematics I I in the College or equivalent 64 65 PRE-LEGAL CURRICULUM 462 Public Administration 3 cr The curriculum of the School of Business and Administration meets the requirements for registration for general on the functional areas of management Prerequisite This course introduces the student to the content of 361 purposes of the State Board of Law Examiners in Pennsylvania and of the State Education Department of public management and to the work of the public New York manager, at federal state and local government 491 Executive Action Simulation 3 cr Coursework in the various areas of the School of Business and Administration provides good preparation levels It also compares and contrasts public and A course incorporating the Games Theory Approach for the professional study of law private management and links management theory The teaching techniques of Case Method and Role and practice Lecture-discussions and participative Playing are combined in a simulated business en- 251 Legal Process 3 cr Code with reference to the nature and legality of methods are employed Prerequisite 361 vironment in which the students make the decisions An introductory course exploring the nature of law sales of goods the formality of sale contract transfer affecting the conduct of a business Participants are 463 Collective Bargaining its sources its relation to society and government of title to goods warranties nature and kinds of com- 3 cr divided into teams with key corporate duties being Study of the relation of federal and state legislation relation of the judicial to the executive legislative func- mercial paper requisites and meaning of negotiabilrty^ assigned and several teams compete against each to collective bargaining analysis of substantive issues tions law as an instrument of social change and con- methods of transfer Prerequisite 251 other in an attempt to operate the firm ontheop- trol understanding of the legal rights and duties of and administrative aspects of collective agreements 355 Law of Business Organizations 3 cr timum profitable basis Prerequisites Seniorstanding persons Acquaintance with areas of legal concern specific pi^ovisions including adjustment of and Consideration of the nature creation and dissolution 361 Open only to students in the School of to the administrator such as labor environmental grievances conciliation ^Irnecliation and arbitration of the proprietorship various types of partnerships Business and Administration controls products liability anti-trust concerns such collective bargaining and public policy Prerequisite other unincorporated organizations and the corpora- 492 Executive Policy 3 cr as pricing and mergers 361 tion Duties rights remedies and liabilities of owners Integrates concepts and skills from all functional areas 464 Administrative Organization 353 Contracts 3 cr and managers are studied Prerequisites 251 3 cr of business and administration in decision making Study of the law pertaining to the formation of con- A course Presenting organizational concepts as they under conditions of uncertainty Makes use of case 453 Administration of Legal Systems 3 cr tracts the legal requisites of an enforceable agree- relate tothe operation of an enterprise Line staff histories and other information to allow students Study of the legal system and the procedures by and functional relationships are thoroughly analysis and problem solving with the organization ment the transfer of contractual rights and duties which legal rights and duties are effectuated and en- developed Both formal and informal relationships as a whole Prerequisites Senior standing and the discharge of contracts the relationship between forced current problems and Issues related to the 36 1 251 are considered as they are developed and exist principal and agent Prerequisite system in the attainment of its objectives ad- 493 Independent Scholarly Study within a firm Authority responsibility delegation 3 cr 3 cr ministrative problems in the legal system Prereq- Student must initiate an original research project in 354 Commercial Transactions centralization and decentralization of control and uisite 251 a field of business of his choice -The project is then Study of the provisions of the Uniform Commercial other related organizational problems are con- scrutinized by sidered Prerequisite 361 a Committee of three Faculty MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM members if the project is approved the Dean will in accord with the objectives of the University and of the School the Management Curriculum aims are 466 Wage and Salary Administration 3 cr choose a faculty member as director of the project An advanced course involving treatment of the ma- I To acquaint students with managerial concepts and practices in both profit and non-profit organiazations The project must be completed within an academic jor wage administration problems Coverage will in- semester Prerequisite Student must qualify as a 2 To offer an oportunity for some degree of specialization to those students who are interested in a study clude such related and diverse facets of compensa- University Scholar program in management tion as analysis of the contemporary concepts of 494 Field Study wage and salary administration such as cost of liv- 3 cr 3 cr are considered An intermediate course to be used Organized group study under specific programs 361 Principles of Management ing and merit rating appraisal of various payment as a basis for further specialized treatment of beyond the classroom Participants will be required This course represents an initial introduction to the approaches such as incentive programs and profit management areas in the advanced courses Pre- to utilize analytical and decision making abilities in essential principles of management centered around sharing structuring a wage program analysis of the requisites 361 and 281 282 projects in an action setting under faculty supervision the concept of management being a basic process final effects such technically oriented practices have which is distinct and applicable to all enterprises Prerequisite Approval of the instructor 364 Personnel Management 3 cr Planning organizing actuating and controlling com- A course presenting techniques of manpow'er MARKETING CURRICULUM prise the fundamental functions of management management involves study of recruiting and screen- In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School the Marketing Curriculum aims are making up the management process These functions ing techniques training programs merit rating wage I constitute the framework around which this course To develop an understanding and appreciation of distribution in our economy payment plans safetv disciplinary programming etc is built Emphasis is given to planning which is rapi Current practice is presented in the form of case 2 To explore the many basic^activltles involved in the marketing concept and in matching products to markets growing in managerial importance Decision makin 3 material Prerequisite 361 To provide an area of specilized study for those students who wish to pursue the marketing phase of business managerial creativity and the art of management are thoroughly developed 365 Industrial Relations 3 cr 371 Principles of Marketing 3 cr A course developed to present to the student functionaries Theories of marketing are subjected 3 cr The emphasis throughout this course is on problem 362 Behavioral Science historical knowledge of the labor movement current to the test of practical examples so that the student This course is an introduction to the scientific study solving and decision-making in marketing The basis status and importance in industry and the legal status may develop a more realistic grasp of the principles of behavior It incorporates concepts from the for the course is a systematic analysis of customer of labor governing the actions of management in a involved and the value of the practitioners behavior and the development of marketing policies disciplines of anthropology psychology sociology myriad of ways Presents the role of labor manage- judgments Current marketing developments are and programs Marketing strategy and designing a economics law and political science as well as from ment and government in collective bargaining and studied Prerequisite 371 the newer fields of organization theory game theory marketing mix are stressed to give the student an current industrial relations policies and practices Pre- 373 Sales Administration 3 and decision theory This interdisciplinary approach insight into these areas and the reduction of risks cr requisites 361 An introduction to the fundamentals of salesmanship to behavior provides an integrative framework for is emphasized through the use of quantitative and and the problems confronted by the sales manager transfer to any organizational setting Prerequisite 461 Human Relations in Administration 3 cr qualitative market research techniques Topics include such areas as Production planning 361 An advanced course treating of the human aspect 372 Marketing Problems 3 cr as it is encountered in the industrial organization in- pricing packaging qualitative and quantitative 3 cr This course employs the case method illustrative of 363 Production Management volves an analysis of behavioristic patterns of in- market analysis and specific sales management func- follow up course to Principles of Management in typical marketing problems such as merchandising A dividuals as individuals and as members of work tions of selection training equipping compensating which all important phases of management are advertising selection of channels of distribution and supervising and groups Deals with motivation goals needs frustra- controlling salesmen Prerequisite development of new products These problems are 371 developed Topics such as purchasing inventory con- tions etc as they relate to the industrial situation trol motion and time study plant layout pricing etc analyzed as they affect different middlemen in the Prerequisites Senior standing and 361 471 Marketing Research 3 cr are covered Other related organizational problems marl^etmg structure including manufactures wholesalers jobbers brokers agents and similar This course examines the means and methods

66 67 3 cr Century economic theory Emphasis business management uses to get the necessary in- 321 National Income Analysis is placed 426 Monetary Theory and Policy conceptual analysis of national income theory its 3 cr formation for decision making involving what to pro- A primarily upon the writings of Marshall Schumpter This course presents the chief theoretical contribu- duce how much to produce and how to distribute tools its basic principles and its social and economic and Keynes applying their theories to the problems tions on money The policy implications of these significance The course treats the macroeconomic goods that are produced The 'Various types of of contemporary economic policy Special emphasis theories past and present will be emphasized Con- method of economic analysis it is concerned with marketing research —consumer research motiva- is given to economic growth and development and centration will c6nter upon Policy proposals and con- explaining the development and nature of national the essentials of welfare economics in today s society tional research market analysis sales analysis and Itroversy in the monetary field since World War 11 income aggregates The basic principles of national Prerequisites 221 222 sales forecasting product research and advertising The theories and contributions of Hicks Keynes income theory are developed and explained in order research—are studied in some detail Prerequisite 423 Business Cycles and Forecasting Friedman and Tobin among others are reviewed to place into focus the operations of the American 3 cr 371 This course is designed to study the process of The role of interest rate is reviewed along with wage- economy and the many problems relating to it 3 cr economic change Analyses of Seasonal Cyclical and price controversies international gold flows and the 472 Transportation Prerequisites 221 222 A comprehensive analysis of the historical evolution Secular movements will be undertaken Theoretical relationships between fiscal and monetary policies operation and economic development of the 322 Price and Production Economics 3 cr and empirical aspects will be covered Forecasting Prerequisites 221 222 An intensive study of the theory of demand pro- railroads motor carriers water carriers and air car- techniques will also be studied Prerequisites 221 427 Theory of Economic Development duction and clistributiohl^ In addition recent 222 "1 3 cr riers of the United States The Interstate Commerce The course is designed to acquaint students with the Act with its amendments and the public regulation developments in the theory of imperfect competi- 424 Business and Public Policy 3 area of economic development The subject matter state and federal of the various carriers will be em- tion and oligopoly are carefully examined Prereq- cr A study of the regulatory techniques used by govern- of this course conveniently divides itself into five phasized Prerequisites 371 221 2,22 uisites 221 222 ment to influence and modify business behavior This major categories the nature of development and 473 Traffic Management 3 cr 323 Public Finance 3 cr course also includes an analysis of market structure problems of measurement theories of development This course deals with the organization and function- A study of the organization and management of conduct and performance considerations pertaining factors and forces affecting economic growth dif- ing of traffic departments of industrial concerns government revenues and expenditures with em- to the firm and the industry Emphasis is given the ferent approaches to a higher standard of living and Topics treated are organization of shipping depart- phasis on American practices and policies at the anti-trust laws and special regulatory problems problems of domestic and international stability Ap- ments car records for the control of private car lines various levels of government Benefit-cost and cost- Prerequisites 221 222 proach to this course encompasses detailed study effectiveness analysis with their implications for pro- as well as a strong emphasis on theoretical and claims routing service and rating departments 425 Current Economic Issues reg6lations governing packing shipping and sales gram and capital budgeting receive heavy considera- 3 cr critical analysis Prerequisites 221 222 A seminar-like discussion of the state of the nation s shippers relations with carriers freight and express tion The economic consequences of various tax economy and its current problems on the basis of 429 Seminar in Economics 3 cr tariffs delays in transit receipt and delivery of prop- structures and alternative social choice mechanisims critical examination of professional journal articles The purpose of the seminar is to provide a vehicle ert7y Intensive work in the rate structures of the are studied Prerequisite 321 or 322 and economic reports by official and private sources for the advanced student to investigate separate sub- United States will be an important item Prerequisites 324 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr (such as the Presidents Council of Economic ject areas in the field of Economic Theory The in- 22 1 2?2 Ad- A comparative study of capitalism socialism com- visers) The purpose of the course is to begin tention is to provide a sound basis for further study munism and other economic systems with emphasis developing in the graduating senior the ability to at the graduate level Seminar procedure will stress DIVISION OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE on analysis rather than mere description of the coordinate and apply the analytical knowledge he written and oral reports Prerequisites 32 1 322 and ECONOMIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM economics of various countries Prerequisites '221 has acquired during his undergraduate study of permission of the instructor 222 economics and related fields of social science and 121 Elements of Economics 3 cr 420 Labor Economics 3 cr business administration Prerequisites 221 222 Economics 121 is an introductory course in eco- Analysis of the principles for wage and employment nomics intended to afford an understanding of how determination in contemporary American economy our economic system works of the forces which af- under non-union conditions as well as under collec- fect the level composition and distribution of the tive bargaining The institutional development output of the economy and of the issues behind cur- underlying labor supply and demand is studied with rent economic problems The course content will direct emphasis on its impact on employment and define concepts provide background materials and production on the general wage-level and on wage, develop economic ideas necessary to an understan- differentials on the distribution of national income ding of the policy issues constantly before a com- and on general social welfare The course also in- plex dynamic economy Not counted toward a cludes a comparative study of problems in labor degree in the School of Business and Administration economics in American and other democratic coun- 221 Principles of Economics 1 3 cr tries Prerequisites 22 1 222 The first course in economics for the student who 421 History of Economic Thought 3 cr plans to major or minor in economics The course Shows the development of economic thought from seeks to acquaint the student with concepts and the the Age of Mercantilism to 1890 Major emphasis is logical basis to economic reasoning Emphasis is placed upon the writings of Mun Petty Quesnay placed on understanding the behavior of households Smith Ricardo Malthus Marx Jevons and the and firms under competitive and imperfectly,com- Austrian School It offers a study of the fundamental petitive market conditions concepts of the writers and the influence of institu- 222 Principles of Economics 11 3 cr tional conditions upon their philosophy Major em- This course is primarily concerned with aggregative phasis is placed upon value and distribution theory economic relationships The theory of the determina- as it developed Prerequisites 221 222 tion of national income is developed and attention 422 Modern Economic Theory 3 cr is given to the construction of national income ac- A brief review of classical tradition emphasizing counts Attention is given to monetary and fiscal Smith Ricardo and Mill and Marxian socialism show- policy and their implications Prerequisite- 221 ing their influence upon the evolution of Twentieth

68 69

Credits *301 Child Development 4 School of Education Required Courses 42 *307 Curriculum and methods for Early Child- English Area 12 hood Education with Practicum 4 HISTORY English Composition 6 *308 Curriculum and Methods for Day Prior to 1929 teacher preparation courses were of- teach classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for a English Elective 3 Care with Practicurn 4 fered through a department of the College of Liberal period of six years Communication Area (Speech 3 10 Curriculum and Methods for Arts and Sciences in that year the newly-organized 2 Admission to graduate programs in education journalism English) 3 Special Programs 4 School of Education granted its first degrees in pro- Any Combination of Mathematics/ 331 The last 30 credits for the degree must be earned Teaching Elementary Social Studies 3 grams of secondary education The following pro- Science/Foreign Language at Duquesne University The minimum number of 12 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 grams have since been approved for certification by Social Science 12 *402 Language Development and credits for graduation is 120 the Department of Education of the Commonwealth (Anthropology Economics Geography History Reading 4 of Pennsylvania music education in 1930 graduate DEGREE Political Science Sociology and Psychology) *450 Early childhood Education education 1936 elementary education 1937 guid- The School of Education offers programs leading to Philosophy/Theology 6 Teaching Seminar 2 ance 1952 school administration 1952 library the Bachelor of Science in Education degree All pro- Catholics-minimum of 3 Theology credits *451 Associate Teaching Early science 1956 special education 1964 readingspe- grams are approved by the Pennsylvania Depart- Childhood Education 10 COMPETENCY CORE CURRICULUM cialist and reading supervisor 1969 schoolpsychol- I (Provisional) ment of Education for the instructional The Competency Core Curriculum consists of 27 *Required courses taken at Carlow College ogy 1969 early childhood education 1975 school Certificate credits beginning with introduction to Education in supervision 1976 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION the freshman year Developmental Foundations 1 11 CURRICULUM The following 39 credits (semester^hours) in Profes- SELECTION AND ADMISS16N in the sophomore year and concluding with Cur- General Education The School of Education requires sional Preparation and 12 in electives combined with riculum and instruction 1 11 in the junior year The Candidates who express a desire to become teachers completion of the established general education the 42 credits specified in General Education and 2 7 are admitted to the School of Education through the Competency Core Curriculum focuses on the which includes courses in the humanities social in the Competency Core Curriculum comprise this philosophical psychological and pedagogical foun- University Office of Admissions (apply to Director of sciences natural and behavioral sciences and for curriculum dations needed by entry-level teachers extensive in- Admissions Duquesne University Pittsburgh Pa Catholic students theology ( Credits 15282) The curriculum for the first two years is volvement in field experiences beginning with the Professional Education The basic professional educa- Professional Preparation devoted to the broad learnings in general and basic freshman year and an on-going process of individual tion program introduces the student to the teaching (All Courses Required) 39 professional education and beginning course work advisement and counseling regarding teaching and profession through thorough study of the principles 273 274 Art Music and Physical Educa- in a major discipline or area of concentration career decisions and practices of education and the learning process tion for the Classroom Teacher 6 The School of Education includes and maintains in The Competency Core Curriculum is predicated on Specialized courses provide preparation in teaching 325 Teaching Reading in the its enrollment only those students who give definite four domains 1) Becoming a person 2) Becoming techniques and methods required for specific fields Primary School 3 indications of teacher potential Students are a student of education 3) Becoming an educational of concentration—elementary secondary special 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate therefore expected to demonstrate developing per- theorist and 4) Becoming a practitioner The Com- and Middle Schools 3 (mentally and/or physically handicapped) or early petency Core Curriculum as the title implies is a sonal and professional characteristics attitudes and 330 Teaching Elementary Language childhood education competency based program that is developmental- competencies which will recommend them as wor- Arts and Reading 3 thy candidates for the teaching profession Evalua- Professional Laboratory Experiences The School has ly designed to prepare education students to be 331 Teaching Elementary Social developed broad and diversified professional entry-level teachers in elementary secondary and tion and approval by the faculty is based on the stu- Studies 3 laboratory experiences designed to provide oppor- special education dent s development of 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 tunities for observing and working with children and Credits I A well-balanced personality as evidenced 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 youth these include Courses (Required in all programs)* 27 through personal appearance health and vitality 484 Children s Literature 3 Programs in neighborhood and community 101 Introduction to Education 3 emotional maturity verbal fluency self-confidence I *491 Student Teaching 12 2 15 21 6 Developmental Foundations of cooperation judgement and tact adaptability and centers hospitals recreational and youth organiza- Education 1 4 * No student may register for additional course work resourcefulness cultural appreciation and social tions and summer camps 2 17 2 18 Developmental Foundations of during the student teaching semester without relationships 2 Planned observation in public and private school Education 11 4 permission classrooms 2 Professional attitudes and competencies as 3 15 3 16 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 Electives 12 Group observation in schools and institutions evidenced through interest in teaching preparation 3 *3 17 3 18 Curriculum and Instruction 11 8 in subject matter and in teaching methods and tech- dedicated primarily to the care of exceptional MUSIC EDUCATION *In Early Childhood Education 315 316 and 3 17 318' niques participation in laboratory experiences in- children General and professional course work and profes- are not required cluding observation and student teaching and the 4 Teacher-aide or tutorial service in public and sional education courses required for this program demonstration of necessary abilities and skills private schools EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION are outlined in the School of Music section Page 75 5 Student teaching in a public or private school This is a cooperative program approved by the PROGRAMS Pennsylvania Department of Education with Carlow SECONDARY EDUCATION for an entire semester or year The School of Education has program approval from College Some of the professional courses are offered in addition to the 42 credits (semester hours) in All of these experiences are completed under pro- the Pennsylvania Department of Education for the only on the Carlow campus General Education and 27 in the Competency Core fessional supervision from the University and from preparation of Elementary Secondary and Special These 48 credits (semester hours) in addition to Curriculum a student must complete the following the public or private school or off-campus agency (teaching the mentally and/or physically handicap- 42 specified und6r General Education I I credits in 51 credits 18 in Professional Preparation three in ped) Education teachers Also in consortium with the Competency Core Curriculum and 19 credits in Electives and a minimum of 30 in an arts or sciences Carlow College students can become certified in Ear- electives are required for the degree Area to satisfy requirements for the degree and I ly Childhood Education Credits certification The programs in accord with the philosophy and COURSE REQUIREMENTS Professional Preparation (Required courses) 48 Credits objectives of the School of Education offer students GENERAL EDUCATION *201 Orientation to Early Childhood Professional Preparation opportunity to qualify for The following courses in the arts and sciences are Education 4 (All Courses Required) 18 I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate to an integral part of each program 272 273 Art Music and Physical Education 497 Reading in the Secondary School 3 for the Classroom Teacher 6 Specific Methods Course 3

70 71

2 15 Teaching Grammar and Credits periods the class meets in other words a student evaluation and related theories in an experiential Composition OR Professional Preparation may miss three hours of class time in a three-credit learning environment 3 16 Teaching Secondary Mathematics (All Courses Required) 48 course and Science OR 209 Foundations of Special Education 3 203 204 205 206 207 3 18 Teaching Secondary Foreign 273 274 Art Music and Physical Education STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Field Experience I cr each Languages OR for the Classroom Teacher 6 Classroom and other school experience as an aide The School of Education includes in its program op- 3 19 Teaching Secondary Social Studies 276 Methods in Special Education 1 3 or observer Enrollment with consent of the Direc- portunities for participation in student organizations *491 Student Teaching 12 325 Teaching Reading in the tor of Student Teaching or a School of Education related to professional education preparation Primary School 3 faculty advisor one credit each semester for a max- No student may register for additional course work Students are encouraged to take an active part in 330 Teaching Elementary Language imum of five semesters during the student teaching semester without these professional organizations for such interest is Arts and Reading 3 permission interpreted as reflecting social and educational 215 216 Developmental Foundations 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 Electives 3 development The organizations are of Education 1 4 cr 3 Arts or Sciences Area (Minimum for 333 Teaching Elementary Science Duquesne University Chapter of the Council for Excep- See description for 2 17 218 386 Teaching the Mildly Handicapped 3 certification) 30 state and national student organizations 387 Teaching the Severely tional Children 217 218 Developmental Foundations in Special Education Certification Area Course Concentration Supporting Courses Handicapped 3 of Education 11 4 cr Biology Biology Mathematics 388 Vocational Education for the Kappa Delta Epsilon national education sorority Developmental Foundations I and 11 examine and chemistry and Handicapped 3 Kappa Phi Kappa national education fraternity provide for demonstration of various generic com- physics 477 Methods in Special Education 11 3 petencies in the areas of physical cognitive affec- HONOR AWARDS Chemistry Chemistry Mathematics and *491 Student Teach i ng—Specia I tive and social development of the individual from physics Education 12 These awards presented at the annual Honors Day birth until late adolescence The components ex- Communication Electives 3 Convocation are open to undergraduates in the amine the effects that values classroom interactions English Emphasis English journalism Speech School of Education approaches to various teaching and learning styles * No student may register for additional course work Journalism Faculty Award for General Excellence in Early Childhood recognition of individual differences and various cur- during the student teaching semester without Emphasis journalism Speech English riculum designs including I E P s and multi-cultural permission, Education Speech Emphasis Speech English journalism approaches have on the physical cognitive affec- General Science Minimum of eight Faculty Award for General Excellence in Elementary Education TEACHER CERTIFICATION tive and social development of all students and the Faculty Award for General Excellence in Secondary Education credits in biology teacher These components provide for the Through completion of degree and certification pro- chemistry and Faculty Award for General Excellence in Special Education demonstration of competency in the understanding gram requirements a student will be eligible for the physics and addi- Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education Sorori- the analysis and the managing of these effects Con- appropriate Pennsylvania Instructional I (Provisional) tional courses to ty Award for outstanding member of Alpha Kappa current with these components is a field placement Certificate This certificate is valid for six years of total a minimum of that requires case studies directed observations teaching During that time to convert the certificate Chapter 18 semester hours Kappa Delta Epsilon National Professional Education Sorori- data collection and teacher aide experience in one field of to the Instructional If (Permanent) form the holder soence must complete 24 semester hours of post- ty Presidents Award 301 Foundations of Education 3 cr baccalaureate study and three years of successful Latin Latin Greek history Kappa Phi Kappa National Professional Education Fraterni- Introduction to the study of the philosophical social teaching in public or private schools in Pennsylvania and historical foundations of education and the rela- Mathematics Mathematics Computer science ty Award for outstanding member of Beta Phi Chapter All programs are approved by the Pennsylvania general analytical Lawrence A Roche Memorial Award to a junior student tionships between the school and other institutions Department of Education Certification in Penn- physics for general excellence in the School of Education of society sylvania enables a student to meet certification re- Modern Languages Frencff German Philosophy Philip C Niehaus Memorial Award for outstanding achieve- 315 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 cr quirements in various other states Application for or Spanish linguistics ment in the School of Education See description for 317 318 the certificate must be made during the semester in Physics Physics Chemistry math- which the student expects to be graduated Council for Exceptional Children Award for outstanding 317 318 Curriculum and Instruction 11 8 cr ematics computer work in the organization Curriculum and Instruction I and 11 focus on the science biology DUAL CERTIFICATION presentation analysis and demonstration of those Social Studies Economics geog- Philosophy COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Through advisement a student may complete re- generic competencies that directly apply to the raphy history pol- quirements in two certification areas such as elemen- design and implementation of effective teaching- itical science psy- EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND tary/early childhood elementary/secondary elemen- learning practices in the classroom The components chology sociology PSYCHOLOGY tary/special education Such programs require some specifically address such topics and techniques as anthropology 101 Introduction to Education 3 cr additional coursework beyond the 120 semester educational taxonomies instructional objectives An overview of professional education programs and hours for a degree After completing all other re- planning the lesson classroom management learn- careers introduces students to the competency- quirements students may register with appropriate ing centers materials utilization evaluation of learn- based format of undergraduate curriculums and gives advisement for a nme- and a six-credit student- ing and grading These components also include a them opportunities to meet faculty and staff in SPECIAL EDUCATION (MENTALLY AND/OR teaching course Student teaching in both areas is concurrent field placement that continues the informal information-giving and counseling PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED) offered during the students final semester directed observations and data collection initiated relationships This program is designed to prepare students for in the Developmental Foundations components and CLASS ATTENDANCE teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped 201 Child Development 3cr introduces the student to the evaluation of the pupils including brain injured emotionally and social- The School of Education faculty has determined that Behavior and personality characteristics of children teaching-learning situations observed and to the self- ly disturbed learning disabled the following policy will be in effect for the School from birth to adolescence as they relate to school evaluation process of his/her own development in These 48 credits (semester hours) in Professional of Education and will be adhered to by all professors and home situations the four domains of the Competency Core Cur- Preparation and three in Electives in addition to the who teach undergraduate courses It is presumed 202 Educational Psychology 3 cr riculum The field placement for these final com- 42 credits in General Education and the 27 in the that each student in a professional course will nor- Examines affective and cognitive ^evelopment plan- ponents includes teaching experience in an actual Competency Core Curriculum are required for the mally attend every session The maximum number ning and teaching techniques measurement and classroom degree of cuts permitted is equated in credit hours not in

72 73

and during the pre-school years (ages 3 and 4) The sibilities in a pre-school primary setting application exploratory and systematic instructional styles 340 Self- Development for the of theory and planning previously studied develop- 3 cr role of the family as primary socializing agent is games as an instructional strategy Classroom ment of the students own teaching style under Focuses on a philosophical-psychological approach stressed 333 Teaching Elementary Science guidance of a cooperating teacher and college super- 3 cr to self-development using classroom activities to pro- Curriculum and Methods for Early 307 visors Verification of student competency will be Study of theories techniques practices and content mote personal awareness in the teacher and student Childhood Education with Practicurn _ 4 cr of the science area Accent is on discovery and in- determined jointly by both the cooperating teacher Study of curriculum-methodology and implementa- quiry instructional styles organizing for learning Adolescent Development 3 cr and the college supervisor No other credits may be 351 tion in the nursery kindergarten and primary set- Examines the developmental processes taken while the student is involved in 450 and 451 484 Children s Literature tings Students will participate in planning and enact- 3 cr psychological physical and social which affect stu- without special permission of the Director of Early A general survey of books and other printed ing activities for language development art music dent and student-teacher behavior and relationships Childhood Education play social studies science and reading/mathematics materials for children criteria for the evaluation and in the classroom analysis of children s books types of books available readiness for children 3-8 years of age A weekly ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 4 10 Interpersonal Classroom practicurn placement in an Early Childhood setting considered in terms of interest needs and abilities 273, 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education of children Management for Teachers 3 cr is an integral part of this course Prerequisite 201 for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each Focuses on four major concerns for maximizing learn- (Fall semester only) 490 491 Student Teaching— ing and minimizing conflict the four areas are the An introduction to the basic principles and concepts Elementary 9 12 cr teachers personal awareness of feelings and emo- 308 Curriculum and Methods for of teaching visual arts physical education health and Student teaching in an approved elementary school tions interpersonal societal and educational values Day Care With Practicum 4 cr music to children of elementary school age including under the direct supervision of a cooperating teacher understanding of group dynamics and knowledge Examination of curriculum design and implementa- exceptional children tion of day care programs serving children from Prerequisites Senior status good academic standing of managing classroom situations 325 Teaching Reading in the 'birth-8 years of age Topics covered include com- completion of required professional courses and 1 2 cr Primary School 3 cr 480 Independent Study prehensive curriculum planning parent communica- recommendation of faculty With permission of an instructor and approval of the Major emphasis is on the pre-school readiness and tion and involvement environmental design staff- 493 Student Teaching —Elementary 6 cr Dean seniors may pursue in-depth study of a sub- primary grades Content deals with language ex- ing patterns and current research on the impact of periential cognitive and perceptual development in Student teaching in elementary education for ject area or engage in individual projects related to day care on young children and their families A young children and their relationship to the begin- students in the secondary or special education pro- their professional goals weekly practicurn placement in a day care setting is ning reading program In addition consideration will gram who wish to complete requirements in two cer- an integral part of this course Prerequisite 201 481 Learning Resources 3 cr be given to the basic reading skills which comprise tification areas Registration is concurrent with Ed (Spring semester only) Identification location utilization and creation of the first three years of a developmental reading pro- 490-Seconclary or Ed 490-Special Education learning materials adaptation of print and non-print 310 Curriculum and Methods for gram techniques of individualiz,ng instruction materials to meet curricular needs cle'veloping SECONDARY EDUCATION Special Programs 4 cr evaluating and reporting pupil progress materials for individualized classroom instruction 215 Teaching Grammar and Examination of the historical development and cur- 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate Composition 3 cr 485 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 cr rent status of early childhood programs designed to and Middle Schools 3 cr Deals with various approaches to teaching grammar Reading difficulties on elementary and secondary provide compensatory remedial therapeutic or ear- Focuses on the transitlona^l period in a developmental language and composition also provides oppor- school levels discussion of classroom and clinical pro- ly intervention experience to young children Cur- reading program in which reading becomes a too] tunities for students to develop and use different cedures in solving reading problems diagnostic and riculum design and implementation for such pro- to be used in each content area In addition to con- techniques in mini-teaching situations grams will be examined along with the specific corrective techniques and materials for the tinuing reading skills in the developmental reading classroom teacher reading improvement programs responsibilites of the teacher handling the 316 Teaching Secondary Mathematics program specialized reading and study skills special unit on reading problems of the mentally mainstreamed young child A weekly practicurn and Science 3 cr necessary for students to function in social studies retarded placement in a setting serving special needs children Designed to acquaint the student with method-, and science language arts mathematics and other con- under 8 years of age is an integral part of this course materials for teaching specific models research and 499 School Law and the Pupil 2 cr tent areas will be presented Techniques of deter- Prerequisite 201 (Fall semester only I field-based activities are expected School law as it affects the child—census admission mining readability of materials individualizing instruc- practices vaccination compulsory attendance the 402 Language Development and Reading 4 cr tion evaluating and reporting pupil progress are also 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign neglected dependent and delinquent child work Emphasis is given to a well-planned oral expression studied Languages 3 cr periods graduation requirements special school ser- program as a base for successful development of Explores a variety of approaches for teaching foreign 330 Teaching Elementary Language vices and other regulations pertaining to the health language skills including reading Current status of languages grammar structure verbal exercises and Arts and Reading 3 cr and welfare of the child reading curricula appropriate to the primary level literature germane to the specific language to be Presents psychological principles and historical will be examined in a variety of settings A one-credit taught will be discussed perspectives in the language arts the foundation on EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION field placement in a primary classroom accompanies which a good language arts program should be built 319 Teaching Secondary Social 201 Orientation to Early Childhood the course Four skills—listening speaking reading writing—as Studies ' 3 cr Education 4 cr 450 Early Childhood Education acquired by the child combined with knowledge of This is a competency-based experience for social Examination of the history of early childhood educa- Teachmg Seminar 2 cr the evaluative process teaching methods and studies/history majors that develops evaluation skills tion and child development culminating in an over- Provides classroom discussion of various student materials provide a realistic approach to teaching knowledge of curriculums media and technological view of theoretical issues influencing field practice teaching experiences as well as analysis of the goals language arts and reading experience experiences and methods expands planning and today Development of student s observational skills program designs and curricula of the various early questioning skills completion of on-site observations in selected ap- 331 Teaching Elementary Social childhood programs in which student teaching is com- propriate settings and study of the roles of the Ear- Studies 3 cr 490, 491 Student Teaching— pleted Pertinent topics related to ongoing profes- ly Childhood Educator (Fall semester only) Provides a combination of theoretical and practical Secondary 9-12 cr sional development will be included models which furnish multi-level approaches to Student teaching in an approved public secondary 301 Child Development 4 cr 451 Associate Teaching Early problem-solving materials activities and resources school under the direct supervision of a cooperating Focuses upon the substantive developmental growth Chddhood Education 10 cr inherent in a good social studies program teacher Prerequisites Senior status good academic in the child from conception through the fourth year Student teaching experience is considered to be one standing completion of required professional of life Specific emphasis is given to normative 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 cr of the most important single elements of the Early courses and recommendation of faculty physical intellectual social and emotional faculties Theories techniques practices and content pertain- Childhood Program it involves teaching respon- developing during infancy (ages 0 through 2 years) ing to mathematics are presented Emphasis is on 74 75 493 Student Teaching— 386 Teaching the Mildly Secondary - 6 cr Handicapped 3 cr Student teaching in secondary education for students Evaluation integration and implementation of School of Music in the elementary or special education program who theoretically based methodologies curricula instruc- wish to complete requirements in two certification tional techniques and evaluation procedures for HISTORY ADMISSION areas Registration is concurrent with Ed students who have been labeled brain injured learn- Duquesne University recognizing that it was most 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Special Education ing disabled mentally retarded physically handicap- Students who are interested in applying for admis- ped socially and emotionally disturbed Prereq- fortunately situated to offer outstanding oppor- sion to the School of Music should request an ap- 497 Reading in Secondary Schools 3 cr tunities for professional preparation in music in 1926 uisites 209 276 plication from the Office of Admissions Duquesne A survey course in the teaching of reading ap- established a School of Music with a four-year course University Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 After ap- propriate for secondary education majors Major em- 387 Teaching the Severely of study leading to the Bachelor of Music degree The plications have been processed candidates will phasis is on methods of teaching reading the Handicapped 3 cr music education program was approved by the Penn- receive a notice requesting that they contact the Of- materials for evaluating pupil growth in reading and Evaluation and integration of the various theories sylvania Department of Education in 1930 In 1959 fice of the School of Music to arrange an appoint- reading in the content subjects methodologies curricula instructional techniques the School became an associate member of the Na- ment for an audition and a theory entrance examina- and evaluation procedures for severely handicapped tional Association of Schools of Music and in 1966 SPECIAL EDUCATION tion Specific instructions concerning the audition will persons labeled brain injured learning disabled was elected to full membership On April 29 1967 then be mailed to the applicant A tape recording These courses are designed to prepare students for mentally retarded physically handicapped socially a new air-conditioned music building was dedicated will be accepted for those living more than 150 miles teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped and emotionally disturbed Prerequisites 20Q 276 Van Cliburn was awarded an honorary Doctor of from the University However in the event the re- pupils including brain injured emotionally and social- or permission of instructor Music degree on this occasion cording is not satisfactory a personal audition may ly disturbed learning disabled be required All applicants will be notified of the 388 Vocational Education for the PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 209 Foundations of Special Handicapped 3 cr status of their candidacy as soon as possible Education 3 cr Overview of pre-vocational career and occupational The administration and faculty of the School of Music Students planning to major in Music are urged to Survey of the educational physical psychological education programs to be used for exceptional per- believe that the development of the artistic personali- begin study of piano and theory prior to entrance and social characteristics of the various types of ex- sons Students will be given information and ex- ty is entirely compatible with the objectives of scholars in all fields It is felt that the best place to ADVISEMENT I ceptional persons and methods for meeting their periences enabling them to design and implement needs includes field trips to schools and agencies instructional programs appropriate to the vocational educate music students to take their place in society At initial enrollment every student is assigned a facul- serving exceptional persons needs of mentally and physcially handicapped pupils is in a situation where they have an opportunity to ty advisor who provides assistance with academic Prerequisites 209 276 or permission of instructor share their academic courses in classes with students matters especially during pre-registration periods 211, 212 213 214 Field from other schools of the University The great ad- Guidance in professional objectives will also be pro- Experience 2 cr each 477 Methods in Special vantage of a solid musical preparation and the op- vided by faculty committees established for that Classroom and other experiences in educational Education 11 3 cr portunity to participate in nationally recognized purpose social welfare and vocational settings as an observer Development and implementation of an individual- organizations and in perfornances of professional and participant Enrollment with consent of Direc- ized student teaching readiness plan that emphasizes caliber are available to all students SPECIAL FEES tor of Student Teaching and School of Education the management of problem behaviors and develop- The faculty of musical scholars and artists with Student Teaching $ 25 faculty advisor Students may choose 211 (Elemen- ment of instructional environments includes super- whom Duquesne students work believes that fine Instruction in voice or instrument as tary) or 2 12 (Secondary) which involve the mildly vised field experience independent study and in- talents are best encouraged and developed in an at- a minor each semester 75 handicapped 2 13 which is with the severely han- dividual learning conferences Prerequisites 209 mosphere that is friendly while at the same time com- Instruction in voice or instrument as dicapped or 2 14 which is with pre-vocational/voca- 276 386 mitted to the development of excellence The facul- a major each semester 150 tional pupils 490, 491 Student Teaching— ty selected with care includes the names of concert Piano Class Fee each semester 10 272 273 Art, Music and Physical Education Special Education 9-12 cr and opera soloists members of the Casals Festival Instrumental rental each semester 50 for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each A full semester of supervised classroom experience Orchestra the Pittsburgh Symphony nationally Instrument for class use 10 An introduction to the basic principles and concepts in a carefully selected school for mentally and/or known composers authors arrangers conductors Organ practice (major or minor) of teaching visual arts physical education health and physically handicapped pupils Prerequisites senior clinicians and music educators The Pittsburgh Sym- each semester 20 music to children of elementary school age including status good academic standing completion of re- phony Pittsburgh Opera chamber music and con- Music School fee 25 exceptional children quired professional courses and recommendation cert series WDUO (the Duquesne University radio station) and the high level of interest on the part of DEGREES 276 Methods in Special of faculty other radio and television stations in the arts serve The School offers programs leading to two Education 1 3 cr 493 Student Teaching— as unusual stimuli to the eager music student undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Music and Introduction to management techniques utilized in Special Education 6 cr The Symphony Band in its many performances on Bachelor of Science in Music Education The Bachelor programs for exceptional persons Information cover- Student teaching in special education for students and off campus presents a wide variety of standard of Music degree may be earned with a major in ing educational assessment procedures designing in the elementary or secondary education program and contemporary repertoire piano organ voice orchestral instruments jazz and and implementing individual educational programs who wish to complete requirements in two certifica- The Symphony Orchestra offers fine opportunities in sacred music with a major in organ or voice The and methods for individualizing instruction will be in- tion areas Registration is concurrent with Ed for students interested in orchestral literature programs are intended for students interested cluded Prerequisite 209 or equivalent 490-Elementary or Ed 490 Secondary Education Association with teachers who are members of the primarily in performance careers in concert televi- Pittsburgh Symphony is an exceptional advantage sion radio symphony orchestra opera or teaching The school also maintains various vocal and in- in colleges and private studios and for those in- strumental ensembles that are receiving national terested in pursuing careers as church musicians recognition for the excellence of their performances Two Music Education programs are offered one The objectives of the School of Music are to in general music and the other in music therapy the educate teachers and performers of music who former is designed to meet certification requirements should possess a sensitive and intelligent musician- for teaching in elementary and secondary schools ship and who will be equipped by reason of their while the latter leads to certification as a registered general and professional education to accept posi- music therapist In order to receive the Music tions in fields of performance education or therapy Therapy Degree or its equivalency for certification 76 77

(by NAMT) all Music Therapy students are required George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh Flute junior Year to take a prescribed number and sequence of courses Club offers a scholarship in flute in memory of George Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 in Music Therapy and give evidence of competen- Barrere founder of the first fluie club in the United Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 cy in the field as determined by the Music Therapy States This $300 scholarship is awarded to a Mus 143 1 43 Ensemble I I Department All programs begun at the freshman or sophomore flute major Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 undergraduate level may be continued at the Polish Arts League Scholarship is made annually by the Mus' 141 141 Chamber Music or 2 2 graduate level Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an outstanding Mus 343 344 Piano Accompanying (2`j Q) performer in the School of Music Preference will be Elective - Math or Science Elective 3 (3) EQUIPMENT given to a student of Polish ancestry Other students Physics Acoustics 3 56 The School of Music has 73 pianos including will not be excluded from consideration General Academic Elective 3 3 Sternways All practice rooms have Steinway Louis Ro(ereto Memorial Scholarship is given to an uprights There are two Moeller and one Fischer Senior Year outstanding junior studying a woodwind instrument practice organs a three manual Moeller organ and Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 an electronic organ More than 300 orchestral and TEACHER CERTIFICATION General Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) band instruments are available for instrument classes Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 The undergraduate music education program has including an EMS Sound Synthesizer Listening and Mus 313 314 Piano Pedagogy 2 2 been approved by the Pennsylvania Department of recording equipment are of professional quality Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Education for the issuance of the Instructional I (Pro- Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS visional) Certificate Application for the certificate Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 must be made in the semester in which the student Chapters of the national music organizations Phi Mu Mus 379 380 Conducting I I plans to graduate Alpha Sinfonia and Mu Phi Epsilon contribute substan- Mus Music Elective 2 tially to the students professional and social develop- RECITAL ATTENDANCE Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 ,ment The Music Educators National Conference has an ac- All students are required to attend a minimum of 30 tive student chapter which sponsors professional pro- MAJOR IN ORGAN recitals and concerts sponsored by the School of grams and attends and participates in the state Music per year (minimum of 120 by graduation ) Freshman Year Credi Is regional and national activites of the association Courses Fall Spring There are active student chapters of the American OTHER ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 National Association for usic Guild of Orgamsts and the All students are required in addition to attend pro- Mus I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor I I Therapy Student Council is the organization which is fessional events other than concerts pertinent to their Mus ^31 132 Theory 2 2 designed to represent the total student body of the specific areas of study Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 School of Music In addition it provides an exce ent Mus 143 143^ Ensemble I I vehicle of communication among students faculty THEOLOGY REQUIREMENT Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 and administration One three-credit course in theology is required of Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 every Roman Catholic student HONOR AWARDS Sophomore Year The Dean s Award is presented to a senior music stu- PROGRAMS Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 21 1 Applied Music Minor I I dent for general excellence Students interests are served and their abilities fur- Mus 212 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for ex- thered through their selection from among nine dif- Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 cellence in violin or piano upon recommendation of ferent programs four in applied music two in music Mus 143 Ensemble I I departmental committc^e education two in sacred music and one in jazz— 143 His 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 General Academic Electives 3 3 CONSERVATORY Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 MAJOR IN PIANO Freshman Year Credits junior Year Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Courses Fall Spring Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor 1 1 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Mus 133 134 Soffeggio 2 2 Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 478 Choral Conducting and Methods /I I Mus 121 1 22 Eurhythmics 2 2 Elective Math or Science Elective 3 (3) Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Physics Acoustics 3 Sophomore Year Mus Applied Music Minor (Voice) I I Mus 202 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Senior Year Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 General Academic or Theology Elective (3) 3 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Art 101 Understanding Art 3 13) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 431 432 Improvisation 2 2 His 1 13 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 451 J52 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music or 12 2 Mus Elective 1 2 Mus 243 244 Piano Accompanying (2) (2) Mus 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 (2) Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 79 78 2 2 2 (2) Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 4 13 Organ Pedagogy 1 Mus 1 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 Ensemble 3 3 Mus 143 143 (2) 2 Hist 113 114 Western Civilization Mus 400 Recital Mus 14 1 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 MAJOR IN VOICE Freshman Year Credits Junior Year Fall Spring 3 3 Courses Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 103 104 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 111 1 1 Mus 112 Applied Music Minor Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble General Science or Math Elective 3 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics Physics Acoustics 3 3 3 Eng 101 102 English Composition General Academic Electives 3 3 Lang 115 116 Italian for Singers 3 3 Senior Year Sophomore Year Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 3 3 Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major Mus 438 439 Composition 2 2 1 1 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor Mus 143 143' Ensemble 1 1 2 Mus 23 1 232 Theory Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 2 Mus 233 234 Solfegglo 2 General Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) 3 Lang 115 116 French for Singers 3 Mus 379 380 Conducting I I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I Mus 340 Orchestration 2 (2) 2 2 Mus 25 1 252 History and Literature of Music Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 (2) 2 junior Year Mus 400 Recital Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 MAJOR IN JAZZ PERFORMANCE Mus 311 312 Applied Music Minor 1 1 Freshman Year Credits Mus 35 1 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Fall Spring Lang 115 116 German for Singers 3 3 Courses Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 349 350 Vocal Repertoire 1 1 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 His iB 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 118 119 Applied Music Minor (jazz) I I I Senior Year Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 151 152 Evolution of jazz Styles 2 2 Theatre 280 Acting 3 (3) Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Physics Acoustics 3 Sophomore Year Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 General Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 449 450 Vocal Repertoire 1 1 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus Music Electives 2 (2) Mus 218 219 Applied Music Minor (Jazz) I I Mus 379 380 Conducting 1 1 Mus 226 227 jazz Improvisation 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Hist 113 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 junior Year MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT/CLASSICAL GUITAR 3 3 Freshman Year Credits Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major Mus 430 jazz Arranging 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 440 Advanced Ja^z Arranging 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music 3 3 Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor 1 1 Mus 379 380 Conducting I I Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy & DITecting 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 1 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 General Academic Elective 3 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music I I I Mus 335 Counterpoint 2 Sophomore Year Senior Year Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 426,427 jazz Improvisation 2 2 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2

4. 80 81

General Academic Elective 3 (3) Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 453 454 jazz Composition 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 455 Music & Mass Media I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 400 Recital 12) 2 Theo 2 13 214 Old and New Testament 3 3 Art 101 Understanding Art 3 General Academic Elective or Theology 3 Sophomore Year Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 2 2 SACRED MUSIC—MAJOR IN ORGAN Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) I I Freshman Year Credits Mus 23 1 232 Theory 2 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor I I Hist 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization 3 3 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Lang 193 194 Italian for Singers 3 3 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 25 1 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Junior Year Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 2 Mus 311 312 Applied Music Minor (Organ) I Theo 213 214 Old and New Testament 3 3 I Mus 209 Children s Choirs I Sophomore Year Mus 35 1 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 203 204 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor (Piano) I I Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 Mus 311 312 Applied Music (Voice) I I General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Physics Acoustics 3 Hist 113 114 Western Civilization 3 3 Senior Year Mus 25 1 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major 2 2 junior Year Mus 411 412 Applied Music (Organ) I I Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 407 408 Service Playing I I Mus 411 Applied Music Minor (Voice) I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 209 Children s Choirs I Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 420 Hymnody -2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I General Academic Elective 3 (3)' Mus 335 336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 464 Church Music Administration 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2- Mus 478 479 Choral Conducting & Methods I I Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 Mus 451 452 Organ Literature 2 2 General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 400 Recital 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Art 101 Understanding Art (3) 3 Theology Liturgics 3 (3) Mus Music Elective I General Elective (3) 3 MUSIC EDUCATION, Senior Year Freshman Year Credits Mus 403 404 Applied Music Major- 2 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 431 432 Organ Improvisation 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 45 1 452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 133 134 Solfeggio and Ear Training 2 2 Mus 478 479 Choral Conducting and Methods I I Mus 181 182 Woodwind Class or I I Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 183 184 Woodwind Class for the Instr Major Mus 420 Hymnody 2 Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 2 MUS I I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor I I Mus 464 Church Music Administration 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus Music Elective 1 (1) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Art 101 Understanding Art 3 Mus 189 190 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 General Academic Elective 3 3

SACRED MUSIC—MAJOR IN VOICE Sophomore Year Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Freshman Year Credits Mus 233 234 Solfeggio 2 2 Courses Fall Spring Mus 185 186 Voice Class I Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 2 2 I Mus 2 13 214 Piano Class or Mus I I 1 1 12 Applied Music Minor (Pianol I I I I 21 1 215 Applied Music Minor & Piano Class* Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 (1) (1) 82 83 Hist 1 13 1 14 Western Civilization Mus 201 202 Applied Music Major Mus 108 Music in Therapy Mus 143 143 Ensemble Mus 201 202 Applied Music Major General Academic Elective Mus 213 214 Piano Class Mus 289 290 Field Observation Mus 143 143 Ensemble Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music *for keyboard majors only junior Year Ed 309 Foundations in Special Education junior Year Psy 103 Introduction to Psychology Mus 3 5 1 352 History and Literature of Music 3 (3) Edu 301 Fou'riclations of Education or' Mus 315 Piano Improvisation for Therapy or (3) 3 Mus 351 352 instrumental Class Methods of your choice History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus Ed 202 Educational Psychology 381 382 String Class Mus 281 282 Brass Class or Ed 002 Drug Abuse Mus 308 influence of Music on Behavior 283 284 Brass Class for Instr Majors Mus 340 Mus * * 301 302 Applied Music Orchestration or 2 (2) Mus 440 Jazz Arranging (2) Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn Ensemble Mus 379 380 Conducting 1 1 Mus 143 143 Physics Physics Acoustics Acoustics 3 Mus Mus 374 Music for the Exceptional Child 385 Choral Techniques or 1 Mus 387 Mus 185 186 Voice Class Marching Band Techniques or Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing (1) Senior Year Mus 301 302 Applied Music Major 2 Mus 379 Conducting I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble 1 Gen Academic Elective 3 Mus 389 390 Field Observation 0 Psychology Elective 3 *OR 351 Education Psychology 201 Child Development or 202 Adolescent Development Psych 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 Senior Year Credits Bio 307 Psychological Foundations of Musical Behavior (2) 2 Professional Residence* Mus Directed Study—Music Therapy j2) Courses Semester Semester Mus 309 Music Therapy Practicurn I I Mus 383 Elementary Methods 2 Mus 124 124 Orchestration 2 Mus 384 Secondary Methods 2 Mus 340 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 481 Percussion Class I Mus 401 402 I Mus 490 Student Teaching 6 Mus 310 Recreational Instruments Ensemble I I General Science or Math Elective 3 Mus 143 143 Academic or Theology 3 (3) General Academic or Theological Elective 3 Elective ,includes performance classes required by individual departments String majors are required to participate Art 101 Understanding Art 3 General 492 Creative Personality or 3 in chamber music and string orchestra General Academic Elective (3) 'Piano Majors select another instrument or voice for their Applied Music Minor Mus 401 402 Applied Music Major 2 2 'For Orchestral Instrument Voice and Guitar Majors only Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I 'For Piano and organ Majors only *The residence semester may be taken in either the fall or spring of the senior year 'Electives in psychology will be selected following consultation with advisor See footnotes following Music Therapy Curriculum **In accordance with the recommendations made by the School s faculty the National Association for Music Therapy and taking into consideration performance needs of music therapists the applied music requirements MUSIC EDUCATION—MAjOR IN MUSIC THERAPY for therapy majors are altered in this manner Upon satisfactory completion of the first two years as an ap- plied major on the instrument of the individual s choice determined by audition and juries with the appropriate Freshman Year Credits faculty the student may study one or several instruments for the remaining two years This will enable the Courses Fall Spring student to develop a degree of versatility which can be of considerable use in the practice of music therapy Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 131 132 Music Theory 2 2 Mus 133 134 Solfeggio j 2 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 111 1 12 Applied Music Minor APPLIED MUSIC Mus 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 101 102 201, 202 301 302 401, 402 The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree Mus 124 Music Therapy Practicum Applied Music Major for the Bachelor of must give a recital during the senior year The recital Soc 101 Survey of Sociology Science in Music Education 2 cr each will be presented to a faculty committee for approval Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics The study of voice piano organ string wind or per- at least one month prior to the date of the Mus 143 143 Ensemble cussion instruments throughout all semesters performance Sophomore Year 103,104 203 204 303 304 403,404 HI 112 211 212,218 219 311 312 Mus 231 232 Music Theory Applied Music Major for 411 412 Applied Music Minor for all Mus 233 234 Solfeggio the Bachelor of Music 2 or 3 cr Bachelor Degrees I cr each Hist 113 1 14 Western Civilization Private study of voice piano organ string wind or All students must choose an applied music minor Psych 103 Introduction to Psychology percussion instruments throughout all semesters upon entrance Those students who do not elect Mus 124 124 Music Therapy Practicurn Credits are distributed according to departmental piano as a major must study it as a secondary curricula instrument

84 85 3 cr each Students not majoring in piano must satisfy the Clarinet 303 304 Bk 11) intensive chord-melody playing including ar- 3 cr each Continue scale study Taffanel-Gaubert Progressive rangements done by the student beginning single- following piano requirements before graduation (a) 104 103 Studies Barrere The Flutists Formulae Anderson construct and play with facility major and minor Scales and arpeggios in various articulations note improvisation standard guitar repertoire Etudes Op 30 Altes-Barrere 26 Selected Studies Berklee Method Book 1 scales and cadences in all keys (b) read simple four- Langenus Scale Studies Rose Forty Studies Moyse Etudes et Exercises Techniques Torchio- part music (c) play a simple Clementi Sonatina and Cavallmi Thirty Caprices Weber Fantasy Le Fevre 303 304 3 cr each B Albert 24 Varied Etudes H Wummer Orchestral Studies Bach sonatas and arias excerpts from Schumann s Album for the Young Fantasie Caprice I from the,religious works Arrieu Sonatine Telemarm Continue rhythm playing studies chord-melody play- A student majoring in piano or Klose Part 11 ing and single-note improvisation studies Berklee or their equivalent Suite in a minor M Moyse Golden Age Solos by organ will select an applied music minor with the cr each Method Book III 203 204 3 Hue Enesco Griffes Gaubert and Varese chord-soloing and development of guidance of his advisor Students who fail to meet Scales and arpeggios continued Rose Twenty repertoire including solos by George M Smith Ed- the minimum requirements in the time allotted for Studies after Rode Jeanjean Twenty-five Etudes 403 404 3 cr each die Lang Dick McDonough Carl Kress Johnny Smith their particular degree must continue study until the Weber Concertos Mozart Quintet for Clarinet and Taffanel-Gaubert Scales the half note equals MM Tony Mottola George Van Eps Single-string studies requirements have been fulfilled Strings Weber First Concerto representative con- 120 scales in thirds sixths octaves and tenths Bach inventions Kreutzer violin studies Paganint 1 Moyse De la Sonorite Mechanism and Chromatics violin studies I IS, I 9 218, 219 Applied Music temporary solos orchestral studies Anderson Etudes Artistiques Op 15 including the Minor—jazz I cr each cr each 303 304 3 memorization of certain selected studies Anderson 403 404 3 cr each For non-piano majors Jazz piano techniques including Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills Milde Concert intensive singie-note improvisation and improvisa- Op 63 Jeanjean Etudes Modernes Orchestral comping harmonic continuity through common tional lines REH Publications for single-note study 19 Studies selected passages from the Bach Cantatas Studies Bach Sonata in A minor for unaccompanied chord progressions using triads and 7th chords 2 Mozart Concerto Beethoven Quintet Weber 2nd (Diorio Carlson Mock Kato Hutchinson Joe Pass may include more advanced comping harmonic con- flute sonatas by Hindemith Remecke Concerto by Concerto Brahms Sonatas French Contemporary jazz Solos and jazz Classics) Charlie Christian Studies tinuity through standard and jazz songs and harmonic lbert works by representative contemporary solos representative contemporary solos orchestral Howard Roberts Method and Materials Wes Mont- I I ths and 13ths composers extensions of 9ths studies gomery s Octave-Style Playing understanding fu- 400 Recital 2 cr Guitar—Classical sion music chord-melody arranging from traditional 403 404 3 cr each and contemporary literature record, tr^nscription Transfer of Applied Music Credit Transfer credit Jeanjean Sixteen Modern Studies Perrier Vingt- 103 104 3 cr each both already existing and ones done by in the undergrcluate Applied Music program can be cleux Etudes Modernes Spohr Concertos Debussy Evaluation of student s abilities and basic corrections the student (Coryell Pass Barnes Burrell Roberts DeMeola granted only after the student s proficiency has been Premier Rhapsodie Weber Grand Duo Concertante if necessary Scales major and minor up to four Benson and others evaluated by a faculty panel in the student s area of representative contemporary solos and sonatas sharps and flats Carcassi Method selected studies specialization from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60 Harp Double Bass Renaissance dances works by Carulli Aguado Sor Changing Assigned Applied Music Teacher 103 104 3 cr each 103 104 3 cr each Changes in assigned teachers can become effective 203, 204 3,cr each Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard Scales and intervals in all keys Simandl Thirty only at the beginning of a new semester and cannot All Scales major and minor two and three octaves orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 3 18 Etudes Selected pieces Orchestral studies Book 11 be accomplished while a semester is in progress The Henze Method Sor Concert Etudes one suite and Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Aria in Classic student must discuss the feasibility of a proposed 203 204 3 cr each selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque Style Tournier Images (Suite 11 Samt-Saens change with the appropriate chairman Hrabe Eight-six Etudes Short pieces by Koussevit- works by Luis Milan Tarrega Ponce and Villa-Lobos Fantasie sky and Bottesini Orchestral studies 303 304 3 cr each 3 BACHELOR OF MUSIC 203 204 cr each 303 304 3 cr each Continuation of techinical studies of the first two Technical studies Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Standard Bassoon Nanny Etudes de Kreutzer et cle Fiorillo concertos years lute music transcribed for guitar Dowland orchestra cadenzas Pieces of grade difficulty of 171 Bassoon Reed-Making No Credit by Koussevitsky Dittersdory and Bottesmi Or- Bach Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas chamber Tournier Feerie Rousseau Variations Pastorales A course designed to encourage one s own reed- chestral studies ensemble works by Bocchermi Schubert Scheidler Grandjany Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn making includes the various aspects of shaping soak- Ibert Paganini 403 404 3 cr each ing and trimming the cane 303 304 3 cr each Nanny Dix Etudes Caprices Storch Twenty Concert 403 404 3 cr each Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes 103 104 3 cr each Etudes concertos by Koussevitsky and Dragonettl Bach suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century com- opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith Scales and arpeggios in all keys Kovar scales five orchestral studies poser concerto by Vivaldi Giuliani Carulli or by a Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel In- note studies and interval studies selected studies and 20th-century composer troduction and Allegro Weissenborn and Milde solos by Weissenborn Foret Guitar—jazz and Mouquet 403, 404 3 cr each Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Faure Flute 103, 104 3 cr each 203 204 3 cr each Evaluation of student s abilities basic technique and Impromptu C P E Bach Sonata Salzedo Scintilla- 103 104 Continue scales and arpeggios Kovar technical 3 cr each reading abilities including reading knowledge through tion Debussy Danses Sacre et Profane Analysis of'student s playing and basic correctio'ns studies Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills Milde VII positions all major scales in all positions Berklee Concert Studies Handel Sonata in C minor solos if necessary Taffanel-Gaubert scales scales in thirds Method Book I and Melodic Rhythm Studies Book trills Selected studies by Bozza and Vidal by M Moyse and Andersen by William G Leavitt basic chord theory basic posi- Horn Etudes Op 33 and 37 Boehm Etudes Op 37 303,304 3 cr each tion folk chords and alterations all barre chords and 103 104 3 cr each Kuhlau Duets Sonatas of the Baroque Period Solos Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills Milde Concert a working knowledge of basic jazz chord forms Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of fundamen- by Doppler Chammade Mozart Moyse Kuhlau Studies orefici Bravura Studies selected passages beginning study of chord-melody solo playing and tals of tone production Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes from the Bach Canatas Mozart Concerto in B flat 203 204 3 cr each single-note techniques standard guitar solos Nouvelles Gallay Thirty Studies review of muting Taffanel-Gaubert Scales scales in thirds and sixths and trill technic Dubois Cavatme Franz Strauss Beethoven Quintet representative contemporary 203, 204 3 cr each Concerto solos orchestra studies chromatic scales arpeggios and trills Anderson Continue single-note technique chord studies all ma- EtudesOp 21 Boehm Caprices Op 26 Moyse De jor and minor scales continue chord-melody play- 203, 204 3 cr each 403 404 3 cr each la Sonorite Selected duets by Kuhlau Koechlin etc ing Joe Pass Guitar Style Improvised Chord Solos Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Kopprasch Gambaro Etudes for Bassoon Bozza Fifteen Daily concertos by Haydn and Mozart sonatas by LeClair and Single Note Improvised Solos Books intensive Studies Strauss Seventeen Concert Studies Studies Sonatas by Hindemith and Saint-Saens or- I S Bach and Vivaldi L Moyse French Music for rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Bucky Pizzarelli s Chabrier Larghetto Mozart concertos orchestral chestra] and chamber music studies Bozza Concer- Flute tino the contra bassoon A Touch of Glass or Ronny Lee s jazz Guitar Method studies 87 86 temporary repertoire All major and minor scales La Fosse Sight Reading Studies Rochut Melodious 3 cr each Preludes and Fugues Trio Sonatas Orgelbuchlein 303, 304 dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Studies Vol 11 Blume Studies Vol 11 Kopprasch Great 18 chorales Works by contemporary American Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Kopprasch Studies Vol I study of tenor clef Guilmant Morceau 3 cr each Studies Gallay Twelve Caprices Beethoven sonata composers 303 304 Symphonique Ropartz Andante and Allegro or- III Continuation of pedal scales hymn Bach French Suites Partitas Well-Tempered Clavier Mozart Concert Rondo orchestral studies Organ Class chestral and band studies playing accompaniments transposition figured bass Beethoven sonatas of the difficulty of Op 10 No 3 cr each 403 404 clef reading in open score conducting from the 3 Chopin Scherzi Ballacles and Etudes Schumann 303, 304 3 cr each Alphonse Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Studies by console Fantasiestucke Papillons Debussy Preludes Gaetke Daily Lip and Tongue Exercises Gaetke Kopprasch and Gallay R Strauss Concerto Saint- selected Contemporary repertoire Continue scales Scales and Arpeggios Rochut Melodious Studies Saens Morceau de concert Schumann Adagio and 403, 404 2-3 cr each and dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Vol III Blume Studies Vol III Kopprasch Studies Allegro Dukas Villanelle orchestral studies Franck Chorales Messiaen Nativite Lizst Dupre plus major and minor arpeggios Vol 11 Blazhevich Clef Studies Bach Cello Suites Durufl6 Langlais Vierne and Widor Symphonies Oboe transcribed for Trombone Blazhevich Concert Alain Tournemire and selected works by contem- 313 Piano Pedagogy 1 2 cr 103 104 3 cr each Duets Sanders Sonata Galliard Six Sonatas or- porary composers Bach Passacaglia and Fugue ex- Students will become acquainted with the techniques Review of basic technique Barret Studies Andraud chestral and band studies tended Preludes and Fugues Clavierubang Part III and materials for teaching piano at the elementary Vade Mecum scales and arpeggios in all keys selections Recital level For piano majors junior standing is required 403 404 3 cr each Telemann Sonata in A minor solos by Schumann Gaetke Lip Flexibility La Fosse Complete Method Handel and Bach 431 432 Organ improvisation 2 cr each 314 Piano Pedagogy 11 2 cr for Trombone Blazhevich 26 Sequences in Bass A practical application of the basic tools of improvisa- A continuation of 3 13 concentrating on the tech- 203, 204 3 cr each Tenor and Alto Clefs Rimsky-Korsakoff Concert tion including harmonization of melodies at the organ niques and materials for teaching piano at the in- Continue scales and arpeggios including scales in Hindemith Sonata Gronclahl Concerto Blazhevich and the use of two and three voice counterpoint in termediate and advanced levels thirds and measured trills Barret Grand Etudes and Concerto No 2 orchestral studies study of bass varying styles short ABA forms and chorale preludes Duets Andraud Vade Mecum Bleuzet selected 243 244 343, 344 Piano Accompanyingl cr each trombone with emphasis on their liturgical application studies from Technique of the Oboe Handel sonatas This course is designed for the undergraduate with Trumpet Marcello Concerto 413 Organ Pedagogy 2 cr each the purpose of affording the student instruction in cr each Students learn through demonstration the the art of piano accompanying 103, 104 3 303 304 3 cr each philosophies methods and materials of teaching Schlossberg Daily Drills Arban, Complete Method Continue scales and arpeggios Bleuzet selected 403, 404 3 cr each both beginning and advanced students junior stand- for Trumpet Sachse One Hundred Etudes Brandt studies for range and endurance' orchestral studies Bach English Suites Partitas Toccatas Well- Orchestral Studies D 011one Solo cle Trompette ing is required 1 Cimarosa Concerto Parts Conservatory solos Tempered Clavier Beethoven sonatas from middle Videl Concertino representative contemporary compositions Percussion and late periods more extensive compositions from 3 cr each 103, 104 the Romantic Period Ravel leu d eau Debussy 203 204 cr each 3 cr each 403 404 3 Estampes at least on work selected from the stand- Schlossberg Daily Drills Sachse One Hundred Blauzet Technique of the Oboe scales in all articula- Fundamental snare drum technique and its applica- ard concerto literature contemporary literature Con- Etudes Brandt Orchestral Studies Bousquet Studies tions scales^ in groups of five and seven scales by tion to musical notation exercises in rhythm phras- tinue sca.les and arpeggios Enesco Concerto Sowerby Sonata interval arpeggios and broken arpeggios orchestral ing control Elements of tympani technique their ap- 3 cr each studies including the works of I S Bach sonatas by plication to classical literature tuning Rudimentary Saxophone 303, 304 xylophone technique scales arpeggios forms 1 Pietzsch Studies Bousquet Studies Brandt Or- Telemann and Hindemith solos by Busser Jolivet 3 cr each 103 104 chestral Studies Hindemith Sonata for Trumpet Rivier Mozart Concerto Symphonie Concertante and 204 3 Mule Scales and Arpeggios Small 2 7 Melodious and 203 cr each Perischetti The Hollow Men Intracla by Honegger Quartet Concerto by Goosens contemporary solos Advanced snare drum studies repertoire Three and Rhythmic Exercises Labanchi-lasilli 33 Concert 3 cr each Organ four tympani exercises orchestral literature In- Etudes Vol I Concertino by Mulihaud' 403, 404 termediate xylophone studies transcriptions for solo Sauvuer Techniques Paudert Sixty-two Exercises 103 104 3 cr each 2-3 cr each 203,204 Advanced Studies by Clarke Liersering and others 303 304 3 cr each Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol 11 Lamotte 18 Review of basic organ technique Selected works Concertos by Haydn Giannini Bohtnstedt Peeters Tympani study through romantic and contemporary Studies for Saxophone Salviani-lasilli Exercises in from the early English Italian German and French Sonata orchestral Studies schools Bach Orgelbuchlem selected preludes and literature Advanced xylophone exercises transcrip- All the Practical Keys Guillon Sontame Glazounov fugues Vierne 24 Pieces Langlais Dupre Franck tions Latin American instrumental techniques use Concerto Tuba of special accessories in late I Organ Class I Pedal Scales in all major keys pedals 9th and 20th century 303 304 3 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each literature Repertoire in all instruments alone Hymn playing transposition modulations to Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol III Left 2 4 Etudes Scales and arpeggios in all keys review of tone pro- closely related keys Introduction to figured bass and I Blume 403, 404 3 cr each Capella 20 Grand Etudes Bozza 12 Etudes Bozza duction Rochut Melodious Studies Vol harmonization of simple melodies Examination of representative solo material for all Concertino lbert Concertino Studies Vol I selected solos percussion instruments preparation of solo for cr each 203 204 1 2-3 cr each 3 cr each 203, 204 3 recital 403 404 Selected works by Brahms Mendelssohn Schumann Rascher Top Tones and Four Octave Studies Mule Scales and arpeggios in all keys with various articula- tions Rochut Melodious Studies Vol It Blume Hindemith Joseph Willcox Jenkins Six Pieces Dupre 53 Studies Lyon Thirty-two Studies Moritz Concer- Piano Antiphons Messiaen Le Banquet Celeste or Ascen- to Contemporary solos orchestra studies Studies Vol 11 selected solos orchestral and band sion Suite mvts I or 4 Langlais Franck Schroeder 103 104 3 cr each studies or Pepping Vierne Pieces de Fantaisie Bach Trombone and Baritone Horn Bach Three-Part Inventions Haydn and Mozart 303, 304 3 cr each Orgetbuch1ein Schubler Chorales Concerti Preludes 3 cr each selected sonatas Beethoven Op 10 and Op 14 103,104 Rochut Melodious Studies Vol III Blume Studies and Fugues Trio Sonatas Scales and arpeggios in all keys Studies by Cimera Chopin waltzes mazurkas nocturnes selections from Vol III Blazhevich Seventy Etudes Eby Bass Organ Class 11 Stacey Lip Studies Arban Complete Methods for Continuation of pedal scales hands modern repertoire Major scales in different rhythms Studies selected solos orchestral studies and feet Hymn playing Modulation transposition and tempi and diminished arpeggios Trombone Blume Studies Vol I Rochut Melodious counterpoint and figured bass Continued harmoniza- Studies Vol I La Fosse Sight Reading Studies 403 404 3 cr each 203 204 3 cr each Grigoriev Tuba Studies Bernard Etudes and Exer- tion of melodies Score and clef reading 3 cr each Scarlatti selected sonatas Bach Well-Tempered 203,204 cises for Tuba transcriptions of horn and violoncello 303 304 2-3 cr each Scales and arpeggios in all keys Stacey Lip Flex- Clavier Beethoven Op 22 Op 31 Chopin preludes literature solos by Cimera Barat Schroen orchestral Selected works by D Aquin deGrigny Handel impromptus and nocturnes Brahms Intermezzi ibility Arban Complete Method for Trombone In- literature Mozart Sweelinck Franck Langlais Messiaen Bach Rhapsodies selections from Impressionistic and Con- tensive study of tonguing (single double and triple)

88 89

Viola certos by Davidoff Dohnanyi Lalo Boellmann Sym- 201 202 2 cr each from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60 103 104 3 cr each phonic Variations six solo sonatas of Bach Or- Continue scales and arpeggios in various articulations Renaissance dances works by Carulli Aguado Sor chestral Studies Contemporary works continue Klose Method Rose 32 Studies for Clarinet Scales and arpeggios in three octaves selected scales 201 202 2 cr each Voxman Duets selected solos in thirds sixths and octaves Flesch Scale Studies 403 404 3 cr each All scales major and minor two and three octaves Sevcik Studies (Lifschey) Campagnoli Forty-one Etudes by Servais Piatti and Popper Concertos by 301 302 2 cr each Henze Method Sor Concert Etudes One suite and Caprices Fuchs Twelve Caprices Enesco Concert Haydn Bocchermi Elgar Barber Schubert Arpeg- Langenus Scale Studies continue Rose 32 Studies selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque Piece gione Sonata Contemporary solos and sonatas Or- Klose 20 Characteristic Studies Weber Fantasy and works by Luis Milan Tarrega Ponce and Villa-Lobos cKestral studies and chamber music literature Rondo orchestral and band studies 203 204 3 cr each 301 302 2 cr each All major and minor scales and arpeggios scales in Voice 401 402 2 cr each Continuation of technical studies of the first two octaves thirds sixths and tenths Selected studies 103 104 2-3 cr each Continue Langenus Scale Studies Rose 42 Studies years lute music transcribed for guitar Dowland from Rode Caprices Hermann Six Concert Studies Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student Polatchak 1 2 Etudes for Clarinet Mozart Concerto Bach Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas chamber Op 18 Concertos by C P E Bach and Hoffmeister Literature from all periods to fit the needs of the in A solos by Jeanjean contemporary solos or- ensemble works by Bocchermi Schubert Scheidler Vaughan-Williams Suite Sonata by Milhaud parts student chestral studies lbert Paganim from orchestral and chamber music literature 203 204 2-3 cr each Double Bass 401 402 2 cr each 304 3 cr each 303 Continuation of technical exercises More challeng- 101 102 2 cr each Bach suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century com- Continue scales and arpeggios Selections from Rode ing repertoire from all periods positions up to thumb position scales and inter poser concerto by Vivaldi Giuliani Carulli or by a Caprices and Gavinies Twenty-four Matinees All vals in all keys Simandl New Method for the Double 20th-century composer Sonatas by Brahms and Creston Viola parts from 303 304 2 3 cr each Bass orchestral and chamber'music literature Continuation of technical exercises Opera and Guitar-jazz oratorio repertoire emphasized in addition to more 201 202 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each 403 404 3 cr each advanced concert repertoire and including contem- Scales continued including thumb positions Simandl Evaluation of student s abilities basic technique and Selected Studies from Paganini Caprices Reger porary theater repertoire Method continued selected pieces reading abilities including reading knowledge through Three Suites Bach unaccompanied violin or V11 positions all major scales in all positions Berklee violoncello works transcribed for viola Bloch Suite 403 404 2-3 cr each 301 302 2 cr each method Book I and Melodic Rhythm Studies Book for Viola concertos by Bartok Walton Porter Continuation of technical exercises All students Scales and intervals continued Simandl Method com- by William G Leavitt basic chord theory basic posi- should have at least one complete oratorio and one pleted Simandl Thirty Etudes selected pieces Violin 1 tion folk chords and alterations all barre chords and complete opera role ready for performance before violoncello sonatas by Marcello and others or- a working knowledge of basic jazz chord forms 103 104 3 cr each graduation The students repertoire should contain chestral studies Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in representative songs in Italian French German and beginning study of chord-melody solo playing and 401 402 2 cr each thirds sixths octaves tenths harmonics Fiorillo or English including significant examples of contem- single-note techniques standard guitar solos Simandl Thirty Etudes selected studies from Hrable Kreutzer concertos by Bach Mozart Vieuxtemps porary vocal literature The students senior recital 201 202 2 cr each Eighty-six Etudes pieces by Koussevitsky and others Wieniawski Bruch Lalo short pieces from the should-include examples from all of these Continue single-note technique chord studies all ma- romantic period orchestral studies 349 350 449 450 jor and minor scales continue chord-melody play- 203 204 3 cr each ing Joe Pass Guitar Style Improvised Chord Solos Vocal Repertoire 2 cr each Flute Continued study of repertoire listed above Kreutzer Study and performance of vocal solo and ensemble and Single Note Improvised Solos Books intensive 101 102 2 cr each or Rode literature Four semesters encompass Italian Ger- rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Bucky Pizzarelli s Kohler Etudes Book I Terschak Studies Drouet 2 5 A man French and English music with concentration Touch of Glass or Ronny Lee s jazz Guitar Method 303 304 3 cr each Celebrated Etudes M Moyse selected etudes scales on one category each semester Bk 11) intensive chord-melody playing including ar- Scales and arpeggios continued Rode or Gavinies and arpeggios in all keys selected solos Sonatas by rangements done by the student beginning single- Bach Solo Sonatas and Partitias any of the major Marcello Handel Blavet and Telemann note improvisation standard guitar repertoire MUSIC EDUCATION sonatas and concertos (Beethoven Brahms Berklee Method Book 1 Mendelssohn Bartok Siberlius Tschaikovsky^ Bassoon 201 202 2 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios Drouet 25 Cele- 301 302 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each 403 404 3 cr each brated Etudes Anderson Etudes Op 37 selected Continue rhythm playing studies chord-melody play- All scales and arpeggios Weisenborn Op 8 Vol I Scales and arpeggios continued Dont Op 35 or solos from 19th century composers Sonatas of ing and single-note improvisation studies Berklee Milde Studies Galliard 6 Sonatas for Bassoon Paganini Caprices continue solo Bach and study of Baroque composers Method Book III Chord-soloing and development of major concertos and sonatas 201 202 2 cr each repertoire including solos George M Smith Ed- 301 302 cr each by Continue scales and arpeggios with various articula- die Lang Dick McDonough Carl Kress Johnny Smith Violoncello Anderson Etudes Op 33 and Op 21 Berbiquier tions Weissenborn Op 8 Vol 11 continue Milde Tony Mottola George Van Eps Single-string studies 103 104 3 cr each Studies Taffanel-Gaubert Daily Studies all scales Studies Kovar Studies Weinberger Sonatine Bach inventions Kreutzer violin studies Paganim Scales and arpeggios in three octaves with varied and arpeggios in various articulations pieces by violin studies bowings Duport Studies Franchomme Twelve 301 302 2 cr each Anderson Widor Ouantz Handel sonatas Caprices Sonatas of Veracini Locatelli and Milde Studies in all Keys Jancourt Grand Method 401 402 2 cr each 401 402 2 cr each Boccherini Book 11 Kavor Studies solos by Marcello and Cools Anderson Etudes Op 30 Taffanel-Gaubert Scales Intensive single-note improvisation and im^rovisa- orchestral studies tional lines REH Publications for single-note study 203 204 3 cr each scales in thirds and in sixths chroi^natic scales arpeg- (Diorio Carlson Mock Kato Hutchinson Joe Pass Scales and arpeggios in four octaves with varied bow- 401 402 2 cr each gios and trills sonatas by Handel Telemann and jazz Solos and jazz Classics) Charlie Christian Studies ings scales in thirds sixths and octaves chromatic Selected studies from Milde Concert Studies Vol I Blavet representative contemporary pieces and Howard Roberts Method and Materials Wes Mont- scales and seventh chords Franchomme Twelve Telemann Sonata orchestral studies Paris conservatory solos gomery s Octave-Style Playing understanding fu- Caprices Dupont Etudes Concertos by Romberg Clarinet Guitar-Classical Popper and Saint-Saens sonatas by Boccherini and sion music chord-melody arranging from traditional 1 01 Haydn Orchestral studies Contemporary works 102 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each and contemporary literature record transcription 1 scales and arpeggios Klose Celebrated Method for Evaluation of student s abilities and basic corrections both already existing and ones done by the student 303 304 3 cr each Clarinet Part 11 Baerman Method Book 11 selected if necessary Scales major and minor up to four (Coryell Pass Barnes Burrell Roberts DeMeola Continue scales Etudes by Servais and Piatti Con- solos sharps and flats Carcassi Method selected studies Benson and others ) 91 90 201 202 2 cr each Harp settings conducting the percussion ensemble Review 401, 402 2 cr each of teaching methods in basic techniques the role of All scales and arpeggios continue drills and Arban Barret Etudes selected etudes by Ferling continue 101, 102 2 cr each the percussion clinician Problems in writing and scor- Method for Trombone selected studies from Cimera Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard scales and arpeggios solos by Bach and Handel con- ing for percussion discussion of available materials 170 Etudes Study of single double and triple tongu- orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 3 18 Book 11 temporary solos and sources for solo performances ing Pryor solos and other selected materials band Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Aria in Classic Organ and Orchestral studies style TOUTmer Images (Suite 1) Saint-Saens Piano 101 102 2 cr each 301 302 2 cr each Fantasie 101, 102 2 cr each Gleason Method of Organ Playing Stanley Volun- Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility Bach two part inventions short preludes and fugues 201 202 2 cr each taries Franck I Organist Vierne 24 Pieces Dupre Rochut Melodious Etudes Book 1-11 Blume Studies easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart Beethoven Technical studies Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Standard Chorale Preludes Selected works from the early Rondo in C easier nocturnes and mazurkas of Book I La Fosse Sight Reading Studies study of orchestra cadenzas Pieces grade of difficulty of Italian German and French schools Bach Chopm Major scales M M quarter note equals 96 tenor clef Croce-Spinelli Solo cle Concours Alary Tournier Feerie Rousseau Variations Pastorales Orgelbuchlc;in selections 8 short Preludes and diminished seventh arpeggios M M quarter note Contest Pieces Morel Piece in F minor Grandjany Fantaste on a Theme of Haydn Fugues and selected preludes and fugues Organ equals 88 All scales and arpeggios in triplet and Class I pedal scales in all major keys pedals alone 401, 402 2 cr each 301 302 2 cr each quadruplet rhythms Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility hymn playing introduction to figured bass and har- Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes Kopprasch Book 1-11 Rochut Melodious Etudes Book Opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith monization of simple melodies 201 202 2 cr each Bach two and three part inventions sonatas of III Blazhevich Clef Studies study of bass trombone Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel In- 201, 202 2 cr each Haydn and Mozart easier sonatas of Beethoven noc- Cuflmant Morceau Symphonique Cimera Valse troduction and Allegro Selected works by Brahms Mendelssohn Joseph turnes and waltzes of Chopin Schumann Op 15 Petite Ropartz Andante and Allegro Wilcox Jenkins Six Pieces Dupre Antiphons 401, 402 2 cr each Scales Major and Minor M M quarter note equals Messiaen Le Banquet Celeste of Ascension Suite Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Faure 104 Dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Trumpet mvts I or 4 Langlais Franck selected works by con- Impromptu C P E Bach Sonata Salzedo Scintilla- M M quarter note equals 96 101, 102 2 cr each tion Debussy Danses Sacre et Profane temporary composers Bach Orgelbuchlein Schubler Ali scales and arpeggios Schlossberg Daily Drills 301 302 2 cr each Chorales selected preludes and figures Organ Class Arban Complete Method for Trumpet selected short Horn 11 pedal scales hands and feet in all major and minor Bach selected preludes and fugues from Well- pieces 101 102 2 cr each keys hyrrin playing modulations transposition score Tempered Clavier Beethoven Op 10 and Op 14 Fundamentals of tone productions scales and arpeg- reading continued harmonizations of melodies sonatas Chopm Preludes and Nocturnes selections 201, 202 2 cr each gios in various articulations chromatic scales abili- from Impressionistic and Contemporary repertoire All major and minor scales and arpeggios 3011, 302 2 cr ty to read in at least two clefs Mozart Concerto No each Continuation of major and minor scales dominant Schlossberg Daily Drills Arban Complete method Selected works by D Aquin Clerambault Sweelinck 3 selected melodic material and diminished seventh and major arpeggios for Trumpet Kreutzer Ten Studies Concerto by Franck Langlais Messiaen Bach preludes and Grofe selected solos band and orchestral studies 201 202 2 cr each fugues trio sonatas Orgelbuchlem ' Great 18 401, 402 2 cr each Extend range of all scales and arpeggios diminished Chorales works by contemporary composers Organ Bach French Suites selected preludes and fugues 301, 302 2 cr each seventh chords muting and preparatory trill studies Class III Continuation of pedal scales hymn playing Beethoven Op 2 No 2 and 3 Op 28 Op 31 Continue scales and arpeggios in various articulations ability to read in three or four clefs Alphonse Deux score reading transposition figured bass counter- Preludes and Impromptus of Chopin Brahms In- Schlossberg Daily Drills Concone Fifty Lessons Cent Etudes Novelles Book 11 selected solos or- point accompaniments of anthems and canticles termezzi selections from Contemporary repertoire Brandt Etudes for Trumpet Bernstein Rondo for chestra] studies Continue scales dominant and diminished seventh Lifey Two Pieces for Trumpet by Karzev 401 402 2 cr each and major and minor arpeggios 301 302 2 cr each Selected works by Franck Langlais Tournemire 401, 402 2 cr each Continue scales arpeggios and other drills Alphonse Vierne Alain and other contemporary composers Saxophone Continue Schlossberg and Concone Laurent Etudes Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Book III selected Bach preludes and fugues partitas Clavierubung 101 102 2 cr each Practiques Book I and Il Hering 32 Etudes Clarke studies from Kopprasch 60 Studies Book I R Strauss Part III selections Organ Class IV pedal scales free All major and minor scales and arpeggios Univer- solos Moquet Legencle Heroique Balay Petite Piece Concerto orchestral studies hymn accompaniments anthem accompaniments sal Method for Saxophone or equivalent material Concertante 401 402 2 cr each and conducting from the console Bassi-lasilli Concert Etudes selected solos Tuba Continue scales arpeggios and technical drills Kop- Percussion 201 202 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr each prasch 60 Studies Callay 30 Studies, solos by Continue scales and arpeggios with various articula- 101, 102 2 cr each All scales and arpeggios Arban Method for Trom- Mozart Godard Corelli representative contem- Rudimentary snare drum technique analysis of ex- tions Bassi-iasilli Concert Etudes selected solos porary solos orchestral studies bone and Baritone selected solo material isting methods Elementary tympani technique uses 301,302 2 cr each Oboe of tympani in classical literature tuning Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gattviasilli 35 Melo- 201, 202 2 cr each All scales and arpeggios with various articulations 101 102 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each dious Technical Exercises pieces by Faure and continue Arban Bell Foundations of Tuba and Review of previous work by student and corrective Intermediate snare drum studies elementary leanlean exercises as necessary scales and arpeggios Bar- Sousaphone Playing selected solos xylophone technique Intermediate tympani studies 401,402 2 cr each ret Exercises in Articulation and Progressive 301 302 2 cr each orchestral literature Beethoven to Wagner Perform- Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gatti-lasifli 35 Melodies selected solos reed making Continue scales and arpeggios chromatic scales Bell ance techniques of most commonly used equipment Melodious Technical Exercises Labanchi-lasilli 33 Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone Playing 201 202 2 cr each Concert Etudes Premier Solo cle concours by Pares 301 302 2 cr each Vandercook Etudes Rochut Melodious Etudes Book Scales and arpeggios in all keys continue Barret Mortiz Sonata for Saxophone representative con- Use of tympani and percussion in late 19th and 20th I Blume Studies Book I Tyrrell Advanced Studies selected studies from Bleuzet Technique of the Oboe century literature orchestral studies in all in- temporary solos - for the BB flat Tuba selected solos band and or- Vol I solos by Handel and Schumann reed making struments Examination of percussion ensemble Trombone and Baritone Horn chestra studies 301 302 2 cr each materials group instruction methods Selection and care of instruments for professional and school use 101 102 2 cr each 401 402 2 cr each Barret, Progressive Exercises Bleuzet Technique of Studies and exercises in tone production and flex- the Oboe Vol 11 continue scales and arpeggios in Extension of mallet study Rochut Melodious Etudes Book 11 Blume Studies ibility by Shiner Arban Method for Trombone ma- Book 11 Blazhevich Etudes for The BB flat Bass band various articulations Handel sonatas orchestral 401 402 2 cr each jor and minor scales through two octaves selected and orchestra studies studies contemporary solos reed making Deployment of instruments in band and orchestra solos

a

92 93

Violin Voice EURHYTHMICS 215 Piano Class for Piano Majors in 101 Music Education I cr 102 2 cr each 101 102 2 cr 121, 122 Eurhythmics 2 cr each Piano majors in Music Education study the develop- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student Fundamentals of rhythmic movement Study of pulse merit of functional keyboard skills in sight reading thirds sixths octaves (Flesch) Dont Schracheck Literature from all periods to fit the vocal needs of meter rhythm and duration the expressive qualities Mazas or Kreutzer Baroque period concertos and the student of music such as tempo dynamics and phrasing transposition accompaniments Required of all Piano sonatas concertos Bach and Mozart realized and expressed through bodily movement Majors Two hours a week 201 202 2 cr Two hours a week 281 Brass Class I I cr 201 202 ' 2 cr each Continuation of technical exercises More challeng- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Scales and arpeggios continued Fiorillo or Kreutzer ing repertoire from all periods concertos of Bach DeBeriot Mozart Rode and MUSIC EDUCATION and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which Viotti 301 302 2 cr 189 190 289 290 389 390 Music is appropriate for beginning class instruction For Continuation of technical exercises Opera and Field Observation 0 cr voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- 301 302 2 cr each oratorio repertoire included when vocally suitable Music education majors are required to complete six tion program offered in the fall semester Two hours Scales and arpeggios continued Kreutzer or Rode in addition to concert repertoire field observations per year The observations are not a week short pieces of the Romantic period standard con- credit bearing but are preparation for student certos and sonatas 401 402 2 cr 282 Brass Class 11 1 cr teaching Each student must register for field obser- Continuation of technical exercises More advanced Performance technique on trumpet continued 401, 402 - 2 cr each vation every semester (except senior year) in order opera oratorio and concert repertoire and contem- Teaching technique of French horn trombone Scales and arpeggios continued Rode or Gavinies to fulfill the pre-requisite for student teaching porary theater literature baritone and tuba For voice piano and organ ma- short pieces of the Romantic period Bach Solo Par- 181 Woodwind Class I I cr jors in the music education program Prerequisite titas standard concertos and sonatas CONDUCTING Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Music 281 Offered in the spring semester Two hours Viola 379 380 Conducting 1 11 1 cr each and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which a week This course provides a study of the fundamentals of is appropriate for beginning class instruction For 101 102 2 cr each 283 Brass Class I I cr conducting as a performing skill teaching technique voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Sevcik Studies Fundamental principles and techniques of playing and as an interpretive art Use of the baton choral tion program Offered in the fall semester Two hours (Lifschey) Hermann Technical Studies Telemann and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which and instrumental rehearsal techniques and score a week Concerto in G Klengel Album of Classical Pieces is appropriate for beginning class instruction For reading Two hours a week 201 202 2 cr each 182 Woodwind Class 11 1 cr woodwind brass string and percussion majors in Continue scales and Sevcik Studies selected studies 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing I cr Performance technique on clarinet continued the music education program Offered in the fall and from Kreutzer 42 Etudes Stamitz Concerto in D Methods and materials pertinent to rehearsing and Teaching technique of oboe bassoon and saxophone spring semester Two hours a week conducting jazz ensembles studio orchestras and covered For voice piano and organ majors in the Bruch Romance 284 Brass Class 11 1 cr theater orchestras with an emphasis on conducting music education program Prerequisite Music 181 301 302 2 cr each Fundamental principles and techniques of playing as a performing skill as well as an interpretive art Offered in spring semester Two hours a week Continue scales and arpeggios scales in thirds sixths and teaching French horn trombone baritone and and octaves Palachko 20 Etudes Fiorillo selected ENSEMBLE 183 Woodwind Class I I cr tuba Study of construction fingering and evalua- studies from 36 Etudes Bach Three viola de gam- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing tion of class methods and materials For woodwind Required for all students as laboratory work during ba sonatas adapted for viola and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which brass string and percussion majors in the music each semester of full-time enrollment Non-music ma- is appropriate for beginning class instruction For education program Music 283 is not a prerequisite 401, 402 2 cr each jors are invited to register for ensemble with permis- woodwind brass string and percussion majors in for this course Offered in the fall and spring Scales and arpeggios continued selected studies sion of instructor the music education program Offered in the fall and semesters Two hours a week from Campagnoli 41 Caprices Concerto in B minor 143 Ensemble spring semesters Two hours a week by Handel-Casadesus Hindemith Music of Mourn- 0- 1 cr each 381 String Class I I cr Voice Piano and Organ Majors will participate in ing selected contemporary solos viola parts from 184 Woodwind Class 11 1 cr Each student selects one of the string instruments a choral ensemble for each semester of enrollment orchestral and chamber music literature ' Fundamental principles and techniques of playing and studies it throughout the semester in order to Instrumental Majors will participate in Band or Or- and teaching the saxophone oboe flute and bas- attain greater technical proficiency Two hours a Violoncello chestra for each semester of enrollment soon Study of mechanism and evaluation of class week 101 102 2 cr each Instrumentalists are encouraged to take advantage methods and materials Students are expected to 382 String Class If I cr Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Franchomme of oppurtunities to participate in choir keyboard or develop a ^easonable performing skill on each instru- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 12 Studies sonatas by Handel Corelli Concertos by voice majors are likewise encouraged to gain ex- ment For woodwind brass string and percussion and teaching the violin viola cello and bass Bow- Goltermann and Romberg perience in one of the instrumental ensembles majors in the music education program Music 183 ing positions vibrato and an examination of class is not a prerequisite for this course offered in the 201 202 2 cr each 147, 148 Small Ensemble 0 1 cr each methods and materials are presented Two hours a fall and spring semesters Two hours a week Scales and arpeggios continued Duport Etudes The Small or Minor Ensembles include Brass Ensem- week Galeotti Sonata No 2 Marais Suite Romberg Con- ble Guitar Ensemble jazz Ensemble Percussion 185 186 Voice Class I cr each 383 Elementary Methods 2 cr certo in D minor Ensemble String Orchestra Tamburitza Ensemble Fundamentals of voice production including place- Principles practices and materials for the general and Woodwind Ensemble ment breathing breath control study of vowels and 301 302 2 cr each program in the elementary grades A program of stu- consonants posture elementary song materials in- Scales and arpeggios continued Duport Etudes 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr each dent presentations and discussion periods will be re- terval and scale drill -' singing Proper stage Grutzmacher Etudes sonatas by Grazioli Sammar- A performing class in which students learn standard ­ quired Two hours a week Prerequisite 2 14 or 2 15 presence for recitals and con, erts and comportment tini Goltermann Concerto No 1 and other opera repertory in English and the original Piano Class languages There is one major production each in the classroom will be emphasized 401 402 2 cr each 384 Secondary Methods 2 cr semester plus several outside performances 213 214 Piano Class Scales and arpeggios as before but including thirds I cr each ,Principles practices and materials for the general The development of functional keyboard skills in sight sixths and octaves Duport Studies selected studies 141 Chamber Music 1-2 cr each music program in the secondary schools including reading transposition harmonization of melodies from Franchomme 12 Caprices Concerto No 2 Study and performance of all types of chamber music voice classification the organization of ensemble ac- and improvisation of accompaniments Required of Romberg Sonatas by Nardim and Sammartim or- for the various instrumental combinations tivites concerts assembly programs and the rela- all Music Education students with the exception of chestral studies tionship of the school to the community Two hours piano majors Two hours a week Prerequisites Piano a week 11 1 1 12 or Advanced Standing Examination

94 95

385 Choral Methods I cr Music on Behavior 2 cr 152 Evolution of jazz Styles If 2 cr 440 Advanced Jazz Arranging 2 cr 308 Influence of This course deals with all aspects of choral singing A study and analysis of recorded improvised solos Advanced arranging techniques for the jazz and Reviews different treatment theories and their and their application to school music programs Em- by major jazz artists from 1940 to the present relationship to music therapy Emphasizes the effects phasis is placed on the development of performance studio ensembles of music on behavior and total health Develops a ensembles rehearsal techniques special choral prob- 45 5 Music and Mass Media I ci r 138 139 Composition 2 cr each philosophy of music therapy with a background in lems planning musical productions and practical The use of music in television and films industrial The study of writing of musical composition in the holistic health work in choral conducting and arranging Includes shows stage shows etc and the composer/per- smaller forms 3091 Directed Study in Music Therapy 2 cr principles practices materials and an overview of former rights under U S copyright law as well as Composition 2 cr each current teaching strategies and curriculum trends as 238, 239 Study topics from areas of music therapy psychology agreements and relations between producers direc- These courses are offered in order to provide gifted of music brain research and other expressive applied to the total music program of the secondary tors performers writers and booking agents young composers an opportunity to receive guidance therapies are reviewed and discussed school Offered Spring Semester only involved in the development of advanced compositional 387 techniques Permission of the chairman of the Theory 3 10 Recreational instruments I cr Marching Band Techniques - I cr Stresses a typical and functional uses of guitar and Principles practices and materials for the marching MUSIC THEORY Department is required covers other musical instruments and, devices for band including its role in the total music program The Theory Department recognizes the individual dif- 226 jazz Improvisation 1 2 cr recreational purposes organization 'and maintenance planning and ex- ferences of students and provides an opportunity for Beginning study and practice of melodic improvisa No Specific text used Each student required to have ecuting of the field show basic maneuvers and them to advance according to their abilities tion conventional forms and chord progressions a guitar and harmonica rehearsal procedures employing idiomatic jazz and articulations major- 131 132 Theory 481 Percussion Class Techniques I cr 2 cr each minor and modal scales 315 Piano Improvisation for Fundamental principles and techniques of playing This course is designed to acquaint the student with Music Therapy I cr the materials of musical composition using diatonic 227 jazz Improvisation 11 2 cr Development of functional keyboard skills in im- and teaching the percussion instruments of the band A continuation of 226 with an introduction to altered and orchestra with special emphasis on the keyboard harmony Opportunities for the student to do provisation on rhythm and dissonant chords as an instruments Two hours a week creative work are provided Three hours a week scales and chords aid in non-verbal communication with the handicap- 426 jazz Improvisation 111 2 cr ped client 490 Student Teachmg 6 cr 133, 134 Musicianship 2 cr each A continuation of 227 with an emphasis on 124 Music Therapy Practicurn I cr each Practice teaching in approved elementary and sec- The goals of the course are to develop good intona- chromatically altered scales chords and extended ondary schools under the guidance of a critic teacher tion and the ability to sight sing the ability to iden- Each practicurn is a field placement in a clinical set- and the college supervisor Note Before a student tify and notate melodies rhythm chords and com- forms ting for a minimum of one hour per week for 12-15 will be permitted to begin Student Teaching all field plete compositions and to develop inner hearing and 427 jazz Improvisation IV 2 cr weeks per semester Students are placed with music observations and methods classes including in- memory The devices used are solfeggio (singing Extension and continuation of 426 with an emphasis therapists who practice in a variety of clinical settings strumental classes piano woodwinds brass strings unison and ensemble music prepared and on sight) on the practical application of advanced techniques or with staff who can provide a structured therapeutic and voice must be satisfactorily completed Percus- drills on intervals and broken chords unison and two- to standard and jazz literature program Attendance at four monthly seminars per sion elementary and secondary methods must be part rhythm exercises keyboard work and clef semester is required I 453 jazz Composition 1 2 cr taken in the same semester as student teaching- reading and systematically graded dictation The A study of advanced compositional techniques as ap- Students will receive complete instructions together course uses the moveable Do system based on the SACRED MUSIC plied to contemporary jazz styles Analysis of jazz I cr with lists of materials when they enroll in the Music Kodaly method Two hours a week compositions from 1940 to the present 209 Children s Choirs Education program Practical techniques to aid Materials and techniques used in dealing with 231 232 students in fulfilling the requirements will be explored Theory 2 cr each 454 Jazz Composition 11 2 cr children s choirs A continuation of 13 2 introducing chromatic harmony in various methods classes A continuation of 453 with emphasis on individual cr and the basic principles of contrapuntal writing 431 432 improvisation 2 each style development A practical application of the basic tools of improvisa- MUSIC HISTORY, LITERATURE AND ART Creative opportunities continued Three hours a week tion including harmonization of melodies at the 251 252, 351, 352 History and organ two and three part counterpoint short ABA Literature of Music 2 cr each 233 234 Musicianship 2 cr each MUSIC THERAPY forms and chorale preludes with emphasis on their An historical survey of the ideas and cultural A continuation of 134 Two hours a week 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 cr liturgical application achievements of Western man in the context of the 335 Counterpoint An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in a Choral Conducting political and sociological developments to which the 2 cr variety of rehabilitation settings Observations fol- 478 479 art of music is bound The survey embraces four The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic and Methods I cr each lowed by informal group discussions Basic theory Development of conducting technique The study semesters which are arranged chronologically These technique of the sixteenth century about the validity of music as therapy the relation- courses seek to provide a broad historical frame of rehearsal and class performance of choral works in 336 Counterpoint 2 cr ship of theory to practice Intensive class participa- various styles reference within which the relationship of music to A course study concerned with the harmonic con- tion will be required to prove qualification for fur- 2 cr the development of man s thought can be clearly trapuntal technique of the period of I S Bach ther in-depth study of the profession 464 Church Music Administration seen along with a survey and analysis of represent- Seminar in practical aspects of church music 3 cr ative literature 340 Orchestration 2 cr 108 Music in Therapy establishing the music program in a church graded A study of the basic problems of scoring for individual An exposure to music therapy techniques used in 451 452 Organ Literature choir systems children s choirs instruments in 2 cr each instruments particularly orchestral choirs, the entire working with handicapped children and adults Ap- workshop contracts cantor systems worship com- A survey of organ literature and organ building as orchestra and unique instrumental combinations plications to current Practicurn work will be empha- missions etc it relates to organ registration The first semester Analysis of the techniques of orchestration of sized Prerequisite Music Therapy Orientation 107 treats organ music from the Renaissance through J Gregorian Chant 2 cr selected composers of the 18th 19th and 20th 2 cr 421 S Bach The second semester deals with the centuries 307 Psychology of Music The history notation and modal system of Gregorian literature from 1750 to the present Outside listen- An exploration of musical behaviors and to a lesser -chant Class participation in the singing of chant ing and readings will be required 430 Jazz Arranging 2 cr degree all other art behaviors of a variety of cultures Chant as prayer and current liturgical application and sub-cultures beginning with the students per- A study of the basic techniques of scoring for in- 2 cr 151 Evolution of Jazz Styles 1 2 cr dividual instruments and jazz ensembles of various sonal experience Extensive class participation will 420 Hymnody A study of the origin development and styles of jazz sizes from small groups to studio orchestras Analysis be expected Prerequisite Introduction to A study of the church s heritage of song the psalms music and its ramifications with an emphasis on of scores by contemporary big band arrangers Psychology the great hymns of the Medieval Church the heritage recorded music as well as scores

91 90 201 202 2 cr each Harp settings conducting the percussion ensemble Review 401 402 2 cr ea^h scales and arpeggios continue drills and Arban 101, of teaching methods in basic techniques the role of All 102 2 cr each Barret Etudes selected etudes by Ferling continue Method for Trombone selected studies from Cimera Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard the percussion clinician Problems in writing and scor- scales and arpeggios solos by Bach and Handel con- Etudes Study of single double and triple tongu- orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus ing for percussion discussion of available materials 170 3 18 Book 11 temporary solos ing Pryor solos and other selected materials band Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Aria in Classic and sources for solo performances Organ and orchestral studies style Tournier Images (Suite 1) Saint-Saens Piano Fantasie 101 2 cr each 102 2 cr each 102 2 cr each 301 302 Gleason Method of Organ Playing Stanley Voiun- 101, Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility 201 202 Bach two part inventions short preludes and fugues 2 cr each taries Franck I Organist Vierne 24 Pieces Dupr6 Rochut Melodious Etudes Book 1-11 Blume Studies Technical studies Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Standard easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart Beethoven Chorale Preludes Selected works from the early Book I La Fosse Sight Reading Studies study of orchestra cadenzas Pieces grade of difficulty of C easier nocturnes and mazurkas of Italian German and French schools Bach Rondo in tenor clef Croce-Spinelli Solo de Concours Alary Tournier Feene Rousseau Variations Pastorales Chopin Major scales M M quarter note equals 96 Orgelbuchlein selections 8 short Preludes and Contest Pieces Morel Piece in F minor Grandjany Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn diminished seventh arpeggios M M quarter note Fugues and selected preludes and fugues Organ scales and arpeggios in triplet and 401 402 2 cr each 301, 302 Class I pedal scales in all major keys pedals alone equals 88 All 2 cr each Continue technical exercises Stacey Lip Flexibility Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes hymn playing introduction to figured bass and har- quadruplet rhythms Kopprasch Book 1-11 Rochut Melodious Etudes Book Opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith monization of simple melodies 201 202 2 cr each III Blazhevich Clef Studies study of bass trombone Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel In- Bach two and three part inventions sonatas of 201 202 2 cr each Guilmant Morceau Symphonique Cimera Valse troduction and Allegro Haydn and Mozart easier sonatas of Beethoven noc- I Selected works by Brahms Mendelssohn Joseph Petite Ropartz Andante and Allegro turnes and waltzes of Chopin Schumann Op 15 401 402 2 cr each Wilcox Jenkins Six Pieces Dupre Antiphons Scales Major and Minor M M, quarter note equals Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Faure Messiaen Le Banquet Celeste of Ascension Suite 104 Dominant and diminished seventh arpeggios Trumpet Impromptu C P E Bach Sonata Salzedo Scintilla- mvts I or 4 Langlais Franck selected works by con- 96 101 102 2 cr each tion Debussy Danses Sacre et Profane temporary composers Bach Orgelbuchlein Schubler M M quarter note equals All scales and arpeggios Schlossberg Daily Drills 2 cr each Horn Chorales selected preludes and figures Organ Class 301, 302 Arban Complete Method for Trumpet selected short 11 pedal scales hands and feet in all major and minor Bach selected preludes and fugues from Well- 101 102 pieces 2 cr each keys hymn playing modulations transposition score Tempered Clavier Beethoven Op 10 and Op 14 Fundamentals of tone productions scales and arpeg- reading continued harmonizations of melodies sonatas Chopin Preludes and Nocturnes selections 201 202 2 cr each gios in various articulations chromatic scales abili- from Impressionistic and Contemporary repertoire All major and minor scales and arpeggios 301', 302 2 cr each ty to read in at least two clefs Mozart Concerto No Continuation of major and minor scales dominant Schlossberg Daily Drills Arban Complete Method 3 selected melodic material Selected works by D Aquin Clerambault Sweelinck and diminished seventh and major arpeggios for Trumpet Kreutzer Ten Studies Concerto by Franck Langlais Messiaen Bach preludes and Grofe selected solos band and orchestral studies 201 202 2 cr each fugues trio sonatas Orgelbuchlein ' Great '18 401, 402 2 cr each Extend range of all scales and arpeggios diminished 2 cr each Chorales works by contemporary composers Organ Bach French Suites selected preludes and fugues 301 302 seventh chords muting and preparatory trill studies Continue scales and arpeggios in various articulations Class III Continuation of pedal scales hymn playing Beethoven Op 2 No 2 and 3 Op 28 Op 31 ability to read in three or four clefs Alphonse Deux score reading transposition figured bass counter- Preludes and Impromptus of Chopin Brahms in- Schlossberg Daily Drills Concone Fifty Lessons Cent Etudes Novelles Book 11 selected solos or- point accompaniments of anthems and canticles termezzi selections from Contemporary repertoire Brandt Etudes for Trumpet Bernstein Rondo for chestra] studies Continue scales dominant and diminished seventh Lifey Two Pieces for Trumpet by Karzev 401 402 2 cr each 301, 302 and major and minor arpeggios 401 402 2 cr each 2 cr each Selected works by Franck Langlais Tournemire Continue scales arpeggios and other drills Alphonse Vierne Alain and other contemporary composers Saxophone Continue Schlossberg and Concone Laurent Etudes Deux Cents Etudes Nouvelles Book Hering 32 Etudes Clarke III selected Bach preludes and fugues partitas Clavierubung 2 cr each Practiques Book I and 11 studies from Kopprasch 101 102 60 Studies Book I R Strauss Part III selections Organ Class IV pedal scales free solos Mocluet Legencle Heroiclue Balay Petite Piece All major and minor scales and arpeggios Univer- Concerto orchestral studies Concertante hymn accompaniments anthem accompaniments sal Method for Saxophone or equivalent material 401 402 2 cr each and conducting from the console Bassi-lasilli Concert Etudes selected solos Continue scales arpeggios and technical drills Kop- Tuba Percussion 2 cr each prasch 60 Studies Gallay 30 Studies solos by 201,202 101 102 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios with various articula- Mozart Godard Corelli representative contem- All scales and arpeggios Arban Method for Trom- Rudimentary snare drum technique analysis of ex- tions Bassi-lasilli Concert Etudes selected solos porary solos orchestral studies bone and Baritone selected solo material isting methods Elementary tympani technique uses 2 cr each Oboe of tympani in classical literature tuning 301,302 201, 202 2 cr each Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gatti-lasilli 35 Melo- 101 All scales and arpeggios with various articulations 102 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each dious Technical Exercises pieces by Faure and Review of previous work continue Arban Bell Foundations of Tuba and by student and corrective Intermediate snare drum studies elementary Jeanjean Sousaphone Playing selected solos exercises as necessary scales and arpeggios Bar- 1 xylophone technique Intermediate tympani studies 2 cr each ret Exercises in Articulation and Progressive orchestral literature Beethoven to Wagner Perform- 401 402 301, 302 1 2 cr each Melodies selected solos reed making Mule Scales and Arpeggios Gatti-lasilli 35 ance techniques of most commonly used equipment Continue scales and arpeggios chromatic scales Bell Melodious Technical Exercises Labanchi-lasilli 33 Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone Playing 201 202 2 cr each 301 302 2 cr each Concert Etudes Premier Solo cle concours by Pares Scales and arpeggios in all keys continue Barret Vandercook Etudes Rochut Melodious Etudes Book Use of tympani and percussion in late 19th and 20th Mortiz Sonata for Saxophone representative con- selected studies from Bleuzet Technique of the Oboe I Blume Studies Book I Tyrrell Advanced Studies century literature Orchestral studies in all in- temporary solos - Vol I solos by for the BB flat Tuba selected solos band and or- Handel and Schumann reed making struments Examination of percussion ensemble Trombone and Baritone Horn chestra studies 301 302 materials group instruction methods Selection and 2 cr each 102 2 cr each Barret Progressive Exercises Bleuzet Technique of care of instruments for professional and school use 101 401,402 2 cr each Studies and exercises in tone production and flex- Blume Studies the Oboe Vol 11 continue scales and arpeggios in Extension of mallet study Rochut Melodious Etudes Book 11 ibility by Shiner Arban Method for Trombone ma- Blazhevich Etudes for The BB flat Bass band various articulations Handel sonatas orchestral 401 402 Book 11 2 cr each jor and minor scales through two octaves selected and orchestra studies ;tudies contemporary solos reed making Deployment of instruments in band and orchestra solos

92 93

215 Piano Class for Piano Majors in Violin Voice EURHYTHMICS Music Education I cr- 101, 102 2 cr each 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cr Piano majors in Music Education study the develop- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in Fundamentals of rhythmic movement Study of pulse Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student merit of functional keyboard skills in sight reading thirds sixths octaves (Flesch) Dont Schradieck meter rhythm and duration the expressive qualities Literature from all periods to fit the vocal needs of transposition accompaniments Required of all Piano Mazas or Kreutzer Baroque period concertos and the student of music such as tempo dynamics and phrasing Majors Two hours a week sonatas concertos Bach and Mozart realized and expressed through bodily movement 201 202 2 cr 201, 202 ' - 2 cr each Two hours a week 281 Brass Class I I cr' Continuation of technical exercises More challeng- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Scales and arpeggios continued Fiorillo or Kreutzer ing repertoire from all periods and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which concertos of Bach DeBeriot Mozart Rode and MUSIC EDUCATION Viotti 301 302 2 cr 189, 190 289, 290 389 390 Music is appropriate for beginning class instruction For Continuation of technical exercises Opera and Field Observation 0 cr voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- 301 302 2 cr each oratorio repertoire included when vocally suitable Music education majors are required to complete six tion program Offered in the fall semester Two hours Scales and arpeggios continued Kreutzer or Rode in addition to concert repertoire field observations per year The observations are not a week short pieces of the Romantic period standard con- credit bearing but are preparation for student certos and sonatas 401, 402 1 2 cr 282 Brass Class 11 1 cr Continuation of technical exercises More advanced teaching Each student must register for field obser- Performance technique on trumpet continued 401 402 - 2 cr each opera oratorio and concert repertoire and contem- vation every semester (except senior year) in order Teaching technique of French horn trombone Scales and arpeggios continued Rode or Gavinies porary theater literature to fulfill the pre-requisite for student teaching baritone and tuba For voice piano and organ ma- short pieces of the Romantic period Bach Solo Par- 181 Woodwind Class I I cr jors in the music education program Prerequisite titas standard concertos and sonatas CONDUCTING Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Music 281 Offered in the spring semester Two hours Viola 379 380 Conducting I If I cr each and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which a week 101 102 2 cr each This course provides a study of the fundamentals of is appropriate for beginning class instruction For 283 Brass Class I I cr Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Sevcik Studies conducting as a performing skill teaching technique voice piano and organ majors in the music educa- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing (Lifschey) Hermann Technical Studies Telemann and as an interpretive art Use of the baton choral tion program offered in the fall semester Two hours and teaching the trumpet Study of literature which Concerto in G Klengel Album of Classical Pieces and instrumental rehearsal techniques and score a week is appropriate for beginning class instruction For reading Two hours a week woodwind brass string and percussion majors in 201 202 2 cr each 182 Woodwind Class 11 1 cr the music education program Offered in the fall and Continue scales and Sevcik Studies selected studies 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing I cr Performance technique on clarinet continued spring semester Two hours a week from Kreutzer 42 Etudes Stamitz Concerto in D Methods and materials pertinent to rehearsing and Teaching technique of oboe bassoon and saxophone Bruch Romance conducting jazz ensembles studio orchestras and covered For voice piano and organ majors in the 284 Brass Class 11 1 cr theater orchestras with an emphasis on conducting music education program Prerequisite Music 181 Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 301, 302 2 cr each as a performing skill as well as an interpretive art Offered in spring semester Two hours a week and teaching French horn trombone baritone and Continue scales and arpeggios scales in thirds sixths tuba Study of construction fingering and evalua- and octaves Palachko 20 Etudes Fiorillo selected 183 Woodwind Class I I cr ENSEMBLE tion of class methods and materials For woodwind studies from 36 Etudes Bach Three viola de gam- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing brass string and percussion majors in the music ba sonatas adapted for viola Required for all students as laboratory work during and teaching the clarinet Study of literature which each semester of full-time enrollment Non-music ma- is appropriate for beginning class instruction For education program Music 283 is not a prerequisite 401 402 2 cr each jors are invited to register for ensemble with permis- woodwind brass string and percussion majors in for this course offered in the fall and spring Scales and arpeggios continued selected studies sion of instructor the music education program offered in the fall and semesters Two hours a week from Campagnoli 41 Caprices Concerto in B minor spring semesters Two hours a week 381 String Class I I cr by Handel-Casaclesus Hindemith Music of Mourn- 143 Ensemble 0-1 cr each Each student selects one of the string instruments ing selected contemporary solos viola parts from Voice Piano and Organ Majors will participate in 184 Woodwind Class 11 1 cr and studies it throughout the semester in order to orchestral and chamber music literature ' a choral ensemble for each semester of enrollment Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Instrumental Majors will participate in Band or Or- and teaching the saxophone oboe flute and bas- attain greater technical proficiency Two hours a Violoncello chestra for each semester of enrollment soon Study of mechanism and evaluation of class week 101 102 2 cr each Instrumentalists are encouraged to take advantage methods and materials Students are expected to 382 String Class 11 1 cr Scales and arpeggios in three octaves Franchomme of oppurtunities to participate in choir keyboard or develop a reasonable performing skill on each instru- Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 12 Studies sonatas by Handel Corelli Concertos by voice majors are likewise encouraged to gain ex- ment For woodwind brass string and percussion and teaching the violin viola cello and bass Bow- Goltermann and Romberg perience in one of the instrumental ensembles majors in the music education program Music 183 ing positions vibrato and an examination of class is not a prerequisite for this course offered in the 201 202 2 cr each 147 148 Small Ensemble 0-1 cr each methods and materials are presented Two hours a Scales and arpeggios continued Duport Etudes The Small or Minor Ensembles include Brass Ensem- fall and spring semesters Two hours a week week Caleotti Sonata No 2 Marais Suite Romberg Con- ble Guitar Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Percussion 185 186 Voice Class I cr each 383 Elementary Methods 2 cr certo in D minor Ensemble String Orchestra Tamburitza Ensemble Fundamentals of voice production including place- Principles practices and materials for the general and Woodwind Ensemble ment breathing breath control study of vowels and 301 302 2 cr each program in the elementary grades A program of stu- Scales and arpeggios, continued Duport Etudes 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr each consonants posture elementary song materials in- dent presentations and discussion periods will be re- Grutzmacher Etudes sonatas by Grazioli Sammar- A performing class in which students learn standard terval and scale drill sight singing Proper stage quired Two hours a week Prerequisite 2 14 or 2 15 tini Goltermarm Concerto No 1 and other opera repertory in English and the original presence for recitals and concerts and comportment Piano Class languages There is one major production each in the classroom will be emphasized 401 402 2 cr each 384 Secondary Methods 2 cr semester plus several outside performances Scales and arpeggios as before but including thirds 213 214 Piano Class I cr each Principles practices and materials for the general sixths and octaves Duport Studies selected studies 141 Chamber Music 1-2 cr each The development of functional keyboard skills in sight music program in the secondary schools including from Franchomme 12 Caprices Concerto No 2 Study and performance of all types of chamber music reading transposition harmonization of melodies voice classification the organization of ensemble ac- Romberg Sonatas by Nardim and Sammartmi or- for the various instrumental combinations and improvisation of accompaniments Required of tivites concerts assembly programs and the rela- chestral studies all Music Education students with the exception of tionship of the school to the community Two hours piano majors Two hours a week Prerequisites Piano a week 11 1 1 12 or Advanced Standing Examination

94 95

385 Choral Methods I cr 152 Evolution of Jazz Styles 11 2 cr 440 Advanced Jazz Arranging 2 cr 308 Influence of Music on Behavior 2 cr This course deals with all aspects of choral singing A study and analysis of recorded improvised solos Advanced arranging techniques for the jazz and Reviews different treatment theories and their and their application to school music programs Em- relationship to music therapy Emphasizes the effects by major jazz artists from 1940 to the present studio ensembles phasis is placed on the development of performance of music on behavior and total health Develops a ensembles rehearsal techniques special choral prob- 455 Music and Mass Media I cr 138 1139 Composition 2 cr each philosophy of music therapy with a background in lems planning musical productions and practical The use of music in television and films industrial The study of writing of musical composition in the holistic health work in choral conducting and arranging includes shows stage shows etc and the composer/per- smaller forms 309' Directed Study in Music Therapy 2 cr principles practices materials and an overview of former rights under U S copyright law as well as 238 239 Composition 2 cr each Study topics from areas of music therapy psychology current teaching strategies and curriculum trends as agreements and relations between producers direc- These courses are offered in order to provide gifted of music brain research and other expressive applied to the total music program of the secondary tors performers writers and booking agents young composers an opportunity to receive guidance therapies are reviewed and discussed school Offered Spring Semester only involved in the development of advanced compositional 3 10 Recreational Instruments I cr 387 Marching Band Techniques - I cr techniques Permission of the chairman of the Theory Stresses a typical and functional uses of guitar and Principles practices and materials for the marching MUSIC THEORY Department is required covers other musical instruments and, devices for band including its role in the total music program The Theory Department recognizes the individual dif- 226 jazz Improvisation 1 2 cr recreational purposes organization and maintenance planning and ex- ferences of students and provides an opportunity for Beginning study and practice of melodic improvisa- No Specific text used Each student required to have ecuting of the field show basic maneuvers and them to advance according to their abilities tion conventional forms and chord progressions a guitar and harmonica rehearsal procedures employing idiomatic jazz and articulations major- 131, 132 Theory 2 cr each 481 Percussion Class Techniques I cr minor and modal scales 3 15 Piano Improvisation for Fundamental principles and techniques of playing This course is designed to acquaint the student with Music Therapy I cr 227 jazz Improvisation 11 2 cr and teaching the percussion instruments of the band the materials of musical composition using diatonic Development of functional keyboard skills in im- A continuation of 226 with an introduction to altered and orchestra with special emphasis on the keyboard harmony Opportunities for the student to do provisation on rhythm and dissonant chords as an scales and chords instruments Two hours a week creative work are provided Three hours a week aid in non-verbal communication with the handicap- 426 jazz Improvisation 111 2 cr ped client 490 Student Teaching 6 cr 133 134 Musicianship 2 cr each A continuation of 227 with an emphasis on I cr each Practice teaching in approved elementary and sec- The goals of the course are to develop good intona- 1 24 Music Therapy Practicurn chromatically altered scales chords and extended Each practicurn is a field placement in a clinical set- ondary schools under the guidance of a critic teacher tion and the ability to sight sing the ability to iden- forms and the college supervisor Note Before a student tify and notate melodies rhythm chords and com- ting for a minimum of one hour per week for 12-15 will be permitted to begin Student Teaching all field plete compositions and to develop inner hearing and 427 jazz Improvisation IV 2 cr weeks per semester Students are placed with music observations and methods classes including in- memory The devices used are solfeggio (singing Extension and continuation of 426 with an emphasis therapists who practice in a variety of clinical settings strumental classes piano woodwinds brass strings unison and ensemble music prepared and on sight) on the practical application of advanced techniques or with staff who can provide a structured therapeutic and voice must be satisfactorily completed Percus- drills on intervals and broken chords unison and two- to standard and jazz literature program Attendance at four monthly seminars per semester is required sion elementary and secondary methods must be part rhythm exercises keyboard work and clef 453 jazz Composition 1 2 cr taken in the same semester as student teaching- reading and systematically graded dictation The A study of advanced compositional techniques as ap- SACRED MUSIC Students will receive'complete instructions together course uses the moveable Do system based on the plied to contemporary jazz styles Analysis of jazz Kodaly method Two hours a week with lists of materials when they enroll in the Music compositions from 1940 to the present 209 Children s choirs I cr Education program Practical techniques to aid Materials and techniques used in dealing with 231 ' 232 Theory 2 cr each students in fulfilling the requirements will be explored 454 jazz Composition 11 2 cr children s choirs in various methods classes A continuation of 132 introducing chromatic harmony A continuation of 453 with emphasis on individual 431 432 Improvisation 2 cr each and the basic principles of contrapuntal writing style development A practical application of the basic tools of improvisa- MUSIC HISTORY, LITERATURE -AND ART Creative opportunities continued Three hours a week tion including harmonization of melodies at the 251 252 351 352 History and organ two and three part counterpoint short ABA Literature of Music 2 cr each 233, 234 Musicianship 2 cr each MUSIC THERAPY fo,ms and chorale preludes with emphasis on their An historical survey of the ideas and cultural A continuation of 134 Two hours a week 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 cr liturgical application achievements of Western man in the context of the An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in a 3 3 5 Counterpoint 478 479 Choral Conducting political and sociological developments to which the 2 cr variety of rehabilitation settings Observations fol- and Methods I cr each art of music is bound The survey embraces four The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic lowed by informal group discussions Basic theory Development of conducting technique The study semesters which are arranged chronologically These technique of the sixteenth century about the validity of music as therapy the relation- rehearsal and class performance of choral works in courses seek to provide a broad historical frame of 336 Counterpoint 2 cr ship of theory to practice intensive class participa- various styles reference within which the relationship of music to A course study concerned with the harmonic con- tion will be required to prove qualification for fur- the development of man s thought can be clearly trapuntal technique of the period of I S Bach ther in-depth study of the profession 464 Church Music Administration 2 cr seen along with a survey and analysis of represent- Seminar in practical aspects of church music ative literature 340 Orchestration 2 cr 108 Music in Therapy 3 cr establishing the music program in a church graded A study of the basic problems of scoring for individual An exposure to music therapy techniques used in choir systems children s choirs instruments in 451 452 Organ Literature 2 cr each instruments particularly orchestral choirs, the entire working with handicapped children and adults Ap- workshop contracts cantor systems worship com- A survey of organ literature and organ building as plications to current Practicurn work will be empha- orchestra and unique instrumental combinations missions etc it relates to organ registration The first semester Analysis of the techniques of orchestration of sized Prerequisite Music Therapy Orientation 107 2 cr treats organ music from the Renaissance through I selected composers of the 18th 19th and 20th 421 Gregorian Chant S Bach The second semester deals with the 307 Psychology of Music 2 cr The history notation and modal system of Gregorian centuries An exploration of musical behaviors and to a lesser literature from 1750 to the present outside listen- chant Class participation in the singing of chant ing and readings will be required 430 Jazz Arranging 2 degree all other art behaviors of a variety of cultures Chant as prayer and current liturgical application and sub-cultures beginning with the students per- A study of the basic techniques of scoring for in- 2 cr 151 Evolution of jazz Styles 1 2 cr dividual instruments and jazz ensembles of various sonal experience Extensive class participation will 420 Hymnody A study of the church s heritage of song the psalms A study of the origin development and styles of jazz sizes from small groups to studio orchestras Analysis be expected Prerequisite Introduction to the great hymns of the Medieval Church the heritage music and its ramifications with an emphasis on of scores by contemporary big band arrangers Psychology recorded music as well as scores

96 97

Of Luther Calvin and their followers English hym- ting and historical background and its general struc nodY American contributions twentieth-century ture and aesthetics School of Nursing hymnody with special emphasis on the theological 256 Introduction to Balkan Dance 2 cr framework for each major development in the history A survey of folk dances of the Balkan highlighting of hymns their development form indigenous characteristics HISTORY 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 cr differences and similarities from one ethnographic Since it is the policy of the University to establish evolving responsibilities within professional nursing A study of the basic conc&pts of organ construction region to another its schools under control of an already established based on changes and characteristics of the popula- with emphasis on the historical development of the school the School of Nursing was originally organized tion for whom health care will be delivered 147 Tamburitza Ensemble organ and the mechanical operation of the pipes and I cr each in 1935 as a unit in the College of Liberal Arts and in making explicit the philosophy that underpins The Tamburitza Ensemble involves the study and per- console Tuning voicing and esthetics of organ Sciences On March 15 1937 the Department of the theoretical framework of nursing the concepts formance of music specifically composed and ar- design will be discussed Nursing Education was given the status of a separate of man and health are studied in relation to nursing ranged for both small and large Tamburitza string as a human science Man is a sentient living unity 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 cr school with a Dean in charge On December 3 1937 ensembles It encompasses the fundamental prin- a creative act of God Man and environment in their A survey of choral and vocal literature for the church the State Board of Education of theCommonwealth ciples and techniques for both playing and teaching openness evolve unidirectionally Existence with with emphasis on practical materials for church of Pennsylvania approved the school and authorized the Tamburitza and includes_appropriate literature others in the world co-existence is recognized choirs soloists and congregations Duquesne University to confer the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing and the degree of through patterns of expression This existence is co 407 408 Service Playing NON—MUSIC I cr each MAJORS Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education upon constituted that is man s relationship with the en An introduction to service playing for students minor- 321 Music for the Classroom Teacher 2 cr graduates according to the appropriate curriculum vironment is participative Within limitations of situa ing in organ Hymn playing score reading anthem The aim of this course is to assist the student in gain- Previously the School of Nursing offered two pro- tion man has the freedom to choose a way of being and canticle accompaniments and conducting from ing an appreciation of the importance of music in the grams both leading to the degree of bachelor of with the world and in that choosing gives meaning the console will be emphasized lives of children a knowledge of fundamental prin- Science in Nursing however since 1964 both generic to a situation cfples of instruction in music and a familiarity with nursing students and registered nurse students enroll Health is a process of being and becoming which TAMBURITZANS INSTITUTE OF FOLK ARTS the variety of musically enriching experience in the same program is experienced by man It is a personal process that 161 162 Introduction to affords each individual the potential for productive Folk Dance 2 cr each GENERAL EDUCATION SCHOOL OF NURSING PHILOSOPHY and meaningful life that is congruent with individual The course introduces folk dance as a genre of move- AND DEFINITION OF NURSING belief systems and values which arise from a multi- 492 Development of the Creative cultural society Every person has the freedom to ment examining the types and styles of folk dance Personality The philosophy of the School of Nursing evolves from found among different nations and cultures of the 3 cr that of Duquesne University As such it guides the choose changing dimensions of health and health This course encourages creative growth through the world in addition it will familiarize the student with development of a personal philosophy of life based values which emerge from ethnic and cultural development and execution of individual and group the varying types of music and rhythms used as on a Judeo-Christian frame of reference and supports customs and characteristics Health is assessed by projects in music music education and music therapy dance accompaniment in different nations and a coririmitment to the values which give meaning to citizens and promoters of health care through a par Limited enrollment with the consent of the instruc- cultures and it will touch upon the related areas of ticipative process which involves joint planning and tor Prerequisites Introduction to Psychology and life folk instruments folk singing styles language Educational Psychology The faculty believes that the academic discipline of decision-making customs and folk costuming nursing is a human science profession primarily con- The faculty of the School of Nursing has defined Descriptions of courses in English modern languages nursing as an academic discipline that seeks to 255 Introduction to Balkan Music 2 cr cerned with the health care of man with family evolv- psychology sociology and education required in the ing from conception through death Nursing focuses understand man as living health through the pro- An analytical study of the primitive and traditional several curricula will be found in the College of cesses of life caring change inquiry and valuing folk music of the Balkans its musical styles forms on helping individuals and families to enhance the Liberal Arts and Sciences and School of Education quality of living through the promotion of health The The practice of nursin^ applies knowledge and and characteristics in terms of its geographical set- sections of this Catalog nurse initiates interrelationships with families to help theories from this discipline and from the humanities them describe their health evaluate alternatives and and natural sciences in the promotion of health mobilize their resources for planning change Cen- Health promotion occurs through the utilization of tral to nursing practice is the Nurse/Client/Family the Nurse/Client/Family process as the nurse par- process which is deliberate systematic and in- ticipates in care giving health education and dividually designed This is a shared process where leadership decision-making is focused on freedom to choose The uniqueness of the Duquesne University within the limitations of situation while considering graduate is based on an appreciation and under- the safety of all concerned standing of the philosophy and the beliefs about man The nurse uses theories concepts and research and health These beliefs are reflected in nursing findings to substantiate nursing practice The profes- practice through an approach that embraces man in sional nurse is a creative innovator who finds satisfac- his wholeness as one who continually moves forward tion in giving service to others regularly evaluates increasing in complexity through individual patterns self and plans for continuing self-growth Through of expression The nursing practice of this graduate systematic inquiry the professional nurse promotes is also based on the recognition that the responsibility the discipline of nursing and provides direction for for the health situation is a shared process in which the future of nursing the nurse client and family participate The educational process is a co-constituted one in The Duquesne University School of Nursing bac- which teacher and learner plan experiences and calaureate program graduates a generalist who has share knowledge The emergence of new knowledge the flexibility to practice in a variety of settings The is encouraged through the ongoing interrogation of program emphasizes nursing as a human science and present knowledge and new experience This provides a foundation for graduate study enhances the nurse s preparation for future and

98 99

PROGRAM PURPOSES, GOAL AND tual framework of the professional nursing program he or she receives the necessary clearance from both INDICATORS an associate degree in nursing program The nurs- Professional nursing courses which constitute the ing major portion of the program is being scheduled institutions The purposes of the program are nursing major include theory and practice in the during the evening hours for the convenience of the I A student must bring to the academic advisor I To prepare the graduate for begining levels of nursing care of individuals and families Learning op- working nurse both the catalogue description of courses he or she professional nursing in a variety of settings portunities are provided in hospitals in homes and All students in the B S N Evening Program must wishes to take and the schedule for the summer ses- 2 To provide the foundation for graduate educa- in the community complete the University s liberal arts requirement sion in which they are given The academic advisor tion in nursing The faculty of the School of Nursing conducts all prior to progressing to the nursing major Any will evaluate the proposed courses and confirm the professional nursing courses and also guides and The program goal is to practice nursing as a human previously earned college credits will be evaluated other institutions accreditation status directs the practicurn learning experiences varie- science in a variety of settings A for application toward the degree requirements 2 ordinarily a student who has acqyired 60 or ty of hospitals and agencies cooperate with the Within the philosophy and purposes of the School more credits may not receive advanced standing for School of Nursing to provide a wide selection of ex- of Nursing the faculty has formulated a curriculum Admission Requirements courses taken at accredited community or two-year cellent practice settings that provAes learning experiences to assist students 9 High school diploma or equivalent colleges Language courses at the elementary or in- Upon the successful completion of this program to acquire specific knowledge and skills The in- termediate level are exceptions and may be taken graduates will be eligible to write the examination 9 Graduation from an accredited associate degree dicators of this program state that upon completion even though the student has already earned 60 or (2 P minimum) or diploma nursing program for ficensure in the state in which they wish to 5 0 A - of the program the graduate more credits practice 9 Current licensure as a registered nurse in I Promotes the rights and dignity of man in health candidate for the Bachelor s degee must com- The faculty reserves the right to make changes in Pennsylvania 3 A ca re plete the last 30 credits Jexclusive of challenge the curriculum and program requirements which are • Present or past experience in nursing 2 Initiates health care from the perspective of believed to be in keeping with the changing health credits) toward the degee at Duquesne University • Verification of active malpractice insurance client s and family s belief about health needs of society and/or the best interest of the 4 A student is responsible for earning a C grade • Fulfillment of prescribed science and math re- 3 Engages client and family in a health care students and the School to maintain quality profes- or its equivalent or better if he or she expects to quirements of the School of Nursing decision-making process relative to the man— sional nursing education receive advanced standing The student must arrange environment inter-relationship • Personal interview to have an official copy of the transcript of grades ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS earned at the institution in which he or she is a tem- 4 Evaluates nursing as a human science in pro- • An annual physical examination and certain im- ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATES porary transfer sent to the academic advisor in the viding health care to clients and families and groups munization and health tests are required of all nurs- The specific entrance requirements for admission are ing students attending Duquesne University School of Nursing in order to receive advanced stand- 5 Promotes professional standards ofresponsibili- I The applicant s high school curriculum must in- ing This transcript must be sent immediately upon ty and accountability in nursing practice Further information can be obtained from the clude a minimum of 16 units distributed as follows completion of the course to be transferred Academic Advisor in the School of Nursing 6 Uses current research findings in providing a English 4 units required basis for change in nursing practice ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AND Social Studies 3-4 units recommended REQUIREMENTS 7 Participates in stud ies/projects which enhance Language 2 units recommended TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION Student Liability insurance (Professional) nursing practice Math & Science 6 units recommended See Admissions Section for further for three years $4500 8 Enhances own effectiveness in nursing based on (I unit Chemistry and requirements Uniforms nurse s cap duty shoes continuous self-evaluation I unit Algebra Admission criteria for transfer students 5 from the transferring identification pin 10700 9 required) I A cumulative OPI^ of 2 Synthesizes knowledge from relaied sciences clinical student s institution Transportation to and from and the humanities in the utilization of the nursing 2 A candidate must have been graduated from an agencies (weekly) 10 00 (approx process approved secondary school in the upper two-fifths 2 1 unit of chemistry and I unit of algebra which School of Nursing pin if desired 5000 of the class and must have demonstrated exemplary can be from either a secondary school or post- 10 Evaluates the values and goals of the nursing pro- Physical examinations diagnostic procedures personal conduct in the institution secondary institution fession in light of the continued development of and immunizations (cost varies) Personal interview with the Academic Advisor nursing 3 The primary consideration for admission is the 3 Physical Assessment Kit 2500 secondary school academic record This is con- in the School of Nursing NLN Achievement Test Package 10 7 5 (approx I DEGREE sidered to be the most important criterion of suc- Provisions affecting placement All students entering Nursing III are expected to pro- The School of Nursing undergraduate program leads cess at Duquesne University It is the desire of the I No transfer student can be accepted into nurs- duce evidence of completion of first aid certification to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Admissions Committee to admit those candidates ing practicurn courses during the first semester of at- and CPR certification Students will not be permit- who possess qualities of character and intellect and PROGRAM OF STUDY tendance at Duquesne University ted to enter clinical without evidence of these com- who show promise of development into useful and 2 Only courses taken within the past ten years will petencies Students are expected to maintain curren- The School of Nursing offers a program with a ma- contributing citizens 1 be evaluated for transfer credit For courses in the cy in these competencies as they progress through jor in nursing leading to a bachelors degree to 4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores of natural sciences the limit is five years The time limit the program qualified high school graduates registered nurses the' required College Entrance Examination Board An annual physical examination and certain im- non-nursing baccalaureate graduates and qualified may be evaluated in specific instances Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with the munizations and health tests are required for all transfer students The program includes four years DEGREE PROGRAM standards to which the University adheres SECOND students in the School of Nursing Pre-clinical of study and is designed to provide the student with Applicants holding a baccalaureate with a major In specific instances and at the discretion of the students must complete specific health requirements the knowledge and the skills needed to practice as other than nursing must follow transfer student ad- Committee on Admissions the genuine equivalent by August I before proceeding to the junior and a professional nurse generalist upon graduation The mission procedures They should also arrange for a of these requirements may be accepted in lieu of the Senior clinical practicurn general and professional education acquired in this personal interview with the academijadvisor in the foregoing precise requirements See the section on Each student is responsible for transportation to program provides a basis for the graduate to prog- School of Nursing Admissions for other University requirements and from hospital and other clinical resources Each ress to positions of increasing responsibility and to student will be expected to have access to an undertake graduate study - REGISTERED /TEMPORARY TRANSFER NURSE STUDENTS automobile to permit experience with home care of The curriculum design has three components com- With the approval of the academic advisor a nurs- Duquesne University School of Nursing is currently clients and their families plementary courses supplementary courses and ing student may take courses during the summer at developing an evening program to be offered to core nursing courses The course offerings in the an accredited college or university other than registered nurses This program is being designed STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS natural biological and human sciences support the Duquesne University A student wishing to do this to meet the needs of the registered nurse student The nursing student is a member of the general stu- philosophy that provides the basis for the concep- will become a temporary transfer student providing who is a graduate of a hospital diploma program or

me ME

dent body and may select and participate in any of quesne University Challenge credits are not includ- student should first discuss the difficulty with the per-, 199 Nursing 1 3 cr the campus organizations There are numerous social ed in this 30 credit requirement son directly involved This course introduces the students to the discipline sororities and organizations as well as professional If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved the ap- of nursing as a human science The students in the organizations Degree requirements must be completed within 10 years after initial enrollment At the end of the propriate course coordinator should be consulted course explore nursing as a human science in light Alpha Tau Delta (meaning through force of character) I 0-year period the student s record is re-evaluated if the problem persists 'the associate dean should of the major concepts of man and health Students is a national professional fraternity for persons in in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time and then be contacted are introduced to key themes of the conceptual nursing Theta Chapter was chartered on the Du- the student is advised of any additional requirements In the event that a satisfactory agreement still has framework which have been identified as the proc- quesne University campus on April 21 1938 Only for graduation The responsibility for fulfilling degree not been reached the student should present his/her esses of life change valuing inquiry caring and full-time students who have completed a minimum requirements rests with the student case before the Student Standing Committee of the family/nurse/client Students explore the process of of one semester in the School of Nursing with a School of Nursing man s coming to know and investigate the historical cumulative quality point average of 2 5 are eligible If the problem is not satisfactorily resolved a con- emergence of nursing as a profession and discipline Sigma Theta Tau is the national nursing honorary Socie- RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE sultation with the dean of the School of Nursing 200 Nursing 11 3 cr ty The Duquesne University Nursing Honor Society First Year I should be arranged This course builds on Nursing I The students examine was granted a chapter of Sigma Theta Tau Epsilon Courses Courses Credits Should the problem still remain unresolved a Re- nursing as a human science in light of inter-relating Phi in November of 1981 Membership is open to Natural Science** 4 Natural Science 3 quest of Hearing form should be filed with the Vice health and man-m-his-family Students will examine students faculty and alumni who meet the criteria Eng 101 —English Comp 3 Eng 102 —Eng Comp 11 3 President for Academic Affairs within 20 days of the man as he lives in his health situation and as he par- for election Psych 103 —Intro to Psych 3 Soc 101 —survey of soc 3 dean s decision ticipates in the health care system Students explore Speech Class Organizations 3 N 199 —Nursing I - - 3 If the Academic Vice President s findings determine the process of valuing nursing research through Each of the four classes is an of- Phil fically recognized organization in the School of Nur- 104 —Intro to Phil 3 that a legitimate grievance exists he will convene the systematic inquiry leading toward the development sing Each class elects its own officers and conducts 13 15 academic due process committee In all cases the of nursing theory Students are encouraged to iden- such programs and affairs as its members deem Second Year decision of the academic due process committee is tify the meaning of responsibility for self as learner desirable toward achieving its goals All students are Bio 207 and 208 —Anatomy N 212 —Pathology 4 final If the Academic Vice President finds that a moving toward becoming a professional nurse included in these organizations & Physiology** 4 Psych 226 —Developmental legitimate grievance does not exist he/she will inform Students will begin to explore,the nursing process Psych 225 —Developmental Psychology If - - 3 the student within (30) days of his/her determination - Psychology I - - and the components of a basic nursing assessment HONOR AWARDS 3 Math 225 —Fund of Slats 3 Prerequisite Nursing 1 N 255 —Nutrition— 3 Pharin 3—Basic Pharm ** 3 Curriculum Standards in addition to graduation honors these awards are Philosophy or Theology 3 Nursing Elective 3 To progress to the nursing practice courses a 212 Pathology 4 cr presented at Honors Day N 200 —Nursing 1[-- 3 minimum cumulative OPA of 2 0 is required with a The students in this course examine the major proc- The Mary W Tobin Gold Medal and The Dean Johnson 16 16 minimum of a C grade in the natural sciences (Biology esses associated with disease such as infection, in- Memorial Medal are awarded annually to two outstand- Third Year and Chemistry) Anatomy and Physiology (including flammation and the immune response The major ing seniors chosen by the faculty The Mary W Tobin N 340 —Nursing 111 9 N 341 —Nursing IV- 9 laboratory) Nutrition Pathology Nursing I and 11 diseases affecting man and health in today s society Gold Medal is awarded by the Theta Chapter of Soc 325 —Farmly Systems 3 Philosophy or Theology 3 Basic Pharmacology and Developmental Psychology are explored Lecture four hours Prerequisites Alpha Tau Delta National Professional Fraternity for General Elective 3 Nursing Elective 3 I and 11 Anatomy and Physiology Lecture and Laboratory persons in nursing It was established in 1945 to 15 15 The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right to Offered during Spring Semester only honor Mary Tobin on the occasion of her retirement withdraw any student from the nursing major who Fourth Year 255 Nutrition 3 cr from the University The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal N 460—Nursing V- 9 N 461 —Nursing VI- in its opinion has not progressed satisfactorily in 9 nursing practice even though the quality point This course studies nutrition principles and their im- commemorates Dean Johnson s contributions to the Nursing Elective 3 General Elective 3 portance to all ages Topics covered include factors N 470 —Research Process 3 General Elective average meets required standards growth of the School of Nursing 3 influencing food habits exploration of ways in which 15 15 Students must maintain a minimum of a C grade NLN ACHIEVEMENT TESTS in each clinical nursing course A Pass/Fail grade is nurses may help families and individuals apply nutri- *These courses must be taken during the semesters indicated tion facts for promotionof health and well-being and All nursing students are expected to take NLN —Pre-requisite to Nursing HI given in clinical practice An F in either theory or recent research in relation to such national problems Achievement Tests during their academic program Natural Sciences Students are directed to enroll in Principles of clinical practice will result in an F grade for the as heart disease obesity and increased life span The following achievement tests will be administered Chemistry I during the Fall semester and General Biology if during course as scheduled the Spring semester Students may repeat non-nursing courses one time Lecture three hours Sophomore year NLN Achievement Test When Student Rights only This includes support course's offered in and 340 Nursing 111 9 cr I Allied Science First semester of Jr Year/Nursing HI Bill of Rights—A stater6ent of the student Bill of Rights out of the School of Nursing that is Anatomy and This is the first clinical nursing course and it builds 11 Medical Surgical Nursing is available to all students in the Duquesne Univer- Physiology and Lab Pathology Basic Pharmacology on Nursing 11 in which the student begins to examine and sity Student Handbook The student handbook can and Nutrition Students may repeat only one course the processes of life valuing change inquiry car- III Psychiatric Nursing End of It Year/Nursing IV at the 300 level and one at the 400 level in the nurs- ing and the nurse/clieKt/family process In Nursing IV Parent/Child Nursing End of first semester Senior be acquired in either the student government office Year/Nursing V located in the student union or in the secretary s of- ing major III these processes will be further explored in rela- V Community Nursing Second semester Senior Year/ fice of the School of Nursing The student is cautioned to seek regular advice tion to man s unidirectional movement as lived Nursing VI School of Nursing Student Handbook—A copy of from the faculty and to keepa record of credits earn- through health patterns the School of Nursing Student Handbook is available ed and the calculated averages The School assumes The nurse/client/family process is the method used The student is responsible for all fees to all nursing students in the School of Nursing Of- no responsibility for such errors appearing in student by the discipline to promote health Use of theory records which may prevent the student from being as a basis for practice is emphasized The students GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS fice This handbook contains information important to the students within the School of Nursing graduated will utilize knowledge from the sciences and General University requirements for graduation are The faculty of the School of Nursing reserves the humanities as he/she practices the nurse/ in the Academic Policies section of this catalog In School of Nursing Grievance Procedure right"to make any changes in the curriculum that client/family process in a clinical setting with clients addition specific School of Nursing requirements are Grievance procedures must be initiated within 30 seem necessary or desirable experiencing changing patterns of health The course I Successful completion of all clinical practicums days of the occurrence which gave rise to the is offered during ' the Fall semester Prerequisites grievance With the knowledge of the involved par- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 2 Completion of the required curriculum plan Natural Sciences Anatomy and Physiology lecture ties either party may request that another person Descriptions of courses in liberal arts and sciences and lab Pathology Nutrition Pharmacology Nurs- 3 A candidate for the Bachelor s degree must com- be present during the discussions plete the last 30 credits toward the degree at Du- may be found in the College of Liberal Arts and ing I and 11 Developmental Psychology I and 11 If difficulty arises between student and faculty, the Sciences section pages 13 to 57

102 103

341 Nursing IV 9 cr 470 The Research Process 3 cr play as a form of communication by observation and evaluation and change to simulated nurse/client/ Nursing IV is the second clinical nursing course and This introductory course offers students an oppor- evaluation of children s play by utilizing selected family situations Prerequisite Nursing III builds on the learnings of Nursing III The course tunity to examine the historical perspectives of nurs- techniques The selected play techniques that will be 466 Choosing the Living in Dying 3 cr focuses on decision-making as a participative ing research as well as trends and issues which have presented are Drawings (draw-a-man draw-a-family Choosing the Living in Dying is a three-credit non- endeavor within the nurse/client/family process emerged These are discussed and critically analyzed draw-a-house-tree-person) Pigem s Question Three clinical elective for nursing majors The focus of the Nursing IV also provides the student the oppor- Ethical implications of nursing research are con- Wishes Story Completion Make-up a Story Puppet course is on dying as an evolutionary life experience tunity to explore adult man as he experiences chang- sidered integratively The students are encouraged Play and Therapeutic Play Interviews Prerequisite Emphasis is placed on the quality of living throughout ing patterns of energy in select nurse/client situations to examine the research process from a natural scien- 225 Developmental Psychology I Open to any the dying process The learners will develop their The course is divided into three units emphasizing tific viewpoint as well as from a human science ap- University student perspectives of the dying process and current issues nurse/client decision-making These decisions are proach Further application of the research process in America related to that process Meaning will be made in the following health care situations high risk to nursing studies is explored through critical evalua- 399 Health Education 3 cr enhanced through the sharing of thoughts feelings crisis short-term and long-term The family and com- tion of current research Prerequisite Nursing IV This course focuses upon the nurse s role as health munity are discussed as client support systems educator and allows the student to explore the and perceptions within the group process Prereq- uisite Nursing III Nursing IV offers a clinical component in which the NURSING ELECTIVES dynamic world of health education in today s socie- student cares for select clients in the acute medical- ty The major issues confronting the nurse as a 481 Political Accountability In 260 Ways of Healing 3 cr surgical and psychiatric settings The course is offered teacher are emphasized together with the processes Nursing Practice 3 cr This course will explore many of the ways in which during the Spring semester Prerequisite Nursing III of valuing and change in health education The learn- Political Accountability in Nursing Practice is a three- clients and their families are involved in the process ing needs of the client-family are carefully scrutin- credit non-clinical nursing elective The student is in- 460 Nursing V 9 cr of healing which are not thought to be medically ized The student has the opportunity to write and volved in learning how to act as a professional nurse Nursing V the third clinical nursing course builds traditional This course will begin by looking at man s implement a teaching plan design an evaluation tool in the political system in the United States A specific upon the learning in Nursing IV The student ex- belief systems and how they affect his life and and create teaching aids Prerequisite Nursing III method of processing information about public issues amines nursing as a participant with evolving families specifically the healing process The student will ex- will be taught individual and group positions on For the purpose of this course the term evolving plore the mystery around unconventional or unex- 299 Nursing and Spirituality 3 cr health care issues based on a clear statement of the family will be viewed as a family primarily concerned pected healing and look at this in relationship to This course will initially identify the universal and student s personal philosophy and an analysis of rele- with childbearing and childrearing The student will man s belief systems which are a reflection of how timeless truth of the spiritual dimension of man s vant data will be developed Students will become focus on the interrelatedness and vulnerability of the man participates in his own health The student will nature It will then investigate case histories in nurs- acquainted with the groups avalilable to professional family members as they strive toward family unity then look at in depth two ways of healing One way ing which focus on spiritual needs encountered in the The student will initiate interrelationships with nurse-client relationship The student will be en- nurses to assist with data collection Knowledge of is biofeedback The other is visual imagery with relax- the law and legislative process will be used to make evolving families as they experience separateness/ couraged to develop an awareness of his/her own ation techniques as researched by Dr Carl 0 Simon- decisions on appropriate actions Students will con- togetherness to describe their health evaluate alter- ton The underlying theory will be explored case spiritual growth through nursing experiences in ad- tact local state and national legislators for the pur- natives and mobilize resources in planning change histories will be discussed and the student will get dition the student will discover the gift he/she brings poses of initiating dialogue receiving information Nursing practice will be based upon caring valuing an opportunity to practice these techniques on to the nursing situation when spiritual needs are and stating their positions Prerequisite Nursing Ili and change processes to assist the family in the him/herself In addition the application of these recognized and shared (entered into) with the client mobilization of resources for health care techniques to the nurse /chent/fa mi ly process will be Prerequisite Nursing III 499 Directed Study 3 cr ,The course is presented in two units Unit I utilizes explored There will also be student group presen- 300 Ways of Relating 3 cr The course in Directed Studies provides students with the nurse/client/family process with evolving families tations around seven other ways healing can occur This course builds on basic communication theory the opportunity to pursue an area of individual in- as they experience life processes The concept These are psychic surgery hypnosis spiritual heal- and skills it offers the student the opportunity to terest in nursing which is consistent with the cur- separateness/togetherness is utilized to explore the ing acupuncture acupressure laying on of hands and enhance interpersonal relationships through increas- riculum Students will have the opportunity to needs of the individual within the family the inter- hex/voodoo Prerequisite Nuising 1 ing self-awareness and critical analysis of one s own generate goals related to the area of interest they relatedness of family members and family dynamics wish to pursue and to formulate and implement a 397 Health Care of Women 3 cr patterns This knowledge promotes the motivation as the family progresses towards unity The major plan for achieving these goals By special permission Health Care of Women is a nursing elective that will toward changing the individual s style of relating The focus in Unit 11 is the concept of family vulnerability student learns to apply the skills of critical analysis only The concept separateness/togetherness continues provide students with an opportunity to explore to be used to explore man and his family s experience many of the prevalent health experiences of women of health Prerequisites Nursing IV Family Systems in contemporary society This course investigates aspects of women s health that involve choices 461 -Nursing VI 9 cr relative to the quality of their lives it will provide Nursing VI is the final clinical nursing course and students with an opportunity to analyze health pro- builds on prior learnings The focus of the course is motion for women from a nursing perspective It will on the promotion of health with groups in both com- provide them with the knowledge of health resources munity and acute care settings The nurse/client/fami- available to meet the specific needs of women ly process is the vehicle through which the student Prerequisite Nursing III participates in health promotion Emphasis 398 Communicating with Children throughout this course is on the collaborative func- Through Play 3 cr tion of the nurse leader The collaborative process with multi-disciplinary health team members provides Communicating with Children through Play is a non- the opportunity for the generation of nursing clinical elective for any student who is interested in research possibilities pre-school-aged school-aged and adolescent The course is presented in two units The first unit children The focus of the course is on play,as an deals with the nature of groups groups of clients evolutionary life experience Emphasis is placed on play as a means of understanding children s behavior the family as a group and the community as a group The second unit deals with the nurse as a member as a valuable resource for anticipatory guidance with children and as a means for the child to work and a leader of the nursing team and as a member through some of his immediate life stresses The par- of the multi-disciplinary health care team Prereq- uisite Nursing V ticipants will expand their perspectives of children s 105 104

quence Legal requirements of all states are met with Curriculum School of Pharmacy regard to graduation from an accredited college of A minimum of 30 credits in the co-mbined general pharmacy Licensure in the several states may be ac- education areas of humanities and social sciences is HISTORY quired by meeting specific additional requirements required for graduation from the School of Pharmacy of each particular state (fifteen in the Humanities including English Composi- Plans for establishing a,School of Pharmacy were in- laws in recent years pharmacists have entered the tion and Theology and six in the Social Sciences and stituted in 191 1 when the charter of the University fields of nuclear pharmacy and drug information- nine credits chosen from either area in consultation was amended and authority obtained to grant poison control Many pharmacists find employment with the advisor) Courses fulfilling the Theology re- degrees in Pharmacy On April 20 1925 the final as chemists or biologists in industrial and research quirement are listed under the Department of work of organinng the School of Pharmacy was com- organizations in allied fields others enter the pro- Residency Requirements The pharmacy curriculum has been designed to pro- Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences pleted The first class was received September 21 fession of teaching Additional study is required for vide a sequence of courses leading to professional section of this catalog 1925 some of these positions A few pharmacists continue competence The minimum time period in which this The faculty recommends and reserves the right to Duquesne University School of Pharmacy is housed their study in other health professions leading to a may be accomplished has been determined by the require completion of course clusters in the in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science whose design second professional degree or an advanced degree faculty to be three years of full-time residency This humanities and social sciences as a means to pro- by master architect Mies van der Rohe won the in the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences residency requirement for the final years of the pro- vide a strong general education for all health pro- Laboratory of the Year award for 1969 in the The School of Pharmacy directs the professional fessional curriculum is in accordance with a policy fessionals A list of the suggested course clusters annual Industrial Research Inc survey of new science program leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy degree statement ratified by the American Association of appears at the end of this section buildings across the country The School s specialized Those graduates are qualified for placement in clinical Colleges of Pharmacy and followed by all colleges The student is cautioned to seek regular advice facilities include the Hugh C Muldoon Model Phar- pharmacy positions in hospitals across the nation of pharmacy in establishing minimum residency re- from the faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- macy animal operating room electronics laboratory Medical technologists work under the direction of quirements as well as guidelines for professional ed and the calculated averages The School assumes equipped with individual kits bionucleonics a pathologist or clinical scientist In the field of education The residency requirement is applicable no responsibility for such errors appearing in student laboratory eight additional teaching laboratories Medical Technology positions are available in records which may prevent the student from being and a manufacturing pharmacy laboratory contain- to all students regardless of advanced standing hospital and industrial laboratories preparing tissue graduated ing basic, pharmaceutical manufacturing equipment samples and slides for microscopic study taking status I and separate tableting and aerosol technology blood samples storing plasma and keeping records rooms of tests in the field of Radiological Health positions as PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES health physicist are available in hospitals and any First Year The School of Pharmacy as an integral part of the laboratories and industrial facilities which use D L C* Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester University embodies as its own the mission and radioisotopes 3 — 3 101 English Composition 3 — 3 102 English Composition goals set forth by the University The Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences 4 — 4 105 College Algebra and It 5 Calculus 1 The School of Pharmacy has many important mis- of Duquesne University offers programs through the 3 4 4 Trigonometry 4 — 4 112 General Biology sions but the primary mission of the School is to Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences leading to 3 8 5 III General Biology 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry prepare practitioners for life-long careers in phar- the Doctor of Philosophy degree in pharmaceutical macy and allied health sciences Academic training 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 chemistry and medicinal chemistry and the Master I — I must build sufficient knowledge and skill to allow 1 Pharm Orientation 16 of Science degree in the fields of pharmaceutics 14 8 16 13 12 graduates to practice in the present environment and pharmaceutical chemistry pharmacology-toxicology to grow and adapt as the practice environment and medicinal chemistry Second Year D L C* changes Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester 3 4 4 The curriculum in pharmacy represents a com- DEGREES 201 General Physics 4 2 4 206 Organic Chemistry 10 — 10 posite of educational experiences that results in a The School of Pharmacy offers programs leading to 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 General Electives well-educated and well-trained professional and of- three undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Science 121 Elements of Economics 2 1 3 Theology or 3 — 3 fers the undergraduate student a well-rounded and in Pharmacy Bachelor of Science in Medical 14 Pharmaceutical Math 3 — 3 General Elective broad education which will inspire a permanent Technology and Bachelor of Science in Radiological General Elective 3 — 3 16 6 17 interest in learning Health these are described on the following pages 15 7 17 in order to be a competent pharmacist the stu- Descriptions of advanced degrees offered by the Third Year dent must become a therapeutic specialist who has faculty of the School of Pharmacy are found in other D L C* Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester knowledge of drugs and their actions Secondly the catalogs available from the School of Pharmacy 3 4 4 I I Physical Pharmacy 3 4 4 12 Physical Pharmacy pharmacist must possess skills and knowledge to office 3 3 4 13 Pharmaceutical Law 3 — 3 16 Biochemistry manage a professional practice The comprehensive — 4 17 Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 4 18 Anatomy & Physiology 4 and specialized nature of the curriculum offers the PROGRAMS 1 General Elective 3 — 3 35 Medical Microbiology & Pharmacy graduate a choice of occupations within PHARMACY immunology 3 3 4 the profession and its closely allied fields as well as 10 16 The School of Pharmacy offers a Bachelor of Science 12 7 14 13 an adequate foundation for the continuation of degree in Pharmacy upon completion of the studies on a graduate level in many areas undergraduate professional program The first two Fourth Year Spring Semester Within the profession of Pharmacy a graduate may years encompass many courses offered by the Col- Fall Semester D L C* 22 Biopharmaceutics become a community pharmacist hospital phar- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences in addition to 21 Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 4 8 4 macist or a pharmacist in government service Many several professional courses The latter three years and Dosage Forms 4 — 4 34 Pharmacology 4 — 4 pharmacists find employment as medical service of study are taught mainly by the pharmacy faculty 33 Pharmacology 3 — 3 28 organic Pharm Analysis 3 — 3 representatives for drug manufacturers Some enter with electives being available from both that faculty 26 Pharmacognosy 4 — 4 38 Pharmacy Admin 3 — 3 the wholesale drug business and the pharmaceutical and all other schools of the University Students are 27 Analytical Chemistry 3 7 4 General or Professional manufacturing industry Graduates in pharmacy are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy for all years Elective 3 — 3 exceptionally well-qualified to become agents for the Transfer students are enrolled according to qualifica- 17 8 17 enforcement of narcotic and pure food and drug tions in the second or third year of the five-year se- 13 10 15

106 107

Fifth Year** Fifth Year *This year is organized on a special calendar that does not coincide with other units of the University No Therapeutics 6 cr students may enter the year with any prior course deficiencies Students may not ordinarily enroll for non- Clinical Clerkship 3 cr professional courses during this year With the controlled externship (Practical Pharmacy 39 4 1) schedule Controlled Externship 9 cr fifth-year Pharmacy students should anticipate possible extra costs for living expenses as well as the loss Patient Education Techniques 3 cr of income from employment Social & Behavioral Aspects of Illness Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* & Health 2 cr 23 Medicinal Chemistry 3 — 3 24 Medicinal Chemistry 3 — 3 Professional Elective, 10 cr 31 Professional and 32 Professional and - 33 cr Clinical Practice 3 6 4 Clinical Practice 3 6 4 39 Practical Pharmacy I — — 3 36 Public Health 3 — 3 *Portions of the new curriculum are being phased in for students in the Classes of 1984 1985 and 1986 As Electives — — 6 41 Practical Pharmacy 11 — — 3 a result of faculty evaluation of this phase-in changes may be made in some parts of the curriculum indicated Elective — — 3 for the Class of 1987 and succeeding classes 6 6 16 9 6 16

*D—Didactic hours L—Laboratory Hours C—Credit hours AREAS OF CONCENTRATION I Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence During the fourth year (earlier if possible) each phar- sional area of choice Students may make their own Minimum credits for B S in Pharmacy Degree— 160 sufficient elective courses must be taken to satisfy the macy student is urged to select an area of concen- selection of courses in consultation with their minimum credit requirements tration from one of the following areas Community advisors Practice Institutional Practice Industrial Practice The following courses are approved for the respec- Nuclear Pharmacy or Pre-Graduate Study tive areas of concentration The course clusters represent depth in a profes- NEW PHARMACY CURRICULUM* For classes entering in Fall 1982 and thereaftei Community Practice Industrial Practice 29—Emergency Treatment 50 1 —Manufacturing Pharmacy First Year 502 —Pharmaceutical Formulation Fall Semester Spring Semester 58—Community Practice I 59—Community Practice 11 and Development General Biology 4 cr General Biology 4 cr All—Psychology 539—Bionucleonics General Chemistry 4 cr General Chemistry 5 cr All—Sociology 306—Applied Electronics English Composition' 3 cr English Composition 3 cr 361—Principles of Management Laboratory Calculus I 4 cr Humanities Elective 3 cr 39 41—Practical Pharmacy I If 39 41—Practical Pharmacy 1 11 Pharmacy Orientation I cr General Elective 3 cr 567—Pathophysiology 5 1 O—Advanced Biopharmaceutics 16 cr 18 cr 200—Patient Education Techniques 522—Spectral Methods Second Year 201—Social and Behavioral Aspects of 504—Inclustrial Pharmacy and Fall Semester Spring Semester Illness and Health Governmental Affairs Organic Chemistry 4 cr Organic Chemistry 4 cr 005—Non-Prescription Drugs Physics 4 cr Social Science Elective 3 cr Institutional Practice 4 Nuclear Pharmacy Humanities Elective 3 cr Pharmacy Law 3 cr 52—Hospital Pharmacy 306—Applied Electronics Laboratory Social Science Elective 3 cr Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr 501 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 539—Bionucleonics General Elective 3 cr Humanities Elective 3 cr 361—Principles of Management 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and 17 cr 17 cr 539—Bionucleonics Radio-Pharmaceuticals 567—Pathophysiology 541 542—Radiological Health Third Year 39 41—Practical Pharmacy 1 11 4 3 1 —Introduction to Biostatistics Fall Semester Spring Semester ,5 4 —Sterilization and Parenteral Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr Pathophysiology 3 cr Pharmaceuticals 5 Pre-Graduate Study Basic Pharmaceutics & Pharmacy Math 4 cr Basic Pharmaceutics & Pharmacy Math 4 cr 200—Patient Education Techniques Students who elect this option must consult with Biochemistry—Nutrition 4 cr Medical Microbiology & Immunology 4 cr 201—Social and Behavioral Aspects of the chairman of the department of their area of in- Drug Literature Resources I cr Drug Analysis 4 cr Illness and Health terest in order to select courses most adaptable to Pharmacy Management 4 cr Pharmacy Administration 3 cr 005—Non-Prescription Drugs the program they desire to pursue A combined 17 cr 18 cr 813—Clinical Nutrition B S /M S program is available to qualified students Fourth Year Fall Semester Spring Semester MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Pharmacology 4 cr Pharmacology 4 cr The program leading to the degree B S in Medical Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences which acts Biopharmaceutics 4 cr Biopharmaceutics 3 cr Technology is a joint effort between Duquesne as adviser to the Council on Medical Education of Medicinal Chemistry & Natural Products 4 cr Medicinal Chemistry & Natural Products 4 cr University and Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh Pa The the American Medical Association it is responsible OTC 2 cr Public Health & First Aid 3 cr program involves completion of 12 4 credits with 30 for establishing and maintaining high standards of General Elective 3 cr General Elective 3 cr of the credits being taken in Mercy Hospital s School education in A M A -approved schools of medical 17 cr 17 cr of Medical Technology in the fourth year of the pro- technology gram Graduates of the program are eligible for na- Students in the program enroll in the School of tional certifying examinations Pharmacy as medical technology majors These - The School of Medical Technology at Mercy students are advised through the Office of the Dean Hospital is approved by the National Accrediting of the School of Pharmacy I

108 109 Admission to the fourth year of the program will fourth year will lead to immediate dismissal from the All of the required course work laboratories sup- Curriculum be on a competitive basis with these as the deter- Mercy School of Medical Technology plies facilities and faculty for the fourth year of the A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of mining factors program will be provided by Mercy School of humanities and social sciences is required for gradua- Curriculum Medical Technology The faculty of the School of tion (nine in the Humanities including Theology and I A student must have a minimum quality point A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of average of 3 0 in the sciences Medical Technology is recognized as faculty at Du- - six in the Social Sciences) Courses for fulfilling the humanities and social sciences is required for gradua- quesne University Theology requirement are listed under the Depart- 2 No student with a grade lower than C in any tion (nine in the Humanities including Theology and ment of Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and chemistry course will be considered for admission six in the Social Sciences including Principles of Sciences section of this catalog Management) Courses for fulfilling the Theology re- 3 Written recommendations RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH The faculty recommends and reserves the right to 4 Personal interview with the Education Coor- quirement are listed under the Department of Since 1972 the School of Pharmacy has offered a require completion of course clusters in the dinator of Mercy School of Medical Technology Theology in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences four-year 123-credit program leading to a Bachelor humanities and social sciences A list of the suggested section of this catalog Applications for entrance to the fourth year are to of Science degree in Radiological Health Graduates course clusters appears at the end of this section The faculty recommends and reserves the right to from the program qualify for positions of health The student is cautioned to seek regular advice be made before October 31 of the third year Infor- of course clusters in the require completion physicist in any facilities using radioactive isotopes from the faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- mation and applications are available from the Of- humanities and social sciences A list of the suggested fice of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy Students in the radiological health program enroll ed and the calculated averages The School of Phar- course clusters appears at the end of this section in the School of Pharmacy as radiological health ma- macy assumes no responsibility for such errors ap- During the fourth year of the program students The student is cautioned to seek regular advice will register and pay tuition to Duquesne University jors These students are advised through the Office pearing in student records which may prevent the from the faculty and to keep a record of credits earn- -of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy student from being graduated They will be pen-nitted to reside in the University dor- ed and the calculated averages The School of Phar- mitories and enjoy all of the privileges of Duquesne macy assumes no responsibility for such errors ap- University students pearing in student records which may prevent the Failure in any of the major courses included in the student from being graduated First Year Fall Semester D L Spring Semester First Year C* D L C* D L C* 101 English Composition 3 — 3 102 English Composition 3 3 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester 105 College Algebra and 101 English Composition 3 — 3 102 English Composition 3 — 3 115 Calculus 1 4 4 — 4 Trigonometry 4 105 College Algebra and 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 112 General Biology 3 4 4 3 4 4 III Trigonometry 4 — 4 112 General Biology General Biology 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 3 8 5 3 8 5 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 III General Biology 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 13 8 15 13 12 16 121 General Chemistry 3 4 4 13 8 15 13 12 16 Second Year Second Year Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* D L C* 201 General Physics 4 2 4 202 General Physics 4 2 4 Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester 2 12 General Analytical 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 211 General Analytical Physics 3 3 4 Physics 3 3 4 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 35 Medical Microbiology & 3 4 4 immunology 205 Organic Chemistry 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 3 3 4 215 Calculus 111 4 — 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 116 Calculus 11 4 — 4 Theology or Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Theology or Elective 3 — 3 13 7 15 16 6 17 13 9 15 13 7 15 Third Year Third Year Spring Semester D L C* Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Fall Semester D L C* 4 16 Biochemistry 3 3 4 17 Anatomy & Physiology* 3 3 4 16 Biochermstry* 3 3 4 17 Anatomy & Physiology— 3 3 1 101 Physical Geology 3 — 3 18 Anatomy & Physiology— 4 — 4 18 Anatomy & Physiology 4 — 4 3 3 3 361 Principles of Management 216 Ordinary Differential 539 Bionucleonics 3 — 3 306 Applied Electronics Elective 3 — 3 Laboratory 3 Equations 3 — 3 2 3 306 Applied Electronics 2 7 Analytical Chemistry— 3 7 4 225 Fundamentals of Laboratory 1 2 2 Electives 6 — 6 Elective 3 — 3 Statistics 3 — 3 15 10 117 13 5 14 Elective 3 — 3 15 3 16 14 8 16 *D—Didactic hours L—Laboratory C—Creclit hours Fourth Year *These courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised Fall Semester D L C* Spring Semester D L C* Elective 3 — 3 204 Meterology 3 — 3 Fourth Year 431 Intro to Biostatistics 3 — 3 51 Radiological Health The fourth year of the program will begin in June and continue for twelve consecutive months Courses and 473 Atomic Physics 3 — 3 Practice — 16 4 laboratory assignments will be held primarily at Mercy,Hospital The following syllabus will be covered with 540 Advanced 483 Nuclear Physics 3 — 3 30 credits awarded for completion of the courses Bionucleonics and 542 Radiological Health 11 3 4 4 Courses Credits Courses Credits Radiopharmaceuticals 3 3 3 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 66 Parasitology 2 541 Radiological Health 1 4 — 4 62 Urinalysis 2 67 Immunology 2 16 3 16 9 20 14 63 Hematology 5 69 Mycology 1 64 Blood Banking 3 70 Virology 1 *D—Didactic hours L—Laboratory C—Credit hours 65 Bacteriology 5 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 *These courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised Total 30 ADMISSION courses may be awarded for these examinations Under no circumstances will class attendance be used ship fee includes one year s student membership in Students who plan to enter any of the programs Students are advised to investigate carefully the as the sole basis for altering a grade in a course This the American Pharmaceutical Association and a offered by the School of Pharmacy are encouraged credit equivalency principle shall not modify the prerogative of each in- year s subscription to its journal interested phar- to meet with the Dean of the School for a personal structor to establish specific policies for attendance macy students enrolled in their first and second years SCHOLARS PROGRAM interview Entrance requirements are listed under at tests examinations class lectures deadlines for at the University are also eligible for membership Any student designated as an Admissions Scholar Admission Policies in the General Information sec- reports and other specific school or course upon entrance to the University and to the School The Alpha Beta Chapter of Rho Chi national pharmacy tion of this catalog Applications should be submitted requirements of Pharmacy or who has obtained a cumulative honor society at Duquesne University was organized as early in the year of matriculation as possible A student who is unable to attend class because to promote the advancement of the pharmaceutical average of 3 50 is named to the School of Pharmacy The national Pharmacy College Admissions Test of serious illness hospitalization a serious accident Scholars Program Students enrolled in any major sciences Pharmacy students who have completed (PCAT) may be taken by applicants Results should or other extenuating circumstance is responsible for offered by the School are eligible Selection is made three and one-half years of work at the University be reported to the Admissions Office and to the notifying the office of the Dean of the School of Phar- annually on the basis of academic standing No ap- level and have achieved a B average are eligible for School of Pharmacy The test is not required for ad- macy The student should supply a written verifica- plication is required Scholars are recognized annual- membership A maximum of 20 per cent of the class mission to the School but the results are used by tion as soon as possible A student who is absent for ly at the fall social gathering and encouraged to in- enrollment may be admitted to membership Doc- advisement personnel to assess the level of cause is expected to complete all of the work in all vestigate Advanced Placement CLEP and Challenge tor of Pharmacy candidates are eligible under the knowledge in pertinent areas related to the program courses it is the student s responsibility to make up same conditions Faculty and graduate students in Examination opportunities faculty research projects Superior performance in certain topics will alert the all assignments in all courses and to be familiar with the pharmaceutical sciences may also be invited to in which they may participate and independent student to enroll for advanced placement any instructions which may have been given during study courses join examinations the absence Eta Chapter, of Phi Lambda Sigma a national profes- Handicapped students requiring special assistance The School of Pharmacy admits students into each SPECIAL FEES sional pharmaceutical society was chartered at Du- are urged to notify the class instructor before or at of the first three years of the medical technology and Laboratory quesne University in 1980 The society recognizes the first class radiological health programs and into the first sec- Required laboratory courses scheduled by all schools and encourages leadership in the profession of phar- ond or third year of the pharmacy program Pro- of the University are subject to fees as published 2 Academic Standards All students who are admitted macy The society selects members who have com- cedures for entrance are outlined under Application Pharmacy laboratories require a fee of $40 each a to the School of Pharmacy must maintain a 2 0 OPA pleted at least two and one half years in the phar- Procedures in the General Information section semester This is a prorated charge derived from the (quality point average) in the required courses in the macy program and have demonstrated exemplary All transfer students must be interviewed by the total costs of all laboratory operations throughout professional pharmacy curriculum throughout the leadership qualities Dean or Assistant Dean of the School of Pharmacy program Students who do not achieve a 2 0 OPA the professional years Other courses offered in the Tau Chapter of Lambda Kappa Sigma an international Students intending to transfer into the pharmacy pro- by the end of the first professional year may be ad- program of medical technology and radiological pharmaceutical fraternity for women was established gram must have successfully completed the ap- mitted to the second year on a probationary basis health are subject to special fees No laboratory fees at Duquesne University in 1932 The organization propriate science and liberal arts prerequisites for No student will be admitted to the third fourth or are assessed for courses scheduled in the fourth year numbers among its members some of the most entrance into the second or third year of the cur- fifth years of the program with less than a 2 0 OPA of the medical technology program outstanding women in pharmacy Its purposes are riculum Advisors at the School of Pharmacy are in all courses and in professional courses A minimum to promote the profession of pharmacy and to create available to meet with students to discuss the re- Activities 2 00 OPA in the pre-pharmacy science and math a center of culture and enjoyment for its members quirements necessary for possible future placement Instituted by student request this fee of $25 a courses is required for entrance into the third year in the School of Pharmacy semester for a minimum of six semesters covers such of the pharmacy program The Beta Gamma Chapter of Phi Delta Chi an interna- miscellaneous items as local and national Student tional pharmaceutical fraternity was chartered at Du- Transfer pharmacy students must complete a 3 Required Programs Pharmacy students in the fourth American Pharmaceutical Association dues and jour- quesne University in 1960 The fraternity endeavors minimum of three academic years of residence in the year of the curriculum are required to participate in nal subscription laboratory jacket fees class dues to integrate academic spiritual and social activities School of Pharmacy one indu,,,rial visit arranged by the School and support of the pharmacy student newsletter and thereby foster the highest professional and per- In extenuating circumstances and with the permis- The School of Pharmacy arranges for students to Phorum and partial travel expenses for one required sonal ideals among its members Membership is open sion of the School of Pharmacy Student Standing participate in a special course in surgical appliance field trip to a pharmaceutical manufacturing firm Pay- to students in pharmacy Committee a waiver of the three years of residence fittings offered by a field representative of a manufac- ment is made at registration each semester This fee required by the American Association of Colleges of turer of such devices The biennial programs are re- The Delta Epsilon Chapter of Kappa Psi Phatmaceutical is assessed only to those students in the last three Pharmacy will be sought by the faculty on behalf of quired for all pharmacy students in the last two years Fraternity was chartered in 1967 This international years of the pharmacy program the student Failure to request and obtain such a of the curriculum Record of participation is made fraternity strives to develop industry sobriety and waiver requires the pharmacy students to complete School of Pharmacy Fee in the students permanent files fellowship and to foster high ideals scholarship and a minimum of six semesters in residence as full-time All students enrolled in any program of the School The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may require pharmaceutical research while supporting all projects students of Pharmacy are required to pay a fee designated Pharmacy student attendance at other seminars and advancing the profession of pharmacy Membership Advanced credit for courses completed at other by the University The fee assists with the special special programs is open to students in pharmacy institutions may be allowed for those courses which operating expenses of the School of Pharmacy 4 Health Requirements Any School of Pharmacy stu- Class Organizations Each of the five classes is an appear in the Duquesne curriculum No credit is dent entering studies in a hospital setting may be re- officially recognized organization in the School of allowed in any subject in which a grade lower than REGULATIONS quired to conform to the health requirements of the Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and con- C was earned or for a course not equivalent to one Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing hospital ducts such programs and affairs as its members deem among the School s curricula once enrolled at Du- themselves for entry into a respected health profes- desirable toward achieving its goals All students are quesne students may not pursue courses at other sion where the highest degree of character and sense included in these organizations regardless of major institutions for transfer credit without specific per- of responsibility are basic requirements As such STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS curriculum mission from the Office of the Dean they are expected to conduct themselves at all times The Student American Pharmaceutical Association whose Advanced standing is conditional until the student in a manner befitting this position and according membership includes all pharmacy students HONOR AWARDS completes a minimum of one semester s work (16 honor to it For these reasons the School of Phar- registered in the last three years of the School of Allegheny Wholesale Drug Company Award Annually an semester hours) If his work proves unsatisfactory macy insists on strict adherence to the following Pharmacy aims to promote their interests scholastic award of $50 is presented to the graduate who has the student will be requested to withdraw regulations social and professional Under its auspices many shown outstanding ability and interest in the field of Applicants who have completed advanced courses I Class Attendance Regular class attendance in the worthwhile events are arranged during the school pharmacognosy in high school are encouraged to take advanced School of Pharmacy is normally required for max- year The executive committee meets regularly with American Institute of the History of Pharmacy Award A placement tests (see Admission section of this imum educational advantage The responsibility for the Dean and the faculty moderator to act as liaison recognition certificate and gift membership is award- catalog) Partial advanced placement credit for some all course material rests wholly with the student between students and faculty The annual member- ed annually by the American Institute of History of

112 1 13 Pharmacy for superior achievement in pharmaco- Roche Pharmacy Communications Award A personalized 2 Professional Training—have a degree in Phar- the knowledge from research being conducted under historical study or activity plaque is awarded annually to the graduating student macy granted by a School or College of Pharmacy the auspices of the School Contributions are solicited American Pharmaceutical Association Award A certificate who has shown exceptional ability in patient com- which is accredited by the American Council on Phar- from graduates and others interested in the work of of recognition is presented annually to the graduate munication through coursework and application maceutical Education the Foundation They may be addressed in care of who has made the most significant contribution , to Smith Kline & French Laboratories Award A personal- 3 Practical Experience and Internship—any per- the School of Pharmacy the Student American Pharmaceutical Association at ized plaque is presented annually by the Smith Kline son enrolled as a student of pharmacy in an ac- Duquesne University & French Laboratories Philadelphia Pennsylvania credited college may at the end of the second year COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Bernard and Blanche Schiller Award in the Humanities and for superior achievement in Clinical Pharm6cy of college file with the State Board of Pharmacy an The courses of instruction are numbered in accord- Social Sciences Annually an award of $50 is presented Student American Pharmaceutical Association Award An- application for registration as a pharmacy intern ance with a plan uniform throughout the University to the graduate who has demonstrated an under- nually an award is presented to the graduating stu- To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of University courses numbered 100 are Freshman standing of the value of the humanities and social dent who has demonstrated through service' report- pharmacy the State Board shall by regulation courses 200 Sophomore 300 junior 400 Senior sciences in his development as a professional per- ing and activity an avid interest in organization work prescribe internship requirements which must be Courses described in this section are required son This award is to be used for the purchase of Syntex Preceptor of the Year Award An appropriately satisfactorily completed prior to issuance of a Phar- courses in the professional curriculum and those books on any aspect of the humanities in which the designed plaque is awarded annually by the Syntex macist s License courses offered by the School of Pharmacy faculty student is interested Laboratories Inc of Palo Alto California to the Specific information concerning practical ex- as a University service Courses numbered 500 are Mary McPartland Beck Award An award of $25 is preceptor who in the opinion of the Pharmacy In- perience requirements as well as all other re- graduate level courses in which qualified under- presented annually to the graduate who has shown terns best exemplifies professionalism ethics and quirements concerning ficensure may be obtained graduate students may be enrolled with the permis- outstanding ability and interest in the clinical prac- clinical practice from the State Board of Pharmacy Department of sion of the instructor of the course Credit for these tice of pharmacy Upjohn Award A suitably inscribed plaque is State Box 2649 Transportation and Safety Bldg courses cannot be used to satisfy requirements for Award An award is presented annually by awarded annually by the Upjohn Company 6th Floor Harrisburg Pennsylvania 17 120 a second degree Courses in the 800 seiies are the Bristol Laboratories Inc to a Kalamazoo Michigan for outstanding public service generally restricted to Doctor of Pharmacy Doctor of Pharmacy candidate for excellence in Western Pennsylvania Society of Hospital Pharmacists STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA candidates scholastic achievement Award Annually an award of $2 5 is presented to the According to law, the licensing of an applicant seek- Bristol Award A copy of a standard reference book graduating senior who demonstrates outstanding ing to become registered as a pharmacist is under DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL is awarded annually by the Bristol Laboratories Inc ability and interest in the area of Hospital Pharmacy the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he seeks CHEMISTRY AND PHARMACEUTICS- New York City to the graduate who has in the opin- Lemmon Company Award A certificate and award of to practice Although the requirements for licensure Chairman Mitchell L Borke Ph D ion of the faculty attained unusual distinction in the $150 to the graduating senior who has completed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are similar to Asso(tate Chairman Alvin M Galinsky Ph D those of other states differences may exist Space work of pharmaceutical administration the degree program through unusual and extraor- I Pharmaceutical Orientation I cr Faculty Award The faculty of the School of Pharmacy dinary' perseverance and determination in the opin- limitations preclude a complete listing of the re- Introduction to pharmacy Discussion of various may present an appropriate award to an outstanding ion of the graduating class quirements of other states and the District of phases of pharmacy and their relationship to the pro- member of the graduating class who has displayed Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Association Award A cer- Columbia The candidate for licensure in another fession as a whole Pharmaceutical organizations are exceptional qualities of academic excellence and a tificate of recognition and one-year membership in state is advised to consult the Board of Pharmacy discussed and evaluated The pharmaceutical OPA of over 3 75 the PPA awarded annually to the graduate who has in that particular state for complete information literature is discussed and a brief history of pharmacy Maurice H Finkelpearl Award An award of $50 is been most actively involved in pharmacy CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER is presented Lecture one hour presented annually to a student who intends to prac- organizations tice Community Pharmacy Fisher Scientioc Award for Outstanding Medical Technology A Guidance Center has been established within the I I Physical Pharmacy 4 cr Galen Society Award The Galen Society of Pittsburgh Student A personalized plaque is presented annual- School of Pharmacy to keep students informed about A course designed to acquaint the student with the annually offers two $2 5 awards to the two members ly to the graduating Medical Technology student who the latest career opportunities available to those theory upon which the principles and processes of of the graduating class who have achieved the highest achieved the highest standing in the clinical program possessing a pharmacy education and to attract high pharmacy are based The theories of emulsification standing in the departments of pharmacology and at Mercy Hospital school and college students to the profession drug extraction isotonicity hydrogen ion concentra- pharmaceutical chemistry The Center consists of faculty members School of tion rheology micromeritics etc are discussed and Samuel W Curtis Award Annually an award of $2 5 GRADUATION REOUIREMENTS Pharmacy alumni and pharmacy practitioners It pro- the instruments which are used in their measure- is presented to the graduate who has shown out- A committee of the faculty will review the record of vides upon request speakers for career day programs ments are described and utilized in the laboratory standing ability and interests in the field of each candidate for graduation to ascertain full com- and information to high school counselors on all mat- Prerequisites Mathematics 115 General Physics pharmaceutics pliance with specific School of Pharmacy curriculum ters relating to a pharmacy education and career Organic Chemistry Lecture three hours Laboratory McNeil Dean s Award A replica of an Early American requirements and the general University Graduation Pamphlets containing career information on phar- four hours macy are also available through the Guidance Center mortar and Pestle is awarded annually to an out- Requirements, as stated in Academic Policies section 12 Physical Pharmacy 4 cr standing student of Pharmacy Administration of this catalog This committee will then recommend inquiries should be directed to the Pharmacy Career A continuation of Physical Pharmacy I I Prerequisite Lilly Achievement Award A gold medal is presented candidates for faculty certification for graduation or Guidance Center School of Pharmacy Duquesne Physical Pharmacy I I Lecture three hours annually to a member of the graduating class who for remedial work to be fulfilled during the last University Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 Laboratory four hours has demonstrated superior scholastic and profes- semester of residence Communications pertaining RESEARCH FOUNDATION sional achievement as well as qualities of leadership to this certification may be entered in the Office of 14 Pharmaceutical Mathematics 3 cr A course designed to familiarize the student with the Merck Sharp and Dohme Award Each year Merck and the Dean The Hugh C Muldoon and Pharmacy Alumni Foun- Company Rahway New Jersey offers a set of dation of Duquesne University established in 1950 mathematical problems and calculations encountered to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of the found- in pharmaceutical practice Lecture two hours valuable reference books to a member of, the Recitation one hour graduating class who attains the highest average in STATE LICENSING ing of the School of Pharmacy is an increasingly medicinal chemistry PENNSYLVANIA valuable aid in helping to achieve the aims of the 16 Biochemistry University and of the School of Pharmacy The foun- 4 cr Rho Chi Award Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi awards A candidate for licensure as a Registered Pharmacist Designed to emphasize primarily the manner in which annually a suitably inscribed key to the student who in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania must meet the dation provides funds for improving the instructional energy is derived from food metabolisms of car- earns the highest general average in all subjects dur- following requirements before he may be admitted and research facilities of the School it assists in the bohydrates lipids and proteins are discussed and ing the first two years of the pharmacy program It to the licensing examinations which are conducted advancement of pharmacy by supporting the train- interrelated The function of enzymes vitamins and is presented at a meeting of the Student Chapter of by the Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy ing of undergraduate and graduate students in in- hormones is discussed in relation to their role in dustrial and research procedures it helps to extend the American Pharmaceutical Association I Character—be of good moral character metabolism The relationship of biochemistry to

1 14 1 15 disease states is stressed Prerequisite Organic DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY. IS Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL Chemistry Lecture four hours Laboratory two TOXICOLOGY A continuation of Anatomy and Physiology 17 Pre- ADMINISTRATION hours requisite Anatomy and Physiology 17 Lecture four Chairman Gene A Riley Ph D Chairman Anthony I Amadio, M B A 21 Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 4 cr hours 2 Drug Abuse cr 12 Pharmaceutical Law 3 cr study of the physio-chernical biological,and phar- A A course designed to present the pharmacological 26 Pharmacognosy 4 cr A course designed to acquaint the student with the maceutical factors which affect absorption distribu- and toxicological properties of substances of abuse Deals with the important medicinal agents which are philosophy of law and its relationship to pharmacy tion metabolism and excretion of drugs in man Em- The major classes of drugs are described with direct derived from natural sources Emphasis is placed on Federal state and local laws and regulations perti- phasis is placed on the utilization of biopharma- reference to toxic and adverse effects The myths and the medicinally important antibiotics alkaloids nent to the handling and sale of drugs cosmetics ceutical and pharmacokinetic knowledge in problems misconceptions commonly attributed to some glycosides volatile oils fixed oils vitamins car- narcotics poisons and alcohol are discussed A of bioavailability and bioequivaience of drug products substances of abuse are clarified The philosophy of bohydrates and enzymes includes a description of review of antitrust laws trade regulations and court and in the determination of appropriate drug dosage the course is to present an objective picture of the the natural source of the drug, its precise chemical decisions of importance to the pharmacist is included regimens Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy 12 Lec- drug abuse era in this country The course is in- 11^^'nature its pharmacological effect on the body and Elements of business lawand civil responsibilities of ture four hours tended for all students beginning their collegiate its importance in medicine today Prerequisite the pharmacist are also covered Lecture three organic Chemistry Lecture four hours 22 Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 4 cr studies Admission to this course for students who J, hours have completed Pharmacology 33 or its equivalent A continuation of Biopharmaceutics and Dosage 29 Emergency Treatment 3 cr i 38 Pharmacy Administration 3 cr Forms 21 with emphasis on drug delivery systems is by approval of the instructor A lecture-demonstration course The course teaches A course designed to familiarize the student with the Prerequisites Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Forms 3 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr ,-how to render first-aid cases of emergency while diverse social political economic and legal forces 21 Lecture three hours 'Laboratory eight hours A course dealing with the major classes of therapeutic awaiting the arrival of a physician Special emphasis affecting the practice of pharmacy The course con- 23 Medicinal Chemistry - 3 cr agents designed for students with a limited is placed on emergencies which the pharmacist is siders the persons places and activities involved in Relationship between chemical structure and the background in biological sciences Drugs are con- most likely to be confronted with e g epileptic providing health care services with special emphasis biological action of drug molecules Emphasis is on sideredfroma diseasestate pointof view and in- ^eizures heart attacks fainting diabetic coma etc on the role of the community pharmacist Lecture underlying principles as well as on specific clude basic mechanisms of action important drug Prerequisites Anatomy and P^ysioiogy 17 and 18 three hours therapeutic agents Organization is by pharmaco- interactions as they relate to patient care are in- ^Lecture three hours demonstrations included dur- 39 Practical Pharmacy 1 3 cr logical classification with chemical properties relating cluded Not open to Pharmacy Students Prereq- ing lecture hours Practical Pharmacy Program required of all final year to mechanism of action stability biodistribution and uisites Six credits of biological science including 33 Pharmacology 3 cr pharmacy students and involving placement in metabolism considered for each class Prerequisites physiology Lecture three hours A basic course in pharmacodynamics and phar- operating pharmacies with a pharmacist preceptor Physical Pharmacy 1 1 12 or its equivalent Lecture 4 Social Diseases I cr macotherapeutics Special emphasis is placed on its off-campus placement may be necessary Note three hours Causes course of diseases prevention treatment sites and mechanisms of action of therapeutic agents calendar change for fifth-year students may be 24 Medicinal Chemistry 3 cr and social effects of venereal diseases Awareness Prerequisites Anatomy and Physiology 17 18 Lec- required A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry 23 Prereq- and common sense should be awakened in students 1-ture three hours 13 41 Practical Pharmacy 11 3 cr 3 Lecture three hours by the course Lecture one hour a week open to uisite Medicinal Chemistry 2 34 Pharmacology 4 cr An extension of Practical Pharmacy students who have not completed Pharmacy 33 39 required for A continuation of Pharmacology 33 Prerequisite 27 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr 45^ all final year students Rigorous training in stoichiometric relationships and 5 Pharmacology and Toxicology of 1-^^ Pharmacology 33 Lecture four hours 58 Community Practice 1 3 cr in the application of equilibrium principles with Non-Prescription Drugs 3 cr 35 Medical Microbiology and The course considers the principles and functions of laboratory experience in the principal methods of A course designed to familiarize students with the immunology 4 cr management as applied to a community pharmacy gravimetric and volumetric analysis Prerequisites pharmacological and toxicological properties of over- Covers the general characteristics and morphology operation so that the objectives of the pharmacist- Physical Pharmacy I 1 1 2 or Physical Chemistry Lec- the-counter drugs The course will prepare the stu- VI;of bacteria the important staining techniques manager are attained with maximum efficiency ture three hours Laboratory seven hours dent to counsel the public on the appropriate use ,^,',niethocls of growing bacteria on artificial media Prerequisite Pharmacy Administration 38 Lecture of OTC drugs to select the proper non-prescription testing the effects of chemotherapeutic agents on 28 Organic Pharmaceutical Analysis 3 cr drug for a particular disease state alind to determine three hours ,^,pathogenic bacterias and immunology it includes A course devoted to the identification and determina- if treatment with a non-prescription drug is appro- 59 Community Practice 11 3 cr tion of the relative amounts of active constituents in discussions of the important bacterial rickeusial bed- priate Lecture three hours The course concerns itself with the operational pharmaceutical and medicinal substances Prereq- sonial viral and protozoal diseases along with worm Z aspects of a community, pha r rnacy with emphasis on uisite Analytical Chemistry 2 7 Lecture three hours 7 Chemical Testing for Intoxication 3 cr infestations their causes symptoms and treatments Deals with the pharmacology toxicology and ^'ALecture three hours Laboratory three hours the business or commercial matters pertinent to a 499 Independent Study biochemistry of ethanol and the physical and tech- successful operation Prerequisite Pharmacy Ad- .36 Public Health 3 cr and Research 1-2 cr /sem nical aspects of breath analyses Various instruments ministration 38 Lecture three hours To stimulate interest in furthering a student s educa- A discussion of Public Health 'measures such as will be discussed and the Breathalyzer will be used 200 Patient Education Techniques 3 cr tion the School of Pharmacy uses this course as a immunization water purification sewage disposal specifically This course is approved by the State of A course designed to examine current counseling and vehicle to provide the means whereby those who treatment of contaminated individuals and objects Pennsylvania Department of Transportation and is communication techniques in terms of how they wish to be involved in a programmed self-study ^4 control of rodents and insects and the relationship offered only to individuals associated with law en- relate to patient education regarding personal health educational experience may do so To accomplish of these to the spread of disease Health statistics forcement agencies one week workshop course problems and compliance with medication regimens this aim the student in cooperation with a specific disaster preparedness and environmental pollution The course will examine in detail basic interviewing instructor chosen by the student will develop a course 17 Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr are also discussed Lecture three hours An integrated course of the structure and function techniques Lecture two hours Laboratory two of study that will realistically be able to fill the learn- 40 Pharmacology 3 cr of tissue and organs The various organ systems of hours ing objectives stated by the student The student and A continuation of Pharmacology 34 Lecture three vertebrate species are discussed as integrated func- instructor will meet at stipulated regular time inter- hours 201 Social and Behavioral Aspects of vals for guidance and evaluation of progress being tional units Laboratory consists of lecture presen- Illness and Health 3 cr 130 History of Pharmacy 2 cr made by the student Contact School of Pharmacy tations of gross anatomy and laboratory procedures A course designed to examine the current theory and A survey of the origins of science medicine and office for restrictions on total credits allowed and on including the microscopic examinations of tissues research in the psycho-social correlates and conse- ^,Iph cy from the earliest recorded events to the eligibility for registration hematology and the clinical appraisal of physiological quences of illness and health Topics will include the functions Prerequisite General Biology 11 12 Lecture ^pr= with emphasis on nineteenth and twentieth general areas of social stress research theories of three hours Laboratory three hours -century pharmacy in the United States Lecture two psycho-somatic medicine the impact of social en-

116 1 17 vironment upon health and the impact of illness poraneous parenterals and intravenous admixtures Basic Pharmaceutics and Clinical Clerkship 3 cr upon the emotional and social functioning of the per- in the^ hospital pharmacy Lecture two hours pharmacy Math 11 4 cr An educational process designed to provide the stu- son Prerequisite introductory course in sociology Laboratory weekly dent with clinical experiences necessary to A continuation of Pharmaceutics I Prerequisite Phar- and/or psychology Lecture three hours demonstrate competency in the areas of providing 813 Clinical Nutrition 2 cr Maceutics I Lecture three hours Recitation con- patient education ascertaining drug histories par- 262 international Health Issues 3 cr A course designed to introduce current concepts of ference and laboratory four hours ticipating in the selection and monitoring of The course will explore factors that influence health clinical nutrition administered by the enteral route harmaceutics 1 4 cr slop therapeutic modalities and other pharmacist-related care in diverse countries Topics covered include a as tube feedings and by the parenteral route in the study of the physio-chemical biological and phar- A functions The student will be assigned to a member comparison of health services the use of regional form of hyperalimentation Topics to be discussed maceutical factors which affect absorption distribu' of the clinical faculty and a given practice site planning by groups of small countries prevention and include assessment monitoring product selection tion metabolism and excretion of drugs in man Em control of specific diseases with special emphasis on preparation and delivery requirements drug-diet in- phasis is placed on the utilization of biopharma- DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL communicable diseases primary health care the role teraction and disease-specific nutrition Lecture two ceutIcal and pharmacokinetic knowledge in problems of international agencies from the perspective of hours TECHNOLOGY of bioavailability and bioequivalence of drug products developed and developing countries the constitu- and in the determination of appropriate drug dosage Director Jeanne A Cooper M D NEW PHARMACY CURRICULUM tional administrative and financial influences on regimens Prerequisite Basic Pharmaceutics 11 Lec- Education Coordinator M Elaine Linkhauer M T health care health priorities in the context of general COURSE DESCRIPTIONS* ture three hours Laboratory four hours (ASCP) needs Lecture three hours *The faculty may revise course descriptions and se- Clinical Chemistry 7 cr Slopharmaceutics 11 3 cr 61 quences as a result of faculty evaluation of the phase- A comprehensive study of the chemistry and 805 Patient Communication Techniques' 3 cr continuation of Bvopha rma ceu tics I with emphasis in of the new curriculum A A course designed to develop in the student the abili- on drug delivery systems Prerequisite Biopharma- metabolism of proteins carbohydrates lipids and ty 'to understand and communicate professionally electrolyte enzyme and hormone systems as reveal- Pharmacy Management 4 cr ceutics I Lecture three hours - with other medical disciplines and with patients Lec- A course designed to familiarize students with the ed by the various examinations performed on blood Drug Analysis 4 cr tures presentations role playing case material film fundamentals of personnel inventory and financial and other body fluids and tapes will be used Group time three hours A survey course which considers the analysis of drug management decisions with the overall objective of 62 Urinalysis 2 cr weekly moieties found in different environments A review improving pharmacy practice efficiency Lecture four The study of renal function and its abnormalities as of basic principles of chemical and instrumental hours portrayed by alterations in the composition of the DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL analysis discussion of quality control of raw materials urine I PHARMACY Biochern i stry —Nutrition 4 cr and final products as well as factors affecting in vivo A course designed to integrate basic biochemistry analysis and therapeutic drug monitoring are in- 63 Hematology 5 cr Chairman Thomas J Mattei Pharm D with the application to selected clinical cases Em- cluded Lecture four hours Detailed study of the anatomy and physiology of the 31 Professional and Clinical Practice 1 4 cr phasis is placed on metabolism of carbohydrates blood and various laboratory methods used in Medicinal Chemistry and A course designed to prepare the student for pro- lipids and proteins as the source of energy derived establishing inherited or acquired abnormalities of Natural Products 1 4 cr fessional pharmacy practice Didactic laboratory and from foods certain aspects of nutrition are discuss- Relationship between chemical structure and the blood and blood forming organs clinical experiences are integrated to develop the stu- ed The function of enzymes vitamins and hormones biological action of natural and synthetic drug 64 ' Blood Banking 3 cr dent s ability in providing pharmaceutical services is presented in relation to their role in metabolism molecules Emphasis is on underlying principles as Essentials and importance of proper selection of to patients and to other members of the health team Clinical applications including laboratory tests en- well as on specific therapeutic agents Organization blood for transfusion pretesting methods records Emphasis is placed on the use of modern medicinals countered on patients charts parenteral nutrition is by pharmacological classification with chemical and administration of blood Also included are in a variety of patient sociological and disease situa- and pertinent clinical cases which illustrate the in- properties relating to mechanism of action drug studies of tests pertaining to isosensitization tions Advanced teaching techniques utilizing case terrelationship of biochemistry with physiology are disposition (absorption distribution metabolism and discussions the computer and clinical interactions discussed Prerequisite Organic Chemistry 1 11 Lec- 65 Bacteriology 5 cr excretion) and chemical incompatibilities considered with patients requires the student to pool his ture four hours Laboratory two hours The study of clinical bacteriology including culture for each class Lecture four hours background of social physical and biological sciences methods biochemical and immunological aspects of Pathophysiology 3 cr in dealing with complications of modern drug Medicinal Chemistry and identification and the application of these to the A study of the mechanisms of disease and its therapy Prerequisite Biopharmaceutics and Dosage Natural Products 11 4 cr disease state manifestations as functional disturbances that con- Forms 22 Pharmacology 34 Lecture three hours A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry I Lecture four stitute signs and symptoms Prerequisite Anatomy 66 Parasitology 2 cr Laboratory six hours hours and Physiology 1 11 Lecture three hours methods of identification of the various parasites 32 Professional and Clinical Practice 11 4 cr Public Health and First Aid 3 cr infesting man with detailed study of their mor- Basic Pharmaceutics and A continuation of Professional and Clinical Practice A discussion of public health measures such as im- phology and habit Pharmacy Math 1 4 cr 31 Prerequisite Professional and Clinical Practice munization water purification sewage disposal A study of the basic physiochemical principles ap- 67 Immunology 2 cr 31 Lecture three hours Laboratory six hours treatment of contaminated individuals and objects plicable to an understanding of drugs and the phar- Study of the procedures used in analysis of immune control of rodents and insects and the relationship 52 Hospital Pharmacy 3 cr maceutical systems in which they are contained Sub- mechanisms of the body and their application in of these to the spread of disease Health statistics An introductory course designed to acquaint the stu- ject areas include solubility and solutions pH dif- disease processes disaster preparedness and environmental pollution dent with the history -organization and development fusion osmocity drug stability packaging storage are also discussed in the first aid portion the course 69 Mycology I cr of pharmacy practice in hospitals The responsibilities and administration physiocochemical evaluation of teaches how to render first aid in cases of emergecy The study of the pathogenic fungi the diseases they of the pharmacy service in the modern hospital are pharmaceutical products the clinical applications of while awaiting the arrival of a physician Special em- cause and the technical methods of identification discussed Field trips to area hospitais complement pharmaceutics Mathematical methodologies phasis is placed on emergencies which the phar- the lecture materials Prerequisite Physical Pharmacy (algebraic and graphical) relevant to modern phar- 70 Virology cr macist is most likely to experience epilectic seizures 12 Lecture three hours maceutical practice are integrated into both the The Study of the viruses causing disease and the heart attacks fainting diabetic coma and others didactic and laboratory portions of the course technical methods of identification 54 Sterilization and Parenteral Lecture three hours Laboratory emphasis is on practical and clinical ap- Pharmaceuticals 2 cr 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 cr plication Prerequisites Calculus General Physics Therapeutics 6 cr A six week lecture/laboratory mini-course for the 115 The study of the use of radioisotopes in the diagnosis (one semester) Organic Chemistry Lecture three A course designed to provide the student with the practical application of the basic principles of steriliza- 1 11 and treatment of disease information necessary to demonstrate competency tion aseptic techniques parenteral processing and hours Recitation conference and laboratory four hours related to the therapeutic principles of selected quality Control to the compounding of extem- disease states Lecture six hours

118 1 19

DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL ,5tudents are encouraged to view these electives with 3) 245 246 247 248 Ancient History HEALTH ELECTIVES -i he aim of providing an appropriate depth of 4) 103 104 203 204 301 302 303 Greek The following courses offered by the Graduate ^,,nowledge in the areas Each cluster is intended to Language and Literature Chairman Mitchell L Borke, Ph D Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are available offer an interesting sequence of electives that will 5) 101 102 201 202 305 306 Latin Language 51 Radiological Health Practice 4 cr to qualified upperclassmen in the School of ount toward minimum elective requirements of all and Literature Designed to provide the student with practical ex- Pharmacy ^orograrns in the School perience in at least four broad areas of radiological ^Department of Sociology- anyone of areas of concentration suggested health industrial hospital reactor and university 501 Manufacturing Pharmacy Department of English- 1) 101 201 202 English Literature Survey under minor This experience will be acquired through observation 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and 1) 205 206 American Literature Survey and participation in daily practical problems of radia- Development 21 Department of Psychology- tion protection within local organizations repre- 3)210 21 1 World Literature Survey 1) 103 courses suggested under minor 510 Advanced Biopharmaceutics sentative of the four broad areas of radiological 4)207 plus courses in Film as Literature Science Department of Speech Communication- health Emphasis will be placed on personnel 522 Spectral Methods Fiction Literature of Crime and Detection Popular 1) Courses suggested under minor monitoring and closimetry radiachemical assaying Culture - Series 523 524 Advanced Mechcmal Chemistry I and 11 of biological and environmental materials field 5)207 208 209 Study of Literary Form Department of Philosophy- surveying of plant operations involving large quan- 539 Bionucleonics 6) English Honors Program 12 credits 1) 104 105 or 107 106 7)All 12 credits minors listed by the Department tities of fission products and other radioactive 540 Advanced Bionucleonics and Racho- 2) Courses, suggested under minor materials environmental monitoring practices in the current catalog Pharmaceuticals Department of Political Science- decontamination procedures and radiation protec- Department of History- 541 542 Radiological Health I and 11 1) 101 courses suggested under minor tion record keeping Prerequisites Bionucleonics 1)305 History of Medicine 307 308 History of 539 Radiological Health 541 Co-requisite 560 Biosynthesis of Natural Products Science Department of Theology- 11 Courses suggested under minor Radiological Health 542 Laboratory 16 hours 2) 231 232 Development of the U S 389 In-' 561 General Toxicology 306 Applied Electronics Labor^tory 2-3 cr 1 -dustrialism 309 American Science and Technology Fine Arts— This course seeks to combine a treatment of the prin- 563 Pathology 3)World History Western Civilization I) Courses suggested under minor 4)Non-American History Sequence ciples of modern electronic instrumentation with 566 Clinical Toxicology Any course taught in the University may be chosen practical laboratory experience Topics which will be Department of Classics- as an elective course by students who have met the included are passive and active electronic com- 567 Pathophysiology 1) 121 or 122 123 245 246 240 Greek prerequisites Descriptions for courses outside the ponentS electronic measuring instruments power 569 Toxins Their Chemistry Biology and Civilization School of Pharmacy may be found in the appropriate supplies amplification feedback and control im- Toxicology 2) 121 or 122 123 246 247 248 241 Roman section of the University catalog pedance matching linear and digital devices Em- Descriptions of these courses may be found in the Civilization phasis will be on proper use of instrumentation rather Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences than on advanced principles of design Prerequisite Catalog Permission of instructor

539 Bionucleonics 3 cr RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR A study of the fundamental techniques of manipula- RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH tion and measurement of radioisotopes Experiments 106 Logic performed individually by each student include measurement of radioactivity with G-M counters now 104 Introduction to Philosophy counters ionization chambers proportional counters 105 Ethics crystal and liquid scintillators study of the characteristics of radiation gamma spectrometry 107 Medical Ethics some applications of radioisotopes in pharmacy 101 Introduction to Political Science chemistry biology etc Prerequisites Chemistry 1 2 1 1 2 2 Physics 2 11 2 1 2 or general physics 312 International Law and Organization

540 Advanced Bionucleomcs and 103 Introduction to Psychology Radio Pharmaceuticals 3 cr 101 Survey of Sociology A course devoted to the practical applications of 323 Medical Sociology radioactive isotopes in chemistry biology pharmacy and medicine The scope of the course includes 201, 202 English Literature neutron activation analysis gamma spectrometry 231, 232 Development of the United States tracer methods and rachopharmaceuticals Prereq- uisite Bionucleomcs 539 305 History of Medicine

541 542 Rachological Health I and 11 4 cr each 307 308 History of Science A course designed to review the fundamental 204 Interpersonal Communications physical and biological principles of radiation pro- tection and thc^application of these principles to the 121 Elements of Economics measurement techniques radiation hazard evalua- 203 Genetics tion radiation protection surveillance and administra- tion Scientific principles most applicable, to solving ELECTIVES—COURSE CLUSTERS the problems of protecting humans from unaccep- The following courses in liberal arts and sciences table levels of radiation exposure both in occupa- were especiaily selected by the several departments tional and public environment are emphasized to support and complement pharmacy programs

121 120

a self-analysis of his/her management capability and JCo.rtsheePerm1.N^"o 1t1ngI them to serve in salaried positions Reserve Officers' Guard or Reserves while completing the methods for improvement ' their degree work Military Science (MS) 202 Introduction to Training Corps -(_ MEMBERSHIP Military Skills This course introduces the student to the United :,PROGIZAM (SMP) States Army and provides an inside view of ROTC ,,This program permits students to participate in the DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE After completing the Basic Course students who and the Army to include its organization missions (ARMY OFFICERS' COMMISSIONING have demonstrated officer potential and meet Army ^,'Arrny ROTC Advanced Course and serve in a Reserve and functions The course will discuss officer career as an officer trainee at the PROGRAM) physical standards are eligible to enroll in the Ad- ,,or National Guard unit fields duties and responsibilities of junior leaders vanced Course The Advanced Course same time The advantage to SMP is that the student Department Head Captain Hans G Heiser is normally additional education programs pay promotion receive regular drill pay from the Reserve or taken in the final two years of college Therefore at will assignments customs and traditions of the Army and $ 100 per month living PROGRAMS the beginning of the junior year the student must National Guard as well as the the significance of military courtesy and discipline The Army Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) decide whether he/she wishes to become an officer allowance for participating in the Army ROTC The student will also be introduced to the operation Program has been a member of the Duquesne and enter the advanced phase of the program of the basic military team—the squad Family since 1936 it is a completely voluntary pro- Students who enter the Advanced Course receive a TWO-YEAR PROGRAM gram which is open to all male and female students tax-free living allowance of $ 100 per month during The two-year program is designed primarily for THE ADVANCED COURSE (Military Science at Duquesne It provides students with the oppor- the school year The junior year is training-oriented transfer students and students who did not par- Levels III and IV) tunity to earn a commission as an officer in the and prepares students for six weeks of rigorous field US ticipate in ROTC as freshmen or sophomores Any Military Science (MS) 301 and 302 Military Skills Army US Army Reserves or Army National Guard and leadership training that they receive at Fort student with at least two academic years remaining Development Bragg NC at the end of the academic year The After commissioning students serve as an officer in (undergraduate and/or graduate) is eligible Studeks This course requires a full school year to complete the Reserves or National Guard while pursuing their senior year further prepares the student to perform may qualify for this program and enrollment in the in addition to the two hours per week of instruction the duties of an officer it covers such subjects as chosen civilian careers or compete for active duty Advanced Course by successfully completing a paid and practical application exercises on campus the military law administration logistics staff functions The program is structured to give the student a summer camp at Fort Knox KY student periodically attends training exercises on variety of professionalism ethics and military training Leader practical experiences in leading and man- weekends throughout the school year The course ship development is continuously emphasized ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS aging people and resources while learning about the provides the student with instruction and practical military profession and the role it plays in our system Advanced Course Curriculum Army ROTC offers four three and two-year scholar- experience in tactical and technical military subjects of government Four-year and two-year programs are ships which are awarded on a competitive basis with particular emphasis on leadership development Juniors (MS 111) offered both of which are taken in conjunction with ROTC students as well as those students not currently The central theme and primary purpose of the course a students required or normal course of study Fall Semester Spring Semester participating in ROTC are eligible to apply Each is to prepare the student for attendance at the six- leading to a degree scholarship pays for tuition textbooks laboratory MS 301 Military Skills MS 302 Military Skills week ROTC Advanced Camp at Fort Bragg INC which fees and other purely academic expenses Scholar- FOUR YEAR Development Development is normally attended during the summer following ship students also receive a tax-free living allowance The four-year program is divided into two parts the 0-2 cr 0-2 cr the completion of this course each month during the school year while on Basic Course and the Advanced Course The Basic of $ 100 Summer Between Junior and Senior Year scholarship status For details see the ROTC Scholar- Military Science (MS) 401 and 402 Professional Course is usually taken in the freshman and Seminar Attend a six-week ROTC Advanced Camp ship listing in the Financial Aid Section of this catalog sophomore years during which time the student To take this course the student must have satisfac- would take ROTC courses as they would any other on page 2 2 2 Seniors (MS I" torily completed MS 301 and 302 as well as ROTC college courses There is no military service obliga- Fall Semester ^MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM Advanced Camp The course meets two hours per tion or special requirements of any kind The Spring Semester THE BASIC COURSE (Military Science Levels week and is a systematic and comprehensive study freshmen and sophomore courses follow an adven- MS 401 Professional MS 402 Professional I and 11) of professional subject matters designed to facilitate Seminar Seminar ture skill learning and leadership track which is de- the transition from student/cadet to officer It is com- 0-2 cr Military Science (MS) 101 Survival Techniques signed to enhance self-confidence provide new ex- 0-2 cr I (MS 401) Adminis- This is an introductory course designed to prepare prised of two modules Module pertences and place students in realistic leadership trative/Staff Operations and Procedures is taught in DIRECT ENTRY INTO THE students to recognize survival situations determine situations Freshmen learn survival techniques how 11 (MS 402) Military Law ADVANCED COURSE directions navigate at night rappel find and prepare the fall semester Module to handle and,fire a rifle and how to navigate cross- and justice is taught in the spring semester country using a map and a compass Sophomores Students may receive placement credit for MS I and food find water apply first aid cross obstacles and learn about leadership management and the role of 11 and be granted direct entry into the Advanced construct shelters THE COMMON HOUR the military in the United States The Basic Course Course This placement credit may be granted for Mditary Science (MS) 102 Individual Skills Military Science (MS) 100 Cadet Corps Laboratory may be compressed into less than a two-year period I Completion of Army Basic Training or its The course will provide an introduction to the sport The Common Hour and Cadet Corps Laboratory are if the student meets certain prerequisite C^onclitions equivalent in the Navy Air Force Coast Guard or of orienteering which is a combination of cross- synonymous This class is scheduled both semesters Basic Course Curriculum Marine Corps country running and land navigation with the aid of meeting once a week for one hour The Cadet Com- 2 Attendance at a service academy for one or a topographical map and a compass instruction is mander uses the lab to disseminate information and Freshmen (MS 1) more years presented on map reading the use of the compass to organize the activities of the Corps of Cadets All and how to mo.,e quickly and safely through all kinds students are required to attend unless a conflict ex- Fall Semester Spring Semester 3 Completion of equivalent level training in Navy or Air Force ROTC of terrain ists between this class and their academic course MS 101 Survival MS 102 Individual work Military Science (MS) 201 Leadership and Techniques Skills 4 Completion of three or more years training in Management Techniques 0-1 cr 0- 1 cr junior ROTC (any service) or NDCC VOLUNTARY ADVENTURE AND This is an introductory course into basic management - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Sophomores (MS 11) EARLY COMMISSIONING and leadership techniques and includes effective In an Urban environment it is not possible to pro- Fall Semester Many students are able to complete the re- communications techniques small group processes vide students with the kind of surroundings suitable quirements for commissioning prior to graduation leadership traits and styles decision-making and MS 201 Leadership and MS 202 Introduction to for the conduct of such activities as rappelling and through the direct entry concept These students may problem-solving techniques The course is also Management Military Skills small unit tactics Therefore off-campus sites on be commissioned upon completion of the Advanced designed to provide the student with the tools for 0-1 cr 0- 1 cr

Lik

122 123

weekends are utilized in order to effectively apply and the Annual ROTC Commissioning Program techniques taught in the classroom All of these activities (adventure and social) are con- Part III: Weekend activities are student run and instructor ducted with the combined elements of the Pittsburgh ,upervised For this reason these activities are ideally Senior ROTC instructor Group (PSRIG) Universities suited for cadets to practice leadership and organiza- represented in addition to Duquesne are the Univer- tional and military technical skills sity of Pittsburgh Carnegie-Mellon univer^ity and Studet%lit Services, Program Some weekday or weekend evenings are set aside those institutions in the city which have students for Social activities which incorporate exposure to cross-enrolled into one of the three detachments of military customs and ti aditions These events include the PSRIG al"Ild Organizations a Dining-In the Military Ball an Awards Ceremony I

STUDENT LIFE

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS The Dean of Students coordinates the following sion making value clarification interpersonal com- departments Athletics Health Services Residence munication goal setting and career awareness Life and Duquesne Union In addition the Dean of Assistance in all of these areas is available in the Of- Students Office is responsible for the following fice of the Dean of Students specific programs Early Alert Leadership Training Disabled Students Returning Students Center Mini-Courses Commuter The Office of the Dean of Students coordinates and Concerns Alcohol Awareness Honor Societies and provides services available to students with disabili- Interact ties The office serves as an advocate for disabled The Student Afairs area provides the student with students at Duquesne surveying the needs of these opportunities to benefit from a variety of experiences students and developing programs to meet those with fellow students faculty members and adminis- needs trators as well as initiating new programs imple- Specific services currently available include read- meriting change and participating in the essential ing and typing service for the blind or dyslectic processes of University governance on many levels students and orientation to campus facilities The Office of the Dean of Students i^ responsible The Office of the Dean of Students serves as a for coordinating and implementing several programs liaison with the Registrars Office in changing class- and services which provide individual students and room locations if necessary for students in wheel- groups with opportunities for personal intellectual chairs with the Department of Public Safety in and social growth in addition to providing counsel- obtaining special parking permits for disabled ing services and coordinating the University Judicial students and with the Affirmative Action Officer and System the Dean of Students Staff is responsible for Physical Plant in identifying and correcting physical Orientation Freshman/Transfer Assistance Program facilities and barriers College Skills special Scholarships and Awards Disabled Students International Students Life Plan- International Students ning Seminars and Positive Profile Records The responsibility of the International Student Ad- Council on Student Services visor is to be of service to all international students in the area of personal counseling and adjustment The Council chaired by the Dean of Students in- Other services include preparation of forms to ob- cludes student representatives of the Student tain employment and to do practical training The Government Association Commuter Council Resi- International Student Advisor is located in the of- dence Council Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic fice of the Dean of Students Council Union Program Board Orientation COED judicial Board Varsity Club and YMCA Administra- UNIVERSITY JUDICIAL SYSTEM tive members on the Council include representatives by the of all Student Affairs Departments as well as Finan- The University judicial System is administered Dean of Students Office The University judicial Board cial Aid Campus Ministry Public Safety and Physical plays an important role in developing responsible stu- Plant The purpose of the Council is to foster com- dent conduct The Board serves to protect the rights munication and interaction among the various stu- and freedoms of all students while acting as a check dent organizations staff members and departments to insure that these same rights and freedoms are and to facilitate improvement in the quality of life not misused within the context of students respon- of Duquesne University students sibilities to the University The Board has a student College Skills chairperson and is comprised of administrators facul- Essential to the education process is the acquiring ty and students of learning and decision making skills which are not When a student has violated a policy or procedure necessarily provided in the traditional curricular the Director of University judicial Systems in a con- structure of the University Such survival skills are fidential hearing hears from all parties involved after both technical and developmental in nature and in- which a decision is made based on the evidence clude time management note-taking preparing for presented if the student is found guilty a sanction examinations efficient reading self-assessment deci- will be determined by the Director Legal technicali-

124 12 5 ties are minimized and emphasis is placed on the enroll in the University Commuter Health Plan First The University does not accept the responsibility alumni to interact and get to know and understand rights and responsibilities that exist between the Aid and referral services are provided for faculty for loss or damage (from any cause) to the personal one another through informal association individual student and the University Students rights staff and visitors A completely equipped ambulance property /effects of the student nor will the Univer- The Union Program Board consists of five and responsibilities and the University judicial policy is maintained by the University Should an emer- sity assume responsibility for any personal liability committees are outlined in the Duquesne University Code of gency occur the Department of Public Safety should while the student is a resident it is suggested that The Committee On the Art^ (COTA) strives to enrich Student Rights Responsibilities and Conduct with be contacted immediately at 434-6002 to provide students carry personal liability and property Duquesne with fine arts and crafts exhibits and work- which each student should become familiar services of E M T s Treatment or diagnostic pro insurance shops sponsors student and professional dance cedures by theatre and mime performances and offers various ATHLETICS non-University physicians chnics or hospitals must be paid by the student or his family STUDENT LIFE discount trips to such places as museums ballets Duquesne University is a member of the National Col- The office of Student Life administers the programs Fallingwater and New York City Health insurance legiate Athletic Association the Eastern Collegiate services and facilities of the Duquesne Union as well The Social Committee seeks to satisfy various musical Athletic Conference the Association for intercol- It is recommended that each student carry some form as the services and programs of the Duquesne tastes while complimenting the social programs spon- legiate Athletics for Women and the Eastern Asso- of health insurance The University provides a Stu University YMCA The staff consists of the Associate sored by other organizations on campus These in- ciation for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and dent Health Care Program which has been designed Dean of Students for Student Life Director of Union clude concerts TGIF s magic hypnotists coffee- the Pennwood West Conference The University to meet the needs of the student and is priced lower operations Director of Programs and Activities houses and other social events follows the rules of these organizations in determining than individual health insurance policies Complete Director of Recreation YMCA Director and a The Forurn Contitultee presents speakers as well as information about this insurance plan may be ob a students eligibility for a varsity team graduate assistant dramatic presentations concerning topics of contem- The Athletic Department fields varsity teams in the tained from the University Insurance officer Second Collectively the Union Staff provides advice and porary interest They also utilize campus resources following sports baseball basketball cross country Floor of the Administration, Building NOTE the assistance for all phases of campus programs and in sponsoring mint-lectures on special subjects sug- University is not responsible for medical expenses football (Division 111) golf rifle swimming and ten- establishes goals for produces and presents a bal- gested by the faculty or administration nis for men as a member of the NCAA and basket- resulting from participation in intramural sports ALL anced series of cultural educational social and Special events such as the College Bowl and the ball volleyball swimming and tennis for women as INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS ARE REQUIRED To recreational programs which strives to meet the Union Christmas and Birthday parties are handled CARRY HEALTH INSURANCE a member of the AIAW The Department also spon- University Community s needs While the staff workr by the Union Affairs Cominittee This Committee is also sors a coed bowling team which competes in the Club RESIDENCE LIFE most closely with the Union Program Board services responsible for recruiting and the application process League of Western Pennsylvania and a club hockey extend to all students and student organizations of UPB members team Although they are primarily men s sports under Residence Life is dedicated to the task of creating faculty staff and administration The Promotion Committee serves all the other com- the NCAA women are eligible and have competed an environment in which a student can grow and mittees and student organizations with creative ideas Duquesne Union on the golf and rifle teams develop as a total person Its program is based on in advertising and publicity for on campus and also The men s varsity basketball team (Division 1) com- two assumptions 1) the student s residence hall liv- The Duquesne Union is more than a unique build- publicizes the Union through newsletters and activi- petes nationally as a member of the Eastern Athletic ing experience can be an important part of the total ing It is an organization a program a service an ties calendars included in this Dial-an-Activity is a Association university education and 2) the residence hall staff experience and a spirit that has spread through free promotional telephone service for campus with a defined educational mission can greatly Duquesne since it opened in March 1967 it is a Prospective candidates for any of the teams may events unique partnership of professional staff faculty and obtain information from the Athletic Office in the enhance the opportunities for students to profit from Everyone is welcome to join the Union Program students working together to provide the experiences Duquesne Union Athletic grants-in-aid are available their residence hall experience Therefore it is the Board and may do so by obtaining an application necessary to develop mature effective members of in all sports except bowling football swimming and, purpose of Residence Life to facilitate the personal in the UPB Office (Third Floor Union) hockey and academic growth of student living by striving to society make the whole of residence life an educational ex- Participation in the Union offers individuals the ex- Recreational Center Intramurals perience To this end the professional and resident periences they need to develop their unique talents The Recreational Center located on the First Floor The intramural Program at Duquesne offers a vari- assistant staff will provide the wherewithal to facili- and personalities allowing them to synthesize and provides a wide variety of recreation activities in- ety of sports Beginning in September the program tate such development express their ideas and beliefs included in this is the cluding open and league bowling shoe rental offers a tennis tournament three touch football Recognizing that each individual has unique talents opportunity to learn and apply leadership tech- billiards ping pong arcade machines table soccer leagues basketball two-man basketball and volley- and potentials every effort is made to create a resi- niques and plan and present programs and activities and various board games Several tournaments ball During the spring semester students can par- dence hall environment that is acceptable to each for the campus and community some offering regional and national competition are ticipate in basketball coed volleyball a chess tourna- individual and open to his or her effort on this With a goal of community all aspects of the Union— held throughout the year ment street hockey two man hearts and foul environment It isthe student who activelybecom- programs facilities and committees—are open to the Other Recreational Center services include Reading shooting The intramural season ends in March with ing part of environment enriches his or her own entire campus It is not the Student Union but the and T V Lounge and an Emporium carrying many softball ultimate frisbee and marathons development It is this aim that university living strives Duquesne Union recreational and craft items and custom T-shirts for For further information and rules concerning the to accomplish sale at reduced prices Union Program Board various sports contact the Intramural Director in the in the belief that residence living adds to the educa- The Swimming Pool is located in the Towers and The Union Program Board is a student organization main gym tional opportunities of the individual student the is open to all students faculty and staff at no charge designed to enrich the entire Duquesne Community The Women s Health Club is located in University University reserves the right to require all under- Hours of operation are posted at the pool The through its various committees provides Hall and a Weight Room is available in the main gym graduate students who do not commute from their UPB cultural recreational educational and social information Center permanent home or residence to reside in Univer- HEALTH SERVICES programming for the entire campus The Union Information Center located on the third sity residence halls Availability of space currently provides a variety of entertainment in- floor concourse provides a central point on campus The University Health Service is located on the sec- limits implementation of this requirement to The UPB cluding art exhibits concerts guest speakers dance for dispensing and obtaining information It is in ond floor of the Duquesne Towers Residence Hall freshman and sophomore students and theatre performances and any other creative short a place to go when you don t know where to During the Fall and Spring semesters nursing service Residence hall space has been at a premium Many programming ideas that its members come up with go Included among the numerous services provided is available Monday through Friday 8 30 a m -8 00 students have not been able to reside on campus p It also offers such services as promotion resources the information Center are Stucl^nt organization m Saturday and Sunday I 1 00 a m -2 00 p m A because they did not turn in their room contract and by for other campus organizations and groups mailboxes newspapers (Pittsburgh Press and Post physician is available Monday through Friday at $ 100 deposit Therefore it is imperative that students specified hours During summer months nursing and offers its members a chance to gain ef- Gazette-daily and weekly New York Times— wishing to live in the residence halls complete and The UPB fective skills in leadership group process and organ- available on a semester subscription basis) athletic physician hours vary according to need return their contract and deposit as early as possible ization and communication it also provides the op- event tickets interoffice and U S mailboxes paging Primary health care is provided for all resident since students are assigned available space on a first- portunity for students faculty administration and announcements lost and found student organiza- students and commuter students who choose to come first-serve basis

126 127

tion office keys duplicating services weekly and information job placement assistance academic skill dent s questions or concerns Counseling is also policies and procedures All resident students are monthly PAT bus passes Bell telephone bill collec- assessment career assessment and personality available to students whose concerns are of a more automatically members of Residence Council and are tion and in general information assessment Also students can receive indirect assis- personal nature such as adjusting to college life encouraged to attend meetings functions etc spon- Scheduling tance through referral to appropriate University and anxiety etc Professional assistance with study skills sored by the group community programs The center can further assist test anxiety and personal concerns is available in it is the aim of the Residence Council to serve as All registered student organizations and Duquesne all University departments and divisions as a source both individual and group counseling formats a link between the resident students and the ad- University employees wishing to use space on cam- for their student referrals and as a consultative information and applications requisite to national ministration Aside from the council activities pus for university related non-academic functions service for occupational community and University qualification examinations (LSAT GRE SAT etc ) are representatives of the Residence Council serve on should make arrangements to do so through the surveys of academic and career needs available The Bureau has information regarding the Council on Student Services and the Food Service Duquesne Union Scheduling Office Refer to the preparatory services for these national exams inter- Committee to provide student input for the formula- Career Planning and Placement scheduling policy available in the Scheduling Office ested students may call or drop in for information tion and review of University policies affecting for specific procedures to be followed Students and graduates of Duquesne University have in addition the Testing Bureau regularly administers residence life available to them the full services and programs of Governing Council the MAT and CLEP examinations INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL Career Planning and Placement Persons with uncer- The Testing Bureau is open free of charge to all Overall direction for the Union s programs and The inter-Fraternity Council serves as a clearing tain or changing vocational goals may seek career Duquesne students and is located in Room 308 of operations is provided by its Governing Council house for general fraternity social information and planning through personal contact with the profes- the Administration Building Appointments may be Specifically the Council advises the Associate Dean as a forum for airing constructive proposals for the sional staff and use of the career resources Early use made in person or by telephone (434-6208) Hours recommends internal policies and insures the imple- improvement of the fraternity system Membership of this service is encouraged are 8 30 a m -4 30 p m Monday through Friday mentation of balanced programming through the The individual with well-defined career goals may in the Council is composed of three elected or ap- allocation of program funds in accordance with seek employment advice including resume prepara- PSYCHOLOGICAL CENTER FOR pointed representatives from each of the eight established goals A broadly representative body the tion job application and interview techniques job TRAINING AND RESEARCH member fraternities The lFC establishes all rules Council includes the Associate Dean Director of referrals and credentials The graduating student The Psychological Center for Training and Research governing inter-fraternity sports and regulates Union Operations Director of Programs and Activi- may also be interested in campus interviews with is staffed by the Psychology Department and is pledging ties and - representatives from the faculty alumni Stu- visiting employers available to students for personal counseling Coun- PANHELLENIC COUNCIL dent Government Association the Union Program Any student group or academic department may seling interviews provide the student with an oppor- The Panhellenic Council was established for the pur- Board Commuter Council Residence Council and contact Career Planning and Placement for aid in tunity for personal growth through the development pose of strengthening women s fraternities as Student Affairs Division developing a career program and/or in securing a of the individual s ability to find one s own solutions organizations and for promoting cooperation among career speaker , Duquesne University YMCA for difficulties of a personal nature Single confer- the groups through scholastic athletic and social ac- The part-time and summer employment program The Duquesne YMCA located in the Student Life ences or a series of interviews in individual or group tivities Membership in the Panhellenic Council is is important to students in financing their education- Office in the Union offers students a wide variety counseling can be arranged at the Center s Office composed of the presidents and elected repre- and to those seeking practical experience to augment of opportunities to become active in the greater Pitts- which is located on the first floor of the Center for sentatives of each of the six women s social fraterni- college training Placement in campus job is largely burgh community and on campus Training and Research in Phenomenological Psychol- ties Panhellenic Council establishes all rules concern- though not totally dependent upon financial need Community programs are designed to encourage ogy (Counseling Building) ing the rushing and pledging of new fraternity Part-time and summer jobs in the community are also students to have fun while learning about Pittsburgh members available with new listing arriving daily gain field experience in their areas of interest and I STUDENT GOVERNANCE study explore potential careers and broaden the Learning Skills Program STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS dimensions of their education YMCA members work The Learning Skills Program located on the third The Student Government Association is a student- GENERAL with children adolescents and adults in hospitals floor of the Administration Building is an ancillary created structure designed to provide a forum for parks playgrounds correctional institutions and on academic service whose primary charge is the intel- the expression of student views and interests to There are more than 100 active student organizations the streets lectual development of students Services are pro- maintain academic freedom and responsibility and at Duquesne Some serve the needs of specific in- Campus programs are planned by students and vided in coordination with academic offices of the to foster intelligent interest and participation in all terest groups as well as those of residents and com- around their current interests and include back- University phases of university life Two major functions of the muters Others relate directly to major areas of study packing aerobics and cross-cultural communications As part of its academic assistance efforts the Learn- S G A are to serve as student representatives on im- Some honor academic achievement Many are Student ideas and participation are encouraged in ing Skills Program delivers diagnostic and prescrip- portant University committees and to serve as the formed to meet religious service or social needs and the organization and administration of all YMCA tive services individualized developmental programs sole body that recognizes and funds student interests Whatever their purpose these organiza- programs in reading writing mathematics and science are organizations tions and their activities comprise a major part of offered students who seek to upgrade their academic campus life COMMUTER COUNCIL DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES skills and advance their intellectual growth HONOR SOCIETIES A free tutorial service provides students with com- The Commuter Council is an officially recognized CENTER FOR ACADEMIC AND funded student governmental organization open to These societies have as their primary purpose CAREER DEVELOPMENT petent tutors in numerous subject areas in addition recognition of academic excellence and leadership a comprehensive study skills program is available to all students at the University The purpose of the The Center for Academic and Career Development Council is to identify commuter concerns and to pro- achievement and are members of the Association of help students prepare study skills as well as to assist College Honor Societies (CACD) is a coordinated guidance counseling refer- students experiencing academic difficulties vide educational social and service-oriented pro- ral and consultative program within Duquesne The program is free to all Duquesne University grams for the University s large commuter popula- PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL University comprised of three services Career Plan- students tion To involve the entire community in its piogram ORGANIZATIONS ning and Placement Learning Skills Program and the Council works closely with the Student Govern- The Testing Bureau T hese professional organizations exist to provide the Testing Bureau The Center provides for both direct ment Association Residence Council Union Program fertile ground for the growth of informal exchange counseling and guidance service to students assist- The primary role of the staff of theJesting Bureau Board and the administration of ideas pertinent to the students academic pursuits ing them through the educational process and the is to provide the student with the opportunitv to ex- RESIDENCE COUNCIL With this purpose in mind these organizations spon- career development process Through the Center a plore interests and abilities as they pertain to choos- The Residence Council coordinates residenc , e hall sor nurnerous programs including debates sympo- student can seek any or all of the following services ing a degree major or minor and planni6g a career siums and lectures I academic planning tutoring academic skill develop- Trained counselors focus upon test results and the activities and is involved with the Office of Residence ment vocational guidance career planning career students personal style when considering the stu- Life in developing and implementing residence hall 129 128

SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS and extracurricular opportunities in communication The purpose of these nationally-affiliated organiza- skills for individuals and groups Most positions on Part IV: - tions is to provide a high standard of service to the the staff are filled by students The University radio campus and local communities while at the same station operates on a 25 000 Watt frequency over time developing the leadership qualities of and a radius of seventy miles Campus Ministry cooperation among each member of the organiza- WDRC tion With this purpose in mind service organizations This radio station purchased by Residence Council sponsor a wide variety of professional service and operated by students provides music and The Campus Ministry is deeply concerned with the for private prayer and quiet meditation it is available charitable and social programs too to groups for specific services of a religious announcements in the Duquesne Tower s Cafeteria religious life and growth of Duquesne students and SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS during the lunch and dinner hours Students inter- all campus residents its policies and programs are nature The Campus Ministry sees itself at the service of Social organizations are composed of college men ested in being disc jockeys and/or announcers on oriented to furthering that growth at the personal WDRC should contact Residence Council as well as the community level For Catholic students all in an open unstructured nonthreatening relation- and women who have joined together to enhance ship and invites the entire Duquesne Community to their identities by sponsoring and promoting social Eucharistic liturgies are celebrated daily and at all PUBLICATIONS make use of its services athletic cultural and academic events Many of these times of the day there is easy access to the Sacra- The Duquesne University Code of Student Rights ment of Reconciliation For all students whatever The Ministry s activities are announced by posters organizations belong to Inter-Fraternity Council of in Residence Halls the Union and a weekly Chapel Panhellenic Council Responsibilities and Conduct their faith the chaplains are available to help with spiritual direction counseling advice or sympathetic bulletin Its main office is in Room 102 on the first The Student Code is the definitive statement of stan- floor of the Administration Building with additional PERFORMANCE GROUPS dards policies and procedures regarding student listening Ministers and rabbis of other faiths are a offices in the Duquesne Towers and Assumption Hall rights and responsibilities campus organizations Stu- vital part of the Campus Ministry staff providing TAMBURITZANS dormitories dent governance student records student conduct services in conjunction with nearby churches and The Duquesne University Tamburitzans were and the University Judicial System Copies are avail- synagogues The University Chapel is open each day founded in 193 7 at the University and were the first able at the Duquesne Union Informational Center and university-based performing folk ensemble in the the Office of The Dean of Students United States The group takes its name from the Tamburitza family of stringed instruments indigen- The Duquesne Duke the University campus news- ous to the folk cultures of Southeastern Europe The paper is written and edited by the students for the group exists for the dual purpose of preserving and students It appears every Thursday during the perpetuating the Eastern European cultural heritage academic year except during examination periods in the United States and offering scholarship oppor- and holidays and provides an array of campus news tunities to deserving students student opinions editorials and advertisements The paper is geared to all members of the University THEATRE administrators faculty members employees and The serves to provide an extracur- most of all students Membership in the Duquesne ricular outlet for students who wish to participate in Duke is open to all students the theatre Its aim is to provide the University and The Duquesne Magazine its students with educational and cultural benefits that is a literary publication published each semester which affords students the accrue from a dramatic program In line with these opportunity to submit writing artwork and photo- objectives the Masquer s program offers a variety graphs of stage entertainment—one-act plays musicals com- edies tragedies Any Duquesne student is eligible L Espirit Du Duc the yearbook highlights the events for membership of the previous year to remind all graduates of their alma mater It is mailed to all seniors after their MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS graduation WDUO RADIO AND TELEVISION The Student Handbook published annually con- The University s radio station (WDUO-90 5 F M I tains information about the University which con- and television (closed circuit) provide academic sup- cerns the students Copies are available at the port to the individual schools and departments Information Center Third Floor Duquesne Union through seminars workshops laboratory experience

130 131 V"% dent must enroll in a course in developmental English Fart V: muters or $250 for resident students by May I of their senior year International students must sub- during his/her first semester at the University Mit a non-refundable tuition deposit of $650 No financial aid is presently,available for inter- national students It is the responsibility of the applicant to arrange to have Admission, Financial A letter of reference from at least one school of- Aid,, all supporting credentials on file with the Office of Admissions ficial which contains information on the applicants and Financial Aid Office prior to the deadline dates academic personal and social strengths and weak- Tuition a"11d Fec&%s -EARLY ADMISSION nesses and also the length of time the writer has Although the University believes that most students known the student is required profit from four years in the secondary school the Admissions decisions will not be made until all Early Admission Plan is open to outstanding students information has been received completed and Admission I This is a plan whereby unusually able and mature certified OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS candidates who have completed less than four years Upon completion of all academic and non- of a secondary school program may apply for con- academic requirements in addition to the $650 ac- The Office of Admissions is located on the first floor by November 15 sideration to begin college after their junior year The ceptance deposit the international Student Advisor of the Administration Building of his/her senior year The student is notified of the decision high school diploma is awarded following successful will issue the necessary documents for obtaining a by December 15 and is Telephone (412) 434-6220 434-6221 434-6222 required to send his/her non-refundable deposit completion of their freshman year in college Two student visa to the United States To complete on- Office hours Monday through Friday from 8 30 A M within two weeks This offers the candidate the ad- separate interviews are required Further details may campus registration international students who are to 4 30 P M vantag6 of knowing of the admissions decision ear- be obtained by telephoning or writing to the Admis- admitted should plan to arrive one week before the POLICY ly in his/her senior year sions Office term begins It is the Policy of Duquesne University to admit appli- CATEGORIES POST-GRADUATES APPLICATION—NEW APPLICATION—OTHER cants who are best qualified to profit from oppor- FIRST-YEAR Post-graduates are students who already have a STUDENTS it is the responsibility of persons who apply for evening study tunities which the University offers for intellectual Bachelor s degree but desire to take undergraduate or as international students post-graduate readmission students spiritual and social growth In general admission is Application should be addressed to the Director of courses at Duquesne transfers temporary transfers and veterans or for the Sum- based upon past academic performance scholastic Admissions Duquesne University Pittsburgh Penn- A Post-graduate student must submit a Post- sylvania mer Session to arrange to ha^e all supporting credentials on ability and personal characteristics information 15282 It may be submitted at any time dur- graduate application if the Bachelors degree was file with the Office of Admissions and the Financial Aid Office about religious preference sex racial characteristics ing the candidates senior year up to July I received from an institution other than Duquesne The application procedure is as follows before deadline dates and ethnic origin is not taken into consideration by If the bachelor s degree was received from Duquesne the Committee on Admissions I Obtain complete and file the Application for ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE an application for readmission must be submitted Admission with the Office of Admissions INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS In both instances proof of degree is required either by ADMISSION REGUIREMENTS an official transcript or a certificate of graduation 2 Include the $20 non-refundable application fee All international applicants must meet the admissions I A candidate should have been graduated from requirements for freshmen and/or transfer candi- with the application form International students must READMISSION an approved secondary school in the upper three- pay a $30 non-refundable application fee No appli- dates as determined by the academic unit in which fifths of the class and demonstrated exemplary per- Any student who withdraws from the University must cation 'will be processed for consideration they propose to study in addition official transcripts by the apply for readmission through the Office of Admis- sonal conduct in that institution Applicants who have of all degrees diplomas MarK sheets and examina- Committee on Admissions unless accompanied by sions regardless of the time interval involved since not completed four years of high school must sub- the required fee tion records in original or photostatic copies must withdrawal A student who is dismissed for academic mit a High School Equivalent Diploma issued by their be sent with certified translations where applicable 3 Request the secondary school principal or reasons must appeal to the Committee on Student state department of education from all schools colleges and universities attended guidance counselor to submit a transcript of the can- Standing of the school to which application for ad-, 2 High sc^ool curriculum must include 16 to the Admissions office units didate s academic record A recommendation is mission or readmission is being made once the ap- distributed as follows four units in English eight units required A declaration of finances must be submitted which the appropriate plication has been submitted to the Adm-issions in any combination from the area of social studies has been completed and certified by 4 Complete the required Office language mathematics and science and four elec- SAT or ACT examina- persons Acceptance letters will not be issued until tion during the spring of junior year and/or fall of tive units for which the secondary school offers credit the Admissions Office is in receipt of this form and senior year It is the personal responsibility of each TRANSFERS toward graduation In specific instances and at the approval has been granted candidate to have test scores forwarded to the A student who wishes to transfer from another col- discretion of the Committee on Admissions the gen- If English is the applicants principal language of University lege or university must have the complete transcripts uine equivalent of,these requirements may be ac- results must be submitted If English instruction SAT of high school and college records forwarded to the 5 An interview is highly is not the applicants native language or principal cepted in lieu of the precise requirements specified recommended for Office of Admissions and must submit an application (Note Candidates planning to enroll in Pharmacy prospective students Auditions are required for language of instruction the Test of English as a School for admission When accepted the student must Pre-Dental or Pre-Medical programs Medical Tech- of Music applicants Foreign Language (TOEFL)* is required unless the supply to the dean of his school a description of the 6 applicant has finished one year of college in the nology Radiological Health or as science or mathe- Students interested in being considered for courses which appear on the transcript The student United States and has successfully completed at least matics majors should have completed a minimum of University Scholarships should submit their appli- should contact the Advisement office of his school seven units in mathematics and sciences ) cation by February semester credit hours and demonstrated profi- I of their senior year 16 for placement and curriculum planning following a 3 TOEFL accepted international Scores in accordance with the standards 7 Early Decision Deadline (for students who have ciency in English All reasonable period for evaluation of transcript students must take English diagnostic tests upon ar- adhered to by the University must be presented for Duquesne as their first College choice) is November The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and 15 rival at the University for appropriate placement the required College Entrance Examination Board Notification will be by December 15 If accepted Schools of Education and Pharmacy award 60 regardless of the academic level of acceptance if the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American Col- under the Early Decision Plan commuting students semester hours of credit to accepted transfer appli- results of the diagnostic examinations indicate the lege Testing Program (ACT) (Note for admission to are asked to submit a non-refundable tuition deposit cants who have an Associate Degree in Arts from a need for remedial work in English to assure satisfac- the School of Music an audition is required of $100 within two weeks Resident students are regionally accredited two-year institution asked to submit a tory progress in the projected plan of study the stu- EARLY DECISION $250 non-refundable deposit Students transferring from a regionally accredited 8 Notification of decisions for regular admissi'on institution must present academic records which Students who desire Duquesne University as their *For mtormation about testing in any country the Educa- begin once Early Decision applicants have been show an overall average of C (2 0 on a 4 0 quality first choice for college should consider the Early Deci- tional Testing Service Princeton New Jersey 08540 notified if accepted students are asked to submit point system) sion plan This plan requires that the student apply should be contacted non-refundabie tuition deposit of $100 for com- 133 132

Persons seeking admission to the University as program are English composition history history CREDIT HOUR BANK AWARD CONDITIONS transfer students from a state approved college of art modern foreign languages (French German The Credit Hour Bank is designed for high school All financial aid awards are subject to terms and con- which does not have regional accreditation must have Spanish) Latin mathematics AB mathematics BC students and adults who would like to sample col- ditions set forth in applications and award notifica- attained a cumulative average of 3 0 based on a 4 0 physics B and C chemistry biology lege courses prior to official enrollment The maxi- tions it is important that the student carefully read quality point system In addition such prospective Credit will be given on a minimum advanced place- mum number of credits that may be taken is 15 all information provided by aid sources and promptly students must take the College Entrance Examina- notify them of changes pertinent to their applications ment score determined vearly by the College of Credits completed in the Credit Hour Bank are held I tion Board tests and attain the appropriate scores Liberal Arts and Sciences For current information in escrow until the applicant applies and fulfills all or awards An interview is highly recommended for all transfer students about the minimal score acceptable for each subject regular admission requirements Upon regular ad- and will be required of those students which the Admissions and the credits granted consult with the University s mittance all credits are then evaluated toward a STUDENT SELF-HELP office notifies personally Director of Testing Bureau or the Office of Academic degree program As the primary beneficiary of higher education the TEMPORARY TRANSFERS Advisement College of Liberal Arts and Sciences To apply to the Credit Hour Bank Program sub- student is expected to accept at least partial finan- Applicants who hope to receive advanced place- mit the $20 non-refundable application fee and cial responsibility for the cost This principle is re- Temporary Transfers are students who are enrolled ment credits must request that scores be sent to the attach a letter indicating full comprehension and flected in both the determination of need and the in another college or university but who desire to University Information about equivalent Univers, ity acceptance of the conditions of the Credit Hour Bank types of aid available in determining need con- take a course or courses at Duquesne for one courses for which qualifying students may receive Program A form is available for this purpose and sideration is given for at least a minimum contribu- semester credit may be obtained from the University s Direc- can be obtained by contacting the Office of tion to cost from the student s summer earnings sav- No Temporary Transfer Student will be granted ad- tor of Testing Bureau or the Assistant Dean for Ad- Admissions ings and resources Two types of self-help programs mission without formal application and an official ministration College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Generally all first year courses in the College of of aid are available loans and work Student loans transcript or permission from an official at the Univer- Liberal Arts and Sciences are open to Credit Hour provide rates terms and conditions superior to sity at which the student is enrolled A Temporary COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Bank students those offered by commercial lenders and offer the Transfer Student must reapply if he/she should desire The special examinations for which the College of student the opportunity to help himself/herself by to take a course or courses at Duquesne University Liberal Arts and Sciences will award credit with ac- accepting future repayment responsibility Student beyond one semester ceptable scores are employment programs provide the opportunity to No Temporary Transfer shall be permitted to I General Examinations Humanities social sciences help earn a portion of the educational costs register for more than two semesters without mak- ing arrangements to become a permanent transfer 2 Subject Examinations American government Financial Aid GIFT ASSISTANCE American history analysis and interpretation of Duquesne University subscribes to the philosophy Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available SUMMER SESSION literature biology college algebra college algebra- in accordance with one or a combination of the trigonometry college composition computers and that no student should be denied the education of DUQUESNE STUDENTS following criteria 1) Financial Need 2) Superior Academic' data processing elementary computer programming his/her choice for lack of sufficient financial Potential or Achievement and 3) Special Ability which Any Duquesne University undergraduate student FORTRAN IV general chemistry general psychology resources The Office of Student Financial Aid has who was granted continuance at the close of the been established to help students locate the finan- reflects proficiency in a specialized field or activity introductory calculus introductory business manage- such as music debate athletics etc it should be preceding Spring Semester is authorized to register ment introductory marketing introductory money cial support they require Students and parents in the Summer Session Students who were dismissed should not be overwhelmed by the variety and ap- noted that many sources of gift aid expect the stu- and banking (only validation of comparable course(s) dent to accept some form of self-help assistance by their school at the close of the preceding Spring taken at regionally accredited schools where courses parent complexities of modern student financial aid Semester for academic reasons may register for sum- were offered at the 200 level or above Students must Rather a patient thorough examination of aid oppor- MEETING STUDENT NEED mer classes by permission of the Committee on Stu- have completed the course(s) with a C or better tunities should be undertaken to locate the most The Financial Aid office attempts to provide aid equal dent Standing of their school All students must have to be eligible I introductory sociology microbiology advantageous forms of assistance available to the to need for all student applicants Normally this re- their course selections approved by their academic macro-economics micro-economics statistics individual student quires an aid package consisting of funds from advisor western civilization multiple aid sources and programs Those programs Graduates and other former students including any PRINCIPLES OF AID A student who has accumulated 30 or more credits which are under the direct control of the Aid Office who withdrew from the University must obtain read- is not eligible to take the General Examination for FINANCIAL NEED are not usually sufficient to meet full need or pro- mittance before they may register for summer The major criterion of most aid programs is the stu- vide an aid package of the most beneficial composi- classes credits When a student has acquired 60 credits he will not be given credit on the basis of CLEP exams dent s need for funds in general parents and the tion It is expected that students who apply for assis- STUDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS This total of 60 includes the CLEP credit i e if a stu- student are expected to pay the expenses of educa- tance to the University will also apply to federal A student of another college or university who wishes dent has completed 57 credits he could not receive tion However to the extent they cannot reasonably state and other available sources be expected to meet this expense there is a demon- to enroll for the summer session and who intends more than 3 credits on CLEP exams The University PROGRAM FUNDING is continuing to evaluate CLEP subject scores and per- strated financial need or eligibility for aid Methods of thereafter to return to the original institution and is All programs of financial aid are subject to limitations formance at Duquesne Credit will be given on a determining need may vary slightly among aid eligible to continue there may be admitted to the of available funds Therefore in addition to the eli- Summer Session A tear-out admissions application minimum score determined yearly by the College of sources but all have the common objective of Liberal Arts and Sciences identifying the difference between educational costs gibility requirements of a particular program and registration form for the summer study is pro- assistance depends upon the level of funding in the Exams must be taken according to the usual pro- and the individual family s ability to contribute to vided in the announcement of summer offerings program First consideration always goes to appli- gression of courses The exam in College Algebra or these costs The costs considered include tuition which may be obtained from the office of Admis- cants who apply within deadline dates and who pro- College Algebra/Trig must be taken before a student fees room and board or an allowance for mainten- sions at mid-March These students are considered information All programs are registers for Calculus I ance at home travel or commuting expenses books vide complete arid accurate to be Temporary Transfer Students subject to change elimination or replacement Information about the time and place that exam- and necessary personal expenditures Need analysis Changes in government programs are routine since ADVANCED PLACEMENT inations are given may be obtained from the Univer- presumes the family s ability to contribute to these these require periodic legislative review Students who have followed the College Entrance sity Testing Bureau or the College Level Examina- Costs will approximate that of families of similar size Examination Board college level program in secon- tion Program Box 977 Princeton New Jersey 08540 and financial strength with consideration given for CURRENT INFORMATION dary schools and have performed satisfactorily in the Information about equivalent University courses for individual circumstances It is extremely important Because programs of aid'and conditions of eligibil- advanced placement examinations are eligible for ad- which qualifying students may receive credit may be that all financial information reported by the family ity do change from time to time the student should vanced placement Duquesne University grants obtained from the University s Director of Testing be complete accurate and updated for any major changes attempt to keep abreast of new developments The credit as well as placement for achievement that Bureau or the Assistant Dean for Administration Col- Such information is considered and treated confi- high school guidance office the University Financial merits such consideration Subjects included in the lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences dentially by aid administrators

134 135

Aid Office and the office of education in the student s terest rate of 12% Applications and information are clemic achievement is normally reflected by a guidelines published by the Federal government The home state are excellent sources of information available through banks and other lending cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 0 or above second program is referred to as the General Pro- Students should avoid the error of disqualifying Renewal amounts may vary relative to the level of gram which is funded by the University in addition institutions themselves for specific forms of aid because of hear- need to considerations of financial need placement in a say or dated information OTHER POSSIBILITIES A decision not to apply part-time position depends upon the student s quali- to particular aid source should be made only upon Parish Scholarship Program Available to incoming in addition to mass programs of aid previously fications for performing successfully in the job Stu- the advice of an aid officer students from the parishes in the Diocese of Pitts- described financial assistance may be obtained from dent employment is limited to a maximum of flft^en burgh Students are recommended by their pastor a wide variety of sources Since application pro- working hours a week when classes are in session UNIVERSITY AID to the University s Admissions Office Awards are cedures and requirements differ greatly it is not Students working under either program may not re- based on academic achievement and demonstrated possible to provide specific information in general APPLICATION PROCEDURE tain outside jobs during academic periods need They are renewable yearly based on continued the student seeking potential sources of aid may in- I Applicants must be currently enrolled in the academic achievement and continued need Con- quire of 1) high school guidance counselors University or be in the process of aPplying for ad- tinued academic achievement is normally reflected 2) parents employers or labor unions 3) fraternal mission incoming students should not wait for official by a cumulative Quality Point Average of 3 0 and OTHER SOURCES OF AID social religious or professional organizations acceptance to the University before applying for above Renewal amounts may vary relative to the 4) major organizations utilizing the skills of the field financial assistance PELL GRANT PROGRAM level of need for which the student is preparing and 5) specific 2 Obtain the formal application for financial Direct grant assistance through the Federal govern- departments within the University assistance (Freshmen and transfer students may ob- Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants Federal ment is available to undergraduates based on an tain the form through Admissions office publications grant assistance is available to full or half-time under- eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted each graduate students with financial need it should be or through the Financial Aid Office Currently enrolled year by Congress All undergraduates are advised students may obtain the form only through the Finan- noted that due to limited funding these grants are to apply for this form of aid Students receiving aid AID FROM DEPARTMENTS normally awarded only to full-time students Recip- cial Aid Office I Complete this application and sub- through the University are required to apply for a AND SCHOOLS mit it to the Financial Aid Office Duquesne Univer- ients are selected in accordance with guidelines Pell Grant Necessary forms may be obtained through published by the Federal Government COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS sity Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15282 PRIOR to these the Financial Aid Office or the High School Guidance AND SCIENCES deadline dates For the Fall Semester or the aca- National Direct Student Loans National Direct Loans are Office Pittsburgh Communications Foundation Loans The Founda- demic year no later than May I for the Spring available to both full-time and half-time students who STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE tion has established a loan fund for deserving junior Semester no later than December I Late applicants demonstrate financial need and are making accept- General Depending upon the student s legal state of and senior full-time students in the Department of will be considered on the basis of available funds able progress toward a degree it should be noted residence direct grant assistance from the state may journalism Students will be required to repay the Students interested in being considered for scholar- that due to limited funding these loans are normal- be available for study at Duquesne University loan within two years after graduation at three per- ships should submit their financial aid application by ly awarded only to full-time students Recipients are February 1 cent a year Such loans will be granted on the recom- selected in accordance with guidelines published by Non-Pennsylvania residents should contact their high mendation of the Chairman of the journalism Depart- 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office or the Federal Government Loan repayment does not school guidance counselor or state Department of ment assisted by the journalism faculty Loan in- the Financial Aid Office a Financial Aid Document begin until six months after the borrower terminates Education to determine if grants are available and quiries and applications should be made to the Chair- Complete and submit it according to instructions at least half-time study and is scheduled over a to determine application procedures man of the Department of journalism Statements take four to eight weeks to process and I 0-year period at an interest rate of five percent a Pennsylvania residents should obtain the State Grant Ap- year The Eleanor Potis Capone Memorial Award The award therefore should be submitted as early as possible plication from high school guidance offices the 4 honors in perpetuity the memory of Eleanor P A reply to this application if filed by deadline Federal Nursing Loans These loans are available to full- University Financial Aid Office or the Pennsylvania Capone The scholarship consists of the total annual dates should be anticipated as follows Freshmen time undergraduate nursing students who demon- Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) At cur- income from a restricted growth endowment fund and new transfers between mid-February and late strate financial need and are making acceptable rent levels grants ranging from $ 100 to $1500 a year and is awarded to an undergraduate student enrolled March (providing student has been accepted for ad- progress toward a degree Recipients are selected are available to full-time undergraduate students at the University who will be selected on the basis mission) Upperclassmen Replies should be antici- in accordance with guidelines published by the based on considerations of financial need Filing of merit in the field of creative writing with need a pated in June or July Federal government Loan repayment does not begin deadline is normalJy May I I secondary consideration interested students should 5 Applications must be filed annually until nine months after the borrower terminates at GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS contact the Chairman Honors and Awards Commit- least half-time study in nursing and is scheduled over tee English Department prior to January 15 PROGRAMS a I 0-year period at an interest rate of six percent This program provides long-term low interest stu- a year dent loans available through the cooperative efforts Andrew Kozora Memorial Scholarship This award was The following programs for which the foregoing ap- of federal and state governments and participating established to honor in perpetuity the memory of plication procedures apply are administered directly Health Professions Loans Health Profession Student by private lending institutions These loans are available Andrew Kozora Full-time third or, fourth year the Financial Aid Office Loans are available to full-time undergraduate stu- to students enrolled in an institution of higher learn- students enrolled at Duquesne University and hav- dents in the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy pro- University Scholars Awards The University awards ing on at least a half-time basis They are provided ing declared a major field of study to be either gram who demonstrate financial need and are mak- scholarships annually to exceptional high school by commercial lending institutions in every state To Physics or Mathematics are eligible for such scholar- ing acceptable progress toward a degree Recipients scholars These awards are not based on a demon- apply the student should inquire at a local lending ship The primary consideration will be financial need are selected in accordance with guidelines published strated need and may be renewed each year pro- institution where the student or parents have an ac- with academic achievement secondary Recipients by the Federal government Loan repayment does vided the student maintains a high level of academic count The maximum that an undergraduate student are selected by the University s Director of Finan- not begin until one year after the student ceases to achievement Renewal amounts may vary relative to may borrow for any academic level is $2 500 A four cial Aid upon nomination by the Chairman of the pursue a full-time course of study in pharmacy and the degree of achievement The minimum academic to six week processing period should be anticipated Physics or Mathematics Deliartments after they have is scheduled over a requirement is a cumulative Quality Point Average f 0-year period at an interest rate previously consulted with the Dean of the College of nine percent a year Parent Loans for Undergraduate StudentslAuxitiary Loans to of 3 0 of Arts and Sciences Assist Students Loans are available to parents of Competitive Scholarships Student Employment Two programs of employment These awards are given to DEPENDENT undergraduate students INDEPEN- The Rev Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp journalism Scholarship students of outstanding ability and achievement who are available to financial aid applicants who demon- DENT undergraduates and graduates may apply This is an annual scholarship in tribute to the Rev strate need The first is the College Work-Study Pro- also demonstrate financial need They are renewable themselves The maximum amount that can be bor- Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp founder of the Depart- yearly based on continued academic achievement gram which is financed principally by Federal appro- rowed for any academic level is $3000 Repayment ment of journalism and the University s radio station and continued demonstrated need Continued aca- priations and awarded as aid in accordance with begins 60 days after disbursement of funds at an m- WDUQ+M It is available to a freshman entering 136 137 Duquesne University who is planning to major in jour- Polish Arts League Scholarship This award is made an- nalism The award is administered by the Lauritis nually by the Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an and friends of the family is available to all students ceutical sciences Applications must be received by Scholarship Committee of journalism faculty and outstanding performer in the School of Music Prefer- in the School of Pharmacy the chairman of the grant committee by Novem- friends Deadline for application is April I ber 15 Applications are available in the School of ence will be given to a student of Polish ancestry Clinton Eddy GoochA in Memorial Scholcushtp This scholar- Pharmacy Office Edward T Leech Scholarship This annual scholarship other students will not be excluded from considera- ship was established to honor the memory of Clin- tion was established in 1971 by the Scripps-Howard ton Eddy Goodwin by making annual awards to GENERAL Foundation for journalism junior/senior students who Music School Scholarships deserving Pharmacy students Candidates must be These awards are made The PittsburghICentennial Scholarship was created at the demonstrate outstanding academic promise concur- possible a declared Pharmacy major attained a minimum by donations from individuals and organ- close of Duquesne University s Centennial year (1978) rent financial need and are preparing for a journal- quality point average and have an interest in and izations in appreciation of performances by School in the spirit of the University s founding mission to ism career in the newspaper or broadcasting fields of Music students demonstrated support of the University s Athletic provide ready access to higher education for all The it is administered by the faculty of the Department Program Apply through the Dean of Students Office University Solo Wind Scholarships These scholarships in scholarship will be provided to deserving students of Journalism varying amounts are awarded only to potential First Maiy McPartland Beck Scholarship Award Scholarship who have demonstrated high academic performance SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND, Chair performers funds are available from earnings on a fund started and need Emphasis will be on performance in selec- ADMINISTRATION by a bequest to the School of Pharmacy in 1970 tion of recipient Inquiries should be directed to the University String Scholarships These scholarships for tui- ALCOA Scholarship Office of Financial Aid This award is made annually to tion and applied music fees have been established NARD Foundation Established by the National Asso- an undergraduate student in the School of Business by the University to promote the study of string ciation of Retail Druggists in honor of its executive McCloskey Memorial Fund is awarded to students who and Administration Recipients are selected by the instruments secretary John W Dargavel this foundation provides have demonstrated scholastic ability good character School on the basis of academic achievement a $200 scholarship td a qualified student in the and volunteer service to the community Applications Pittsburgh Flute Club Aviard This award is given to an School of Pharmacy as well as loans to students of are to be made directly to the Office of the Dean SCHOOL OF EDUCATION outstanding woodwind student pharmacy in their last five semesters for payment of Students School of Education Competitive Scholarships are available University Piano Scholarships These scholarships are of tuition fees and books to freshmen and transfer students who were among Vura I Heinz Travel Award This fund was established awarded to students showing outstanding talent in the top fifth of their high school class or who main- Galen Pharmaceutical Society Loan Fund This revolving to provide an educational and cultural opportunity piano tained a 3 0 high school average Transfer students fund was established in 1963 for the purpose of pro- for promising young women students Recipients are applying for these scholarships must have a B viding financial assistance to worthy students of phar- selected on the basis of academic achievement and SCHOOL OF NURSING average from the school they last attended Appli- macy during times of urgent financial distress evidence of interest in intercultural or international Behan Scholarship The R I Behan Annual Nursing cants are required to submit three recommendations Fred Schiller Loan Fund This loan fund was founded relations inquiries should be directed to the office Scholarship is a $500 scholarship awarded annually representing the areas of academic performance and Mr Fred Schiller Pittsburgh pharmacist in mem- of the Dean of Students to a nursing student who is in good academic stand- by personal achievement An interview is also required ory of the late Emanuel Spector for worthy and ing The award is based on need professional Nathan and Harry Daly Scholarship This is an annual to discuss individual perceptions and ideals as well qualified students in the School of Pharmacv This involvement and future aspirations award that isto be made to such deserving person as a statement of career goals Freshmen applicants revolving fund makes available tuition loan-, of vary- or persons from Butler County Pennsylvania attend- must have an SAT score of at least 900 with a mini- SCHOOL OF PHARMACY ing amounts depending on the applicant s need and ing Duquesne University Selection is made by a mum of 400 on any one test Transfer applicants must Women of Galen The Women s Auxiliary of the Galen general ability committee upon the recommendation of the Univer- be new students to Duquesne To apply contact the Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh annually pro- John Clothier Sims Mcniorial Fund This revolving fund sity s Financial Aid Office Candidates are considered School of Education For renewal requirements and vides scholarship funds to be awarded to deserving established in 1954 was made possible through the for academic achievement and financial need Inter- procedures contact the Office of Financial Aid pharmacy students in their last years of attendance generosity of the friends of the late Mr Sims execu- ested students should apply through the Financial in the School of Pharmacy Lawrence Roche A^Iemorial Scholarship The award will be tive of Sun Di ug (now Eckerd) Company Pittsburgh Aid Office made to a student who as a junior in the School of Beaver County Pharmaceutical Association Loan Fund This Partial tuition loans are made available to students Elizabeth Elsie McDonough Scholarship This award was Education has in the judgment of the Awards Com- revolving loan fund provides financial assistance to under the conditions that apply to the Fred Schiller established to assist needy students from Allegheny mittee demonstrated those qualities of scholarship students in the School of Pharmacy who are residents Loan Fund County to continue their educational endeavors at character and professionalism which merit special of Beaver County Pennsybania Applications are to Duquesne University Recipients are selected by the recognition The awardee must have a minimum Pittsburgh Graduate Chaptei of Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical be made to the Dean of the School of Pharmacy Fraternity Maintains a revolving loan fund foi mem- University and awards are based on both academic Ouality Point Average of 3 0 at the time of applica- bers of the undergraduate chapters Details are achievement and financial need -tion The student must be officially registered as a Samuel W Curtis Loan Fund This fund is intended to senior in the School of Education of the University provide financial assistance for students in the School available from the School of Pharmacy Minnie Hyman Scholarship A gift from the Hyman Fam- of Pharmacy at the time of receiving the award Applications must Ritc-Aid Scholarship A $1 000 scholarship from the Rite- ily Foundation Awards are based on academic cri- teria and need Tne amount of the awards varies be submitted to the Dean s office no later than Chfison Loan Fund A revolving loan fund established Aid Corporation is available to students entering the Recipients are selected by the Financial Aid Office March I in 1 946 through the generosity of Francis P Chilson final year of the pharmacy program Letters of appli- cation should be addressed to the Dean School of and the Hyman Family Foundation Interested SCHOOL OF MUSIC and expanded by the contributions of Pharmacy students should apply through the Financial Aid alumni provides financial assistance to worthy Pharmacy by May I Selection is based on financial Women s Advisory Board Scholarships This fund provides Office students in the School of Pharmacy need demonstration of normal progress and good scholarships in varying amounts each year to vocal standing in the pharmacy program James H and Margaret Lavelle Ferry Memorial Scholarship performers These scholarships are available to enter- Joel P Laughlin Scholarship in honor of Joel P Laugh- This award was established to honor in perpetuity ing freshmen and upperclassmen lin a fraternity brother whose life was terminated Tau Alumni Chapter of Lambda Kappa Signia This pro- the memory of James H and Margaret Lavelle Ferry early in his professional program The Graduate fess,onal pharmacy fraternity for women has estab- jazz Scholarship Available to all full-time undergrad- by awarding annually a prize to a deserving student Chapter of Phi Delta Chi annually awards three $200 lished financial awards for members in their last three uate music students involved in the jazz program Ap- in their name Recipients are selected by the Univer- scholarships to one fraternity brother in each of the years of the pharmacy program Awards are based plications available in the Dean s Office sity with the primary consideration being financial three professional years The recipients must have on financial need and participation in the organ- need and academic achievement as a secondary con- George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pittsburgh demonstrated academic achievement and active par- ization sideration Recipients must be enrolled as undergrad- Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in memory of ticipation in the function of the Fraternity Dr B Olive Cole Graduate Etluccilional Grant A $300 grant George Barrere founder of the first flute club in the uate students Interested students should apply Peter and Dorothy Manzione Memorial Fund A revolving is offered by Lambda Kappa Sigma to financially United States This $300 scholarship is awarded to through the Financial Aid Office fund donated by Rosetta and Geraldine Manzione assist an alumnae member who is enrolled in a pro- a freshman or a sophomore flute major gram of graduate study and research in the pharma- Melville Alexander Eberhardt Memorial Fund This fund was

138 139 established to provide scholarships for the benefit The reduction does not extend to the institute of For- Late Registration $ 25 of students residing in the United States Worthy mative Spirituality the Master of Liberal Studies pro- Removal of I Grade 5 students are recommended by the University to the gram doctoral degree programs or any designated Registration Correction Fee 15 Trustees of the fund with both academic and finan- special program with differential fees Only one Du- Continuing Registration Fee 50 cial considerations being used Interested students quesne degree may be obtained under this reduced *Undergraduate Business and Administration Student should apply through the Financial Aid Office tuition policy University fees laboratory costs room when carrying 12 or more credits and board and other non-tuition related expenses Less than 12 credits Louis and Ida Amdursky and Benjamin Amdursky Memorial will be charged at full rate *Undergraduate Music Student when carrying Fund This fund was established to assist Jewish 12 or more credits 25 students who are residents of Allegheny County Catholic Lay Teachers Discount Full-time teachers in *School of Pharmacy Undergraduate Fee 150 by Catholic schools who have completed a minimum Recommendations are made the University to the *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities (for Third of two years teaching at an approved diocesan Trustees of the fund and are on the basis of merit Fourth and Fifth Year Students) and need Interested students should apply through school are eligible to receive a tuition discount They *University Fee $1 1 per credit the Financial Aid Office must be admitted to the graduate program of their 11 ^ choice under the usual and standard conditions The I W Rande Memorial Scholarship Fund A newly-estab- *Charged on each semester registration discount is 50 percent of tuition only The same lished fund in honor of I W and Ruth Lewis Rande restrictions indicated under the section on Clerical LABORATORY FEES in recognition of their long-time affection for the Ci- Discounts apply ty of Pittsburgh Factors to be considered for selec- All amounts are for one semester where applicable the yearly charge is double in addition to the laboratory tion include leadership qualities good character Senior Citizen Discount Men and women who are 60 fee some programs also require a breakage charge of $15 00 a semester this is proportionately refundable strong potential for civic contributions (especially to years of age or older may also enroll in certain depending upon the losses incurred the City of Pittsburgh) and the ability to relate well graduate programs at half-off the regular tuition rate Laboratory fees apply to the 1982-1983 academic year Lab fees will be increased in 1983-1984 and 1984-1985 with others interested students should reply through The same restrictions indicated under the section on Biology (each laboratory) 35 the Financial Aid Office Clerical Discounts apply Business 491 5 Stella and Charles Guttman Scholarship Foundation Awards RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS Chemistry (each laboratory) 35 are based on need with academic considerations (ROTC) SCHOLARSHIPS Computer Science to I secondary interested students should apply through Army ROTC offers a number of four-year scholarships Education 490 491 (Student Teaching) 25 the Financial Aid Office for qualified students on a very competitive basis English 203 380 381 382 383 384 385 5 English 439 10 John Joseph Mongillo Memorial Scholarship Fund Awards These scholarships pay for tuition fees required text- English as a Second Language* 300 are based on financial need The fund was estab- books and other purely academic expenses as well journalism 367 369 380 405 409 485 10 lished through a gift to the University from Marie as providing a $100 per month subsistence allow- journalism 267 268 370 378 379 381 413 15 Locher in memory of her brother John Mongillo in- ance Interested high school students may apply by journalism 375 , 25 terested students should apply through the Finan- writing Army^ ROTC, Duquesne University Pitts- Mathematics 307 308 10 cial Aid Office burgh Pennsylvania 15282 The application period begins in April of the student s junior year and ends Music-Applied Music lot 102 103 104 201 202 203 204 301 302 303 UNIVERSITY DISCOUNTS in December of their senior year 304 401 402 403 404 Clerical Discounts University-recognized members of the For students already enrolled at Duquesne Univer- Music-Applied Music I I I 11 2 118 119 211 212 218 2 19 311 312 4 11 4 12 Christian and Jewish clergy and religious who have sity three-year and two-year scholarships are avail- Music-Class Piano 213 214 215 315 been ordained or professed are eligible to enroll in able individuals need not be participating in the Music-Class Methods 181 182 183 184 certain graduate programs at half-off the regular tui- ROTC program to apply For additional information Music-Brass Class Methods 281 282 283 284 tion rate The reduced tuition benefits may be ap- contact the Military Science Department at 4 3 4-6664 Music-Organ Practice Room plied toward any terminal master s degree program Music-String Class Methods 381 382 Music-Student Teaching Pharmacy 011 012 016 017 022 027 031 032 035 054 Physics (each laboratory) Psychology 356 Tuition and Fees Speech 101 220 251 263 264 311 351 Graduate Biology With Laboratory Graduate Chemistry 520 561 The University reserves the right to change tuition and fee charges if exigencies require such action The figures Graduate Classics 551 shown apply to the 1982-83 term only unless otherwise indicated Graduate Communications 512 TUITION Graduate Modern Languages 051 & 052 Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $160 Graduate Psychology 571 Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $170 Graduate Pharmacy (each laboratory) Auditors pay the same as students taking courses for credits Graduate Education 512 692 693 Graduate Music 501 502 503 504 505 601 602 603 604 605 606 FEES Graduate Music Minors 511 512 513 514 515 Application (non-refundable) $ 20 Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) too —Laboratory Breakage Fee 15 Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) 100 One breakage card per semester will cover laboratory breakage in Chemistry Residence Hall Damage Deposit 50 *No Academic Credit Flat Fee Change of Schedule for processing each form 5 Credit by Examination for each semester hour for recognition of proficiency of course credit (See policy in Section VI page 144) 20 'i

140 141

SUMMER AND SPECIAL SESSION TUITION AND FEE CHARGES The University reserves the right to modify these c) Student Finance Program (Deferred Payment Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $160 charges if exigencies require such action Plan)—Accounts Receivable Office d) Houst^g Reservations and Housing Charges— Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $170 Regular Session—Room and Board (20 meals a week) University Fee $11 per credit Single for each semester $1 43600 Office of the Assistant Dean of Residence Life GRADUATION FEES Double for each semester $1 191 00 *Those desiring residency for the Summer Session should make reser- Bachelor Degree $ 30 Summer Sessions—Room and Board* vations with the Assistant Dean of Residence Life three weeks prior Master Degree 40 6 Weeks $541 80 (Single Room and Board) to opening date of your session A non-refundable deposit of $20 must Doctor of Pharmacy Degree 40 $449 10 (Double Room and Board) accompany each application After occupancy the deposit is applied Juris Doctor Degree 85 8 Weeks $722 40 (Single Room and Board) toward the room and board expenses This deposit is not refunded if Doctor of Philosophy Degree 55 $599 20 (Double Room and Board) the room is not occupied Rates shown are for 1983 summer session Thesis Binding Fee—Doctoral Dissertation 75 ROOM AND BOARD—WITHDRAWAL only For day rates and three four and five week rates contact the Thesis Binding Fee—Master Thesis 65 Office of Residence Life AND REFUND resident student must notify the Assistant Dean STUDENT FINANCING PROGRAM WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION ROOM AND BOARD A of Residence Life in advance of the planned with- (All prior balances must be paid in full before the stu- OF ATTENDANCE The request for on-campus residence is made on the drawal No refund of,room charges will be made dent is eligible for this plan ) Duquesne University Upon officially withdrawing from the University a stu- same form used for application for admission to the where withdrawal occurs after the opening classes students desiring payment of their tuition and other dent receives remission of part of the tuition charged University After the student has completed the ad- in the event of withdrawal board will be refunded charges for the semester by installment contact in for the semester or session in accordance with the mission procedure and has paid the matriculation at the rate of 75 per cent of the balance remaining person the Student Finance Section at Final Regis- Tuition Remission Schedule The amount of the remis- deposit the residency request is referred automat- on the students meal plan up until mid-semester tration The Student Financing Program provides sion is added to payments and a refund is made ically to the Assistant Dean of Residence Life The After the mid-semester point no refund will be made financing for up to 50% of the current semester upon request where a credit balance is created on request is processed and necessary application forms No reduction of charges nor refund of payments to charges less financial aid authorized and other the students total account are forwarded to the student which a student may have been otherwise entitled payments to be repaid to the University in two equal The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determining The University requires that a prepayment of $ 100 will be made if withdrawal is not in accordance with installments Interest is charged at the rate of 2/3 of the percent of remission is that on which the appro- which is applicable to the following semester s room the official withdrawal procedure I % per month A delinquency charge on each priate Academic Dean was notified by letter of the and board account accompany all applications for No student is permitted to remain in the residence monthly installment in default for a period of ten days students decision to terminate attendance and re- room reservations or renewals This pre-payment is halls after academic withdrawal from the University or more will be charged in an amount equal to 5% quested official withdrawal it is also the recorded non-refundable has been completed of such installment or $5 00 whichever is less ex- date of the student s separation from the University In addition a $50 damage deposit must accompany cept that a minimum charge of $1 00 may be made and regarded as the last day of attendance A stu- each initial housing contract This deposit is retained FINANCIAL MATTERS dent is considered enrolled and in attendance until by the University throughout the period of residency All charges for tuition fees room and board less CASHING CHECKS he or she acts to terminate attendance in conform- if no damage deductions are incurred and the room financial assistance authorized by the Financial Aid A student may cash a check up to a maximum of $50 ity with this policy even though absences from classes key and ID card returned the full amount of the office are payable at registration For your con- at the Cashiers Office on the Ground Floor of the were observed and recorded before the Effective deposit will be refunded at the final termination of venience Master Charge and VISA (Bank Americard) Administration Building between 9 00 A M and 4 00 Date of Withdrawal residency can be utilized to pay tuition and fees P M Monday through Friday except during regis- When a student s attendance is involuntarily termi- Reservations are made on a semester basis— tration with a validated ID Card for the current BILLING PROBLEMS nated in a semester because of personal disability August to December January to May Rooms may semester arising from injury or illness any remission of tuition be occupied no earlier than noon of the day preced- Take the billing statement to the office indicated for BAD CHECKS beyond the limits prescribed by the withdrawal re- ing the beginning of the orientation or registration an 6planation or correction concerning these bill- fund policy is subject first to the approval of the periods ing matters it is the policy of the University to charge bad checks ,Academic Dean then the Vice President for Aca- Room assignments are made on a first-come first- a) Balance Forward Credits Payments Deposits— to the student who cashes them regardless of the demic Affairs and finally the Vice President for serve basis Therefore it is extremely important for Accounts Receivable Office maker A $3 00 service charge will be assessed on Business and Management the student to return his/her housing application im- b) Financial Aid Awards Federal Loans Guaran- checks that are returned from a bank for lack of mediately upon receipt of it Overcrowded conditions ty Loans an1d Employer Billing—office of the Direc- funds TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE have occurred in the past and students have'been tor of Financial Aid This schedule applies to tuition only it does not apply temporarily assigned three to a room or in lounges to other charges such as the University Fee course Therefore students returning their application after fee and laboratory fees nor to the reduction of all rooms have been assigned will be housed in tem- credits resulting from course withdrawals made after porary housing be placed on a waiting list or not the Change of Schedule period be assigned a space in the residence area Within the Semestir Percent of Remission All students occupying rooms in the University First Week 80 residence halls are required to take their meals at Second Week 80 the Resident Dining Hall Charges are for 20 meals Third Week 40 a week with meals served commencing with the Fourth Week 20 evening meal of the day before the first day of After Fourth Week None classes , Residence Halls are closed during vacation (Thanks- Within the Summer Session—Based on a giving Christmas and Easter) period-, Six Week Session Standard All resident students must present evidence of First Week 60 health and accident insurance coverage such Second Week 20 coverage is available through the University After Second Week None I

142 143

open to cross-registration First priority in registra- University officials information concerning the col- Part VI: tion shall go to the students of the host college lege attendance academic record of their child it is The students advisor or dean is responsible for required by the Family Educational Rights and Pri- assuring eligibility for the course in which the student vacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) (Public Law 93-380 -as Registration and intends to enroll Each qualified student may enroll amended section 99 31 (8) that either the parents in no more than one course off campus in any one must prove financial dependence of their child upon term or semester under this program Cross-regis- them according to the dependency test as defined tration is conducted through the office of the home in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 Scholastic Policies registrar or the child must grant a waiver of rights given by Duquesne University students who are participating FERPA in this program are charged turtion'and University Students wishing to waive the requirement of Fee in accordance with the current rates charged by FERPA relating to the release of academic informa- REGISTRATION Duquesne University however students are respon- tion to parents must complete the waiver obtainable Students who attend the Fall Semester which begins 3 Arrangements have been made to the satisfac- sible for paying any course or laboratory fees to the at the office of the academic adviser in late August receive academic advisement and tion of the University for payment in full of,all finan- host institution register for classes during the preceding months of cial charges including fees tuition and housing These policies on cross-registration are not effec- April May June and July Spring Semester students - charges all of which are due and payable in full tive at this time for enrollments in summer sessions Academic Policies register in the Fall Semester during November and before the beginning of classes including the spring term at the University of Pitts- early December burgh CHANGE OF SCHEDULE POLICIES Orientation programs for new students are con- LATE REGISTRATION ducted by the schools in late spring and summer in Students requiring a change of class schedule to change class times or to add or to drop a class are With approval of the appropriate dean and upon pay- ACADEMIC ADVISOR conjunction with academic advisement and registra- ment of the penalty fee late registration may be per- Every student attending the University is assigned tion permitted to do so during the pre-registration peri- mitted for a serious reason however no student may or selects an academic advisor It is the students A comprehensive invoice that confirms the class od the final registration period and the firs , t class be registered and begin attending classes later than responsibility to ascertain the advisor s name which schedule of courses for which the student is regis- week of the semester Change of class schedule is the Latest Date for Registration and Change of may be obtained from the office of the school in tered and lists fees tuition dormitory charge not permitted after the Latest Date for Change of Schedule as announced in the Academic Calendar which the student is enrolled deposits financial aid awards and balance due is Schedule as announced in the semester academic calendar I The student should consult with the academic ad- mailed to the student at his or her permanent ad- RECORDS REPORTS AND visor about the program and any questions of an dress a month before classes begin thus enabling All schedule changes must be approved by the academic nature No student may register without the student or parent to make payment by mail academic adviser and processed with the Registrar SEMESTER GRADE REPORTS the academic advisors approval and Signature A three-day final registration for students who have Schedule change requests processed with the Every registered student who is free of financial Registrar during the first class week must also have neither obtained registration for classes nor con- obligations to the University is sent a report of grades ACADEMIC SUPERVISOR OF cluded financial arrangements is held just before the the signatures of the instructors whose classes are to the permanent address on record soon after the INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS being added or dropped close of each semester opening of classes The academic progress of student athletes engaged The financial obligation for class places reserved Students who tardily process change forms are not TRANSCRIPTS in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the by a registered student who does not subsequently entitled to refund for the course credits dropped Each student receives a summary transcript of his ASIA The delivery of academic support systems to attend cannot be canceled unless written notification Courses dropped after the deadline for making or her complete academic record at the close of each those student athletes who need them is facilitated of the decision not to attend is given to the Registrar schedule changes are classified as course with- academic year Students should carefully examine via this office before the first class day Notification received on drawals (See Withdrawal from a Course and With- their records for accuracy and immediately report or after the opening day of classes is subject to the drawal from the University mentioned elsewhere in AUDITING COURSES this catalog ) errors to the Registrar official withdrawal policy Withdrawal from room and Regularly enrolled Duquesne students are permitted To obtain additional copies of their academic rec- board reservation contracts is to be made in accord- Except for changes requested by the dean or ad- to audit courses in addition non-degree students ords students must write to the Registrar for tran- ance with the provisions of the contract See Room visor a fee of $5 00 is charged for each change form from the general community who would like to audit scripts for themselves or for the other institutions and and Board—Withdrawal Refund page 1 4 1 of this catalog processed after the close of pre-registration courses for personal enrichment and who are not agencies All official transcripts issued by the office matriculated nor pursuing a degree program are also OFFICIAL REGISTRATION of the Registrar bear the signature of the Registrar CROSS-REGISTRATION eligible to audit Regular students should consult their and the embossed seal of the Office of the Registrar only students who are recognized as officially regis- Cross-college and -university registration provides op- academic advisor for details on auditing Non-degree Whenever an official transcript is released directly to tered are bona fide students of Duquesne University portunities for enriched educational programs, ap- students should contact Duquesne s Division of Con- the student it will also bear the stamped designation Unless students are officially registere^ they are not proved by a student s advisor or dean at any of the tinuing Education to complete a brief application Issued to Student permitted to attend classes engage in student affairs following institutions form Admission is granted on a space available basis or generally have access to the buildings and No transcript will be issued unless all financial obli- Carlow College La Roche College by consulting the Office of the Registrar and the in- grounds or use of the University s facilities gations owed by the student to the University have Carnegie-Mellon Pittsburgh Theological dividual schools Fees for auditing are uniform for official registration is the recognition given by the been fulfilled A fee of $2 00 is charged for the is- University Seminary all students and are determined by the Division of University to persons who have met these conditions suance of each transcript Chatham College Point Park College Continuing Education and the Registrar I Appropriate authority for admittance to study Community College Robert Morris College CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT RECORDS Registration in a course as an auditor must be in a school or department has been given by an of'Allegheny The University regards the student s personal infor- declared at registration and is irrevocable after the authorized officei of the University The admitting County mation and academic record as a matter of confi- last date for change of schedule each semester as authority for undergraduate students resides in the indicated in the University Calendar (see pages 2-7) The opportunity for cross-registration will be dence between the student and the University The Director of Admissions Recordswillshow Audit inthegradespaceonthe available to each full-time student enrolled in any pro- contents of either may be revealed only in accord- transcript of a regularly matriculated student A Cer- 2 Authorization to continue in the program gram leading to a degree Full credit and grade will ance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy tificateof Attendance for non-degree students will selected has been given and registration for classes be transferred Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380 Section 438 as be awarded by the Division of Continuing Education has been accomplished in compliance with all aca- Each college or university accepts registration in amended) In order that parents of students may receive from Audited courses are not eligible to be converted to demic requirements and procedures regularly accredited courses designated by It as 145 144 instructor when neither a passing nor failing The decision to elect the pass/fail option must be matriculated credits Courses audited may not be junior 60 to 89 credits completed grade can be determined because of in- made during registration or no later than the close CLEP or other ad- Senior 90 or more credits completed challenged later or completed via complete course work Unless a cogent ex- of the period provided for making schedule changes an academic vanced standing tests I Full-time, Student A student with planation of extenuating circumstances ac- STUDENT STANDING Courses eligible for auditing are determined by the schedule of at least 12 credits is considered a full- ceptable to the instructor is presented and individual colleges and schools of the University A time student With this status a student is entitled the missed examination or required assign- Progress toward a degree is measured by the cumu- A partial list of school policies follows but students are to the benefits of various activities student may ment is made up by the date specified in the lative quality point average The scholastic records advised to consult with the offices of the Deans for not change staius during the semester without the Academic Calendar the I becomes a perma- of students who fall to meet the minimum require- the most current listings 1) No courses in the School permission of the academic advisor and the Dean nent F grade) ments as established by the faculty of each college- of Law are available for audits 2) No clinical courses of the students school W Official Withdrawal (Used on a student s per- or school will be submitted to the College or School in the School of Nursing and Pharmacy can be 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under 12 manent record to indicate termination of Committee on Student Standing for review and ap- In the College of Liberal Arts and audited 3) credits is regarded as a part-time student attendance in courses under conditions of of- propriate action Normally academic records will be Sciences courses in the humanities and social reviewed annually at the conclusion of each academic 3 Post-graduate Student A person who has completed ficial withdrawal See pages 232 and 220 sciences can be audited but communications and year a baccalaureate degree and is seeking additional Withdrawal from a Course and Withdrawal science laboratory courses may not be audited The policy of the Council of Academic Deans on undergraduate credits from the University) Students enrolling for audit may attend lectures Student Athletes vis-a-vis academic standards reads complete course readings and at the discretion of COURSE EXAMINATIONS OUALITY POINT SYSTEM as follows the professor in charge of the course may participate Unit examinations are given on the dates announced The students overall academic quality point aver- a) To participate in the formal athletic programs age (OPA) is obtained in classroom discussions and examinations by the instructor at the beginning of each semester by dividing the total quality at the University a student must be currently en- Grades for these are obtained from the instructor points earned by the total number of semester hours CANCELLATION OF COURSES rolled as a full-time student Full-time status is de- Final examinations are given at the end of each attempted These quality point values of grades are fined by University catalog as enrollment of 12 credits The University makes every reasonable effort to offer semester and summer session No student is excused used for each credit attempted minimum per semester Such a program would allow courses as announced in the Semester Schedule of from taking the final examination A — four points a student to graduate within five years Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin it reserves B — three points b) A the right however to make changes or cancel EXAMINATION student athlete must be making satisfactory CREDIT BY C — two points courses in the academic schedule because'of insuffi- academic progress This means that a student must Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a sub- D — one point cient enrollment or for any other equally valid have successfully completed 24 credits during the ject or for course credit as authorized by the Col- F — zero points previous academic year This would allow a student reason lege or a particular School of the University are Courses in which grades P S U I and W were the fall spring and summer semesters in which to available to currently enrolled students who by CLASS ATTENDANCE given are not used in calculating the quality point earn these 24 credits In addition the student athlete previous experience or exposure have acquired Regular class attendance is normally essential for average must satisfy the student standing policy as outlined mastery of the knowledge in certain courses An ap- maximum educational advantage and is strongly en- in the Student Handbook and University catalogs is charged for each course REPEATING COURSES AND COURSE couraged The responsibility for all course material plication fee of $20 00 RETROGRADATION c) A student athlete (as all students in the Univer- rests wholly with the student Schools may require credit application forms may be obtained from the sity) is academically dismissed if the student athlete office of the Registrar Students ordinarily are permitted to repeat courses attendance at every class fails three courses in one semester Student athletes it is the prerogative of each school to establish As policies vary among the Schools students who in which D and F grades were received The request can be readmitted by the student standing commit- feel they may qualify for credit by examination should for permission to repeat a course is to be submitted policy for attendance at classes laboratories tests tee of the college or school to which the student examinations deadlines for reports and specific consult the Dean of the school in which they are in letter form to the academic adviser before regis- athlete is returning If a student transfers to another school requirements it is the instructor s responsi- enrolled for specific information about courses open tering in the repeat course All grades are ietamed school within the University the student athlete can bility to make the school s policy known at the first to this examination procedure on the permanent academic record The result of the be admitted only by the Dean of that school final attempt in a repeated course is however the class session as it pertains to the course and school GRADING SYSTEM For students who have attempted 15-30 credits The student who is unable to attend class because students status in the course with regard to at- The officially recognized method of grading,course or more than 30 credits in one year the guidelines of serious illness hospitalization a serious accident tempted credits earned credits and the completion work and rating academic performance of students of requirements ^are or other extenuating circumstance is responsible for at the University is as follows Academic Warning notifying the office of his academic dean He should Retrogradation a corollary of the repeat credit rule 1 75 to 1 99 OPA (Letter of warn- supply the necessary written verification as soon as A — Excellent under which a student may earn credit once only for ing may be sent by appropriate Dean) a course prescribes that a student may not move possible B — Good Probation 1 50 to 1 74 OPA (Subject to the jurisdic- backward from an advanced Course to a lower level The student must submit the work assigned and C — Average tion of the appropriate Committee on Student take the examination in the course at the specified course and receive credit for both Any doubtful Standing and may be required to modify or restrict D — Below average passing situation must be decided by the department chair- time if the work is not submitted or an examination academic program) , P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled person or dean involved is not taken at the scheduled time the policy is to Dismissal Less than grading is inappropriate Indicates satisfactory 1 50 OPA (Readmission maybe assign a zero for that part of the course An accumu- completion of course work with credits earned PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES permitted on recommendation of the appropriate lation of zero grades could result in a final grade of but without quality points and is independent One course a semester elected by a junior or senior Committee on Student Standing) F if a student has for significant reasons missed a of the quality point system) and approved by the academic advisor as providing For the students who have attempted 3 1-60 credits part of the course or an examination the grade may Satisfactory (Used in passifail elected courses an opportunity to expand and enrich the students or who have attempted up to 6 1. credits within four be submitted as an I If the temporary I grade is S — and is independent of the quality point experience may be taken on a pass/fad (S-U) basis semesters these guidelines prevail to be replaced by a passing grade the work must If passed the credits will count for graduation but Academic Warning 1 85 to 1 99 the time stated in the Academic systern) OPA (Letter of warn- be completed by neither grade nor credits,will be calculated in the Failure (Course must be repeated for creditf ing may be sent by appropriate Dean) Calendar Failure on the part of the student to F — quality point average remove the temporary grade results in conversion Probation 1 75 to 1 84 OPA (Subject to the jurisdic- U — Unsatisfactory—Failure (Used in pass/fail Once a course has been identified as a pass/fail of that grade to an F recorded on the transcript tion of the appropriate Committee on Student elected courses and is independent of the elective the course must be completed as such and quality point system course must be repeated Standing and may be required to modify or restrict OF STUDENTS the grade submitted must be an S or a U No required CLASSIFICATION I academic program) - for credit) course may be taken on this elective pass/fail basis 30 credits completed Freshman less than Dismissal Less than 1 75 OPA (Readmission may be Incomplete (A temporary grade given by an Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed I — 146 147 permitted on recommendation of the appropriate 3 The last year s work (a minimum of 30 semester Committee on Student Standing) hours of credit) must be completed in residence at Students who have attempted 61 or more credits the University Part VII: Directories and who have a OPA of between 1 85 and 1 99 may 4 Not less than three credits (or one course) in continue on probation for one semester However theology are required for all undergraduate Catholic - students who have earned more than 90 credits are students in every program at the University subject to dismissal unless they have a OPA of 2 0 5 Students on academic probation may be candi- or better Students who accumulate three F grades dates for graduation only with permission of the Com- Directors and Officers in one semester are subject to dismissal Appeals of mittee on Student Standing of their school academic dismissal must be directed to the appro- The candidate who has satisfied graduation re- priate College or School Committee on Student quirements by a Challenge Examination Icredit by THE DUQUESNE CORPORATION Standing Students subject to the jurisdiction of the examination) when taken timewise within the last appropriate Committee on Student Standing in Edward L Murray C S Sp Chairman 30 semester hours of study for the degree will fulfill Francis M Philben C S Sp accordance with the established guidelines who are the residence requirement provided a minimum of Vice Chairman permitted to re-enroll on a full-time basis but con- 30 semester hours of credit has been earned in Charles I Fenner C S Sp Secretary tinue participation in non-curricuiar and extra- course work at the University in the last year s study Louis F Dolan C S Sp John E Nader C S Sp curricular activities shall be without appeal if they Joseph A Duchene C S Sp David L Smith are subsequently dismissed from the University for HONORS C S Sp William R Headley C S Sp Joseph L Varga C S Sp boor scholarship Degrees are awarded with special mention cum laude DEAN'S LIST magna cum laude or summa cum laude to students who have completed the regular course with unusual BOARD OF DIRECTORS To achieve distinction of being named to the Dean s distinction and who have completed a minimum of List a student must have a record for a semester that 60 credits in residence Honors are based on these officers shows completion of a full-time schedule a quality standards William Capone point average of at least 3 25 and no grade lower A Chairman of the Board than C The full-time schedule must include at least Cum Laude—Quality Point Joseph A Katarincic Esq Vice Chairman of the Board 12 credits exclusive of pass/fail credits Average 3 50 to 3 74 Rev Charles I Fenner C S Sp Secretary of the Board Magna Cum Laude—Ouality Point GRADUATE COURSES FOR Average 3 75 and above Term Members UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT Summa Cum Laude—Upon recommendation of the Robert I Buckley Thomas I Murrin Qualified seniors may be permitted to register in cer- faculty and a 3 90 OPA the Magna Cum Laude cita- I Earl Burrell Most Rev John B- McDowell D D tain graduate courses at the 500 level for under- tion may be raised to Summa Cum Laude Donald S Nesti C S Sp S T D graduate credit on the recommendation of the ad- Richard Caligiun UNIT OF CREDIT visor and with the approval of the dean of the Mrs James L Coleman Jr Henry X 0 Brien graduate school involved All 500 courses are The unit of credit is the semester hour i e one credit William H Cosgrove James F 0 Day described in the graduate school catalogs equals one semester hour one semester hour of Robert A dePalma Patricia P Olivo credit is granted for the successful completion of one John F Donahue Anthony I F 0 Reilly GRADUATION REOUIREMENTS hour a week of lecture or recitation or at least two Francis R Duffy C S Sp William Podobinski C S Sp The candidate for a University degree must be a per- hours a week of laboratory work for one semester son of good moral character who has satisfactorily of 15 weeks Thomas F Faught Jr John L Propst Herman Fineberg Joseph H Ridge completed all academic requirements for the degree TRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY program and in addition has the recommendation Merle E Cilliand Daniel M Rooney of the appropriate Academic Dean filed the Appli- it would ^e to the student s advantage to discuss the Edward I Goldberg Esq Frederic B Sargent proposed transfer with the academic advisor of the cation for the University Degree with the Office of Carl G Grefenstette Frank I Schneider new school no later than two weeks prior to pre- tfie Registrar on or before the latest date to apply Mrs Elizabeth M Scott registration The advisor will then use the form and William R Headley C S Sp for graduation as announced in the Academic Calen- John I Henry Richard S Smith dar and paid all indebtedness to the University procedure established as uniform for the University Robert E Irr W Bruce Thomas it is the student s responsibility to determine that to effect any change Zane 0 Johnson William A Uricchio the courses taken in each semester are sequentially WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE Aaron P Levinson Albe,t C Van Dusen correct and necessary for the degree program First semester freshmen may withdraw from courses The student must periodically review in consulta- E D Loughney Konrad M Weis with the approval of their advisor up to the period tion with the appropriate academic advisor progress Joseph A Massaro Francis W Wright C S Sp of final examinations and receive a grade of W by toward graduation and seek with the advisor the processing the proper form Raymond J Mulligan resolution of any question about fulfillment of grad- If a student other than a first semester freshman uation requirements wishes to withdraw from a course he may do so with Associate Members Each school and each department sets forth in this the approval of his academic advisor and by process- Eugene P Beard Claire M Garrecht catalog requirements for graduation which the stu- ing the proper form up to the date announced in the Murry P Berger Charles D Horne dent is expected to know as well as the aforemen- Academic Calendar for withdrawal with a W grade tioned general requirements and the following Francis A Devlin Daniel R Lackner if a student wishes to withdraw from a course after Sidney Dworkin - James L Snyder - I The bachelors degree requires a minimum of the date announced in the Academic Calendar the Edward F Eddy Richard L White 120 semester hours of course credits in all except student must seek approval of the Committee on Stu- Radiological Health Medical Technology and Phar- dent Standing of the student s School The student macy which require respectively 123 12 5 and 160 will be notified of the Committees decision If ap- OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY credits proval is granted the student then initiates the ap- Donald S Nesti C S Sp S T D 2 All bachelors degrees require an overall mini- propriate form through the advisor I President mum quality point average of 2 0 which is a C grade A student who is not granted approval of the re -Henry McAnulty C S Sp Chancellor average in a 4 0 system (Students should further quest and withdraws from the course unofficially will Carol Ann Smith Ph D Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs determine the need for minimum OPA requirements receive an F grade for the course James 0 Allison M B A Vice President for Management and Business in their major science course etc I Dennis C Golden Ed D Vice President for Student Life "I"'Kenneth P Service Vice President for Univcrsily Relations i-C'harles I Fenner C S Sp Ph D Secretary

148 149

Ronald G Butler Dagobert de Levie Administration and Faculti Assistant Professor of Biology Adjunct Professor of B A State University of Oswego Modern Languages Ph D Syracuse University Ph D University of Basel COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Petet A Castric Anna D Eramo ADMINISTRATION Professor of Biology Laboratory Administrator in Physics James A McCulloch PhD Dean B S Oregon State University B S Carlow College Marguerite S Puhl M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration Ph D Montana State University Donato A DeFelice Joan E Deakins B A M Ed Director of Academic Advisement Shih-Chi Chang Associate Professor of Mathemat-cs Anne D Gyurisin B A Academic Advisor Professor of Physics B S M S University of Pittsburgh Edward H Noll A B M Ed M A Senior Academic Advisor B S National Taiwan University Eugene F Del Vecchio Janice R Grey B A Assistant to the Dean M S Ph D Kansas State University Assistant Professor of Frances Jahrling Chivers Modern Languages FACULTY Associate Professor of English * B University of California Roger M Angeielli Robert E Beranek A B Smith College (Berkeley) Lecturer in Speech Professor of Political Science A M Columbia University * A Ph D University of Washington B S California State College B A St Vincent College Ph D University of Buffalo- Victor L Dial M S West Virginia University M A Fordham Universitv Jerry Clack Professor of Speech Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Pittsburgh Professor of Classics and Communication and Theatre Mary Frances Antolini Ralph C Boettcher 1982-83 Department Chauman B A M A Xavier University Assistant Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of English A B Princeton Umversity Ph D University of Michigan B A M A Duquesne University B A, University of Detroit • A Duquesne University Patricia M Dunham Shirley Arch M A Columbia University • A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Political Science Lecturer in Sociology Douglas A Bors John A Clair B S M A Ball State University B A University of Buftalo Assistant Professor of Psychology Professor of English Howard G Ehrlich M S W University of Pittsburgh B A University of Florida B A M A Duquesne University Professor of Biology and Roberta Aronson M A University of Regina Ph D Western Reserve University Department Chairman Lecturer iri Art Division Clement C Braszo Vicky A Clark B S Marquette University Department of Classics Lecturer in Sociology Lecturer in Fine Arts Ph D University of Minnesota B A M A George Washington University B A Duquesne University A B UCLA Lester Embree Samuel I Astormo M S W University of Pittsburgh A M University of California Davis Professor of Philosophy Professor of History Kenneth Richard Boyd Ph D University of Michigan B A Tulane University B A M A Ph D University of Associate Professor of Biology Francesca Colecchia Ph D New School for Social Research Pittsbui gh B S Denison University Professor of Modern Languages Eleanor V Fails Daniel E Barbush M S Ph D University of Illinois and Department Chairman Professor of Sociology Lecturer in Mathematics George Russell Braciley B Ed Duquesne University B A Saint Mary s College B S Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Mathematics M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh M A University of Notre Dame Frank J Baron B S Allegheny College Primitivo Colombo Ph D Loyola University of Chicago Professor of Biology Ph D University of Notre Dame Professor Emeritus (,I lrel,(h Norma Feinberg B S Ph D University of California Frank M Buckley B A M A Ph D Unn,ci-sity of Assistant Professor of Sociology Anthony Barton Professor of Psychology Pittsburgh M S W Ph D University of Pittsburgh Professor of Psychology B A Holy Cross Albert B Costa Rev Charles I Fenner C S Sp B A Ohio Wesleyan University M A Boston College Professor of History Associate Professor of I heology M A Ph D University of Chicago Ed D Harvard University B S St Mary s College California B A B D St Mary s Seminary William G Beck Walter V Burrows M S Oregon State University I C B Gregorian University Assistant Professor of Computer Science Assistant Professor of German Ph D University of Wisconsin Rome Italy B S M S University of Pittsburgh B A M A Duquesne University Frank I D Amico M A Duquesne University B S Carnegie Mellon University Rev Edward A Bushinski C S Sp Assistant Professor of Mathematics Ph D Catholic University E lane Beckwith Professor of Theology B S Southern Connecticut State College Constance Taylor Fischer Lect,ver in journalism B D St Mary s Seminary M Sc Ph D Uo , ,rsity of Pittsburgh Picifessof of Psychology B A Seton Hill College S T L University of Fribourg Kathleen C D Appolonia B A Univers-ty of Oklahoma M F A Pratt Institute M A Duquesne University Assistant Ptofessor of Psychology M A Ph D University ot Kentucky Ph D Fordham University George Richard Benzinger It B A Skidmore College William Frank Fischer Assistant Professor of English Rev Leonard A Bushinski C S Sp M A Ph D University of North Carolina Pfofessor of Psycholooy B A Washington and Jefferson Orcifessor of Theology Loren K Davidson B A University of Michigan M A University of Florida B D St Mary s Seminary Associate Professor of English M A Ph D University of Connecticut Bernard F Beranek M A Duquesne University B S Asbury College Lee Frank S T L Gregorian University Assistant Professor of English M A University of Kentucky Lecturer in Sociology B'A Notre Dame S S L Pontifical Biblical Institute Ph D Duke University B A M Ed Indiana University of M A Ph D Duquesne University Pennsylvania M A Duquesne University

150 151 Pei-Tsing Liu Robert A Friday Samuel I Hazo Chester A jurczak Lecturer in Speech Professor of Sociology and Professor of Biology Professor of English B S University of Shanghai China B A College of Steubenville B A University of Notre Dame Department Chairman M A University of Pittsburgh B A St Mary s College M S Boston University M A Duquesne University Ph D Catholic University of America Lo-Shu Fu Ph D University of Pittsburgh M A Fordham University Ph D University of Pittsburgh Charles A Loch Associate Professor of History Bonnie Henderson Associate Professor of Mathematics B A National Southwest Associate Lecturer in Sociology Joseph I Keenan University Associate Professor of English and Department Chairman B A California State B A M A Duquesne University M A National Peking University M A University of Pittsburgh and Department Chairman B A M A Duquesne University Carla E Lucente Ph D University of Chicago Margaret R Hicks Ph D University of Wisconsin Associate Professor of Lawrence E Gaichas Assistant Professor of Modern Languages Associate Professor of Classics Modern Languages Donald H Kellander B A Xavier University Assistant Professor of French B A M A Duquesne University B A Belhaven College M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh M A Ph D Ohio State University M A Emory University B A M A Pennsylvania State Edward L Gelblum Ph D University of North Carolina University James G Lydon Professor of History and Assistant Professor of Philosophy Rev I Clifton Hill C S Sp Rev David F Kelly - B A St John s College Assistant Professor of Theology Department Chairman Associate Professor of Physics B A Harvard University M A University of Chicago B S Louisiana State University B A College of the Holy Cross M A S T B Catholic University M A Boston University John D Gibbs M S Catholic University of America M A Ph D Columbia University Assistant to the Dean B D St Mary s Seminary of Louvain M Rel Ed Loyola University Chicago for Broadcast Communications M A Ph D Rice University Robert E Madden Ph D University of St Michaels College Assistant Professor of Philosophy B S West Virginia University Beatrice T Hirsch] B S St Joseph s College Amedeo P Giorgi Lecturer in Journalism Tatiana Sokolava Kelly Assistant Professor of Russian M A Villanova University Professor of Psychology B A University of Pittsburgh B A University of Pittsburgh Ph D Duquesne University * B St Joseph s College Eleanore Walkowski Holveck M A Middl ebury College Charles D Maes * A Ph D Fordham University Assistant Professor of Philosophy Rev Charles Di Keyes Associate Professor of Psychology Andrew I Glaid III B A Duquesne University Professor of Philosophy B A University of Denver Professor of Chemistry and M A Ph D University of North B A University of Oklahoma M S W Tulane University Department Chairman Carolina B D S T M Seabury-Western Ph D Duquesne University S M S Duquesne University jean E Hunter Theological Seminary Anne M Maier Ph D Duke University Associate Professor of History M A University of Toronto Assistant Professor of German John B Greenshields B S Ursinus College Th D Trinity College Toronto B A Columbia University M A Ph D Yale University Associate Professor of Chemistry Ph D Duquesne University M A University of Illinois B S M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon Patricia S Ingram Yong I Kim Rev Francis X Malinowski C S Sp University Associate Professor in Art Division Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Theology Edward I Gregory Department of Classics and B A Aoyama Gakuim rokyo and Department Chairman Professor of Journalism Director of Fine Arts B A Florida Southern College B A St Mary s Seminary A B A M Oberlin College B S Pennsylvania State University M A University of Kentucky B S Th Fribourg University Switzerland M Ed Duquesne University Jerome Edward Janssen Richard T Knowles Ph D Duke University John Kenneth Hanes Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of Psychology Susan Maloney Assistant Professor of English B A St Norbert College B A M S Fordham University Assistant Professor of Journalism B A St Francis College M A University of Wisconsin Ph D Purdue University B A B S Syracuse University M A Niagara University Peter R Johnson Paul Krakowski Dolores C Mandel fames P Hanigan Lecturer in Speech Professor of Journalism Instructor in Sociology B S Associate Professor of Theology Northern Illinois University B A Westminster College B A Slippery Rock State College M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh A B M A Fordham University M A University of Wisconsin M S W University of Pittsburgh B D Woodstock College James I Johnston Jr Michael Kupersanin Edward I Markoff Ph D Duke University Instructor in Speech Associate Professor of Sociology Lecturer in Mathematics B A M A Solange Bastelica Harrison University of Pittsburgh At B M A Kent State University B S M A Duquesne University Associate Professor of French Nancy C Jones Ph D University of Pittsburgh William Ewalt Markus B A Academy of Aix-Marseilles Associate Professor of Journalism and Albert C Labriola Assistant Professor of Political Science B S Faculte de Medicine Marseilles Department Chairman Professor of English M A Duquesne University B A University of Pittsburgh and Department Chairman B Ed Duquesne University B A Harvard University Ph ID University of Pittsburgh M S 1 Northwestern Universitv M A T Columbia University M Ed University of Pittsburgh lack W Hausser Ph D University of Missouri M A Ph D University of Virginia Professor of Chemistry Eric joy Paul Tyler Mason Rosalme H Lee Professor of History B S Case Institute of Technology Lecturer in Sociology Associate Professor of Mathematics B S M A Ph D St Louis University Ph D University of Illinois B A M A Duquesne University B S Webster College M S University of Michigan Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University 152 153 James A McCulloch Rev Joseph S 0 Leary Rev Robert Roach C S Sp Assistant Professor of Theology Ans Sideropoulos Professor of Classics and Dean of the Lecturer in Theology Associate Professor of Builogy- B A National University of Ireland College of Liberal Arts and Sciences B A B D St Mary s Seminary B A Concordia College B D S T L D D Pontifical B A Duquesne University I M A Notre Dame University M S North Dakota State University University of Pittsburgh University of Maynooth M Litt Ph D Eva Cappellanti Robotti Ph D University of Kansas John Opie Ir Robert G McDermot Associate Professor of Speech Walter S Skinner Professor of History Professor of Mathematics Communication and Theatre DePauw University Professor of Physics and B S Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A and Department Chairman B D Union Theological Seminary Department Chairman Willard M Mecklenburg A B M A West Virginia University B S Monmouth College M A Ph D University of Chicago Associate Professor of Journalism Hershel Sacks M S Lehigh University Margaret I Patterson B A Hamline University Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Journalism Eugenia M Skwarecki B D Garrett Theological Seminary B S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ohio University Associate Professor of Modern Languages M S I Northwestern University B S M A Yeshiva University M A University of Pittsburgh Doctor of Modern Languages and Kent F Moors Marie Ciccone Sakmar Literature University of Turin Italy Ann C Peterson Assistant Professor of Instructor in Spanish John W Smeltz Lecturer in Art Division Department Political Scierice A B Geneva College Associate Professor of English of Classics A B St Anselm s College M A Western Reserve University B A M A Ph D Duquesne University M A University of New Hampshire B A M A University of Pittsburgh John C Sallis Rev David L Smith C S Sp Ph D Northern Illinois University Herbert H Petit Professor of Philosophy and Associate Professor of Psychology Professor Emeritus of Joseph R Morice Department Chairman and Department Chairman English Philology Professor of History B A University of Arkansas B A St Mary s Seminary A B Transylvania College B A LaSalle College M A Ph D Tulane University S T L University of Fribourg M A University of Kentucky • A Fordham University John D Scanlon M A Duquesne University University of Pittsburgh Ph D Western Reserve University • Litt Ph D Professor of Philosophy Ph D University of Montreal Dennis Piszkiewicz Rev Edward L Murray C S Sp B A St Marys Seminary Martin D Snyder Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Psychology M A University of Detroit B S Loyola University Professor of Classics and Chairman B A M A St Vincent College Ph D Tulane University Department of Special Studies M A Ph D Duquesne University M S San Diego State University Ph D University of California I- Marilyn Schaub A B Loyola College Baltimore Parma B Nagarsenker It Professor of Theology M A Ph D Catholic University of Dr James F Pletcher I Assistant Professor of B A Rosary College America Adjunct Professor of Physics Computer Science Ph D University of Fr,bourg B S Franklin and Marshall Robert Stanley B Ed University of Alberta Rev Henry S Schoming C S Sp Assistant Professor of University of Bombay M A Ph D Columbia University • Sc Assistant Professor of Classics Modern Languages • Sc Purdue University Ronald M Polansky B D St Mary s Seminary B A George Washington University University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Philosophy Ph D M A Duquesne University M A Ph D University of Yale University Stephen T Newmyer B A M A University of Pennsylvania North Carolina M A Ph D Boston College - Associate Professor of Classics Kurt C Schreiber Paul B Stein 1983-84 Department Chairman G Foster Provost Jr apd Professor of Chemistry and Assistant Professor of Chemistry Duquesne University Profeisor of English B A Acting Dean of the Graduate School B S University of Massachusetts University of North Carolina B S Ph D Louisiana State University Ph D of Liberal Arts and Sciences Ph D University of Oregon M A University of Oregon Reginald A Ney B S City College of New York Omar W Steward Peter A Puccetti Assistant Professor of Physics A M Ph D Columbia University Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Philosophy and University Health Physicist Rev Andre L Schuwer 0 F M B S University of Delaware Duquesne University B A M Ed Duquesne University B S Adjunct Professor of Philosophy Ph D Pennsylvania State University M S University of Pittsburgh Terry Pulver B Ph State University of Amsterdam Michael W Strasser Assistant Professor of Psychology Jerome L Niedermeier Licenciate Ph D University of Louvain Professor of Philosophy B A M A Ph D University of Colorado Assoc-ate Professor of English Charles F Sebesta - B S St Louis University University of Pittsburgh B A Constance Deucher Ramirez Adjunct Professor of Mathematics M A Ph D University of Toronto M A Ph D Duquesne University Associate Professor of English A B M A Ph D University of Tata Subhas B A Duquesne University Rev John F 0 Grady Pittsburgh Professor of Biology M A University of North Carolina Professor of Theology David W Seybert B Sc Utkal University India M Div Mary immaculate College Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Associate Professor of Bachelor of Veterinary Science and Seminary I Roland Ramirez Chemistry University of Madras India College of St Anselm S T L Professor of Philosophy B A Bloomsburg State-College M S Utah State University University of St Thomas S T D B A University of Notre Dame Ph D Cornell University Ph D University of Georgia S S L S S D Pontifical Biblical Licentiate Le Saulchoir Etiolles France Stephen I Shulik Dr Grace S Sung Institute Ph D Catholic University of Paris Assistant Professor of Physics Lecturer in Audiology Paul A Richer B S Duquesne University B A Ewha Womans University Associate Professor of Psychology M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Seoul Korea B A Bard College M A University of Iowa M A Ph D New School for Social Research L Ph D University of Kansas 155 154

Rev Edmund R Supple C S Sp Mrs Peggy Walrath Rehabilitation Institute of Pittsburgh Barbara Boas M S Speech-Lanyuage Pathologist Adjunct Associate Professor Lecturer in Speech Naomi Landy M A of Theology Certified Comprehensive Interpreter Director Speech-La-iguage Western Pennsylvania School B A St Mary s Senior Scholasticate Therapy Department Jin Tsai Wang for Blind Children S T L Gregorian University (Rome) Kathleen R Helfrich-Miller M S A^sociate Professor of Chemistry Gina Adams M Ed Kathleen A Taylor B S Oregon State University Speech-Language Pathologist Speech Pathologist Carnegie-Mellon University Associate Professor of Mathematics M S Ph D St Francis Hospital Deborah J Coletta M A B A -University of Dayton Harold Webb Jr Patricia Carpenter M S Language Development Specialist M S Ph D Michigan State University Professor of Political Science Speech-Language Pathologist Richard H Thames B A M A University of Pennsylvania Hubert Martin M A Allegheny General Hospital Associate Professor of Speech Ph D Brown University Speech-Language Pathologist Petei R Johnson Ph D Communication and Theatre Bernard I Weiss Eze Schienberg M A Department Head B A Southwester n-at-M e mph is Associate Professor of History Spee(h-Language Pathologist Speech Pathology and Audiology M Div Pittsburgh Theological Seminary B A Ph D University of Illinois Rosemary Tomko M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh M A University of Chicago Director Department of Steven P Thomas Kenneth R Whipps Communication Skills Associate Professor of Biology Adjunct Associate Professor B A Pennsylvania State University of Sociology M A Ph D Indiana University A B University of Notre Dame I Frank J Thornton M A Syracuse University SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Associate Professor of Speech Sheila J Winkler ADMINISTRATION Communication and Theatre Lecturer in Speech Glen Beeson B A M A Ph D Administrator B S M A Villanova University L C S T College of Speech Therapists BlairJ Kolasa BS MS PhD ID 'Dean Samuel I Tindall Jr England Bernadine Meyer B Ed M S Ed D I D Assistant Dean Associate Professor of English M S University of Pittsburgh A B Columbia University George S Worgul Jr FACULTY M A Ph D University of South Associate Professor ofTheology James F Ackfin Raymond L Cegelski Carolina B A M D M A Niagara University Associate Professor of Accounting Assistant Professor of Accounting Rev Roger P Vallee Ph D S T D Catholic University of B S M B A Duquesne University B S M B A Duquesne University Associate Professor of Louvain C P A Pennsylvania C P A Pennsylvania Modern Languages William Stephan Wurzer CMA Lee Glick B A University of Rennes Associate Professor of Philosophy Glen Beeson Associate Professo^ of Economics M A University of Pittsburgh B A Oakland University Professor of Economics B A M A M Litt Ph D University Rev Cornelius Van der Poel C S Sp' Ph D University of Freiburg B A West Virginia Wesleyan of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Theology Joseph Yenerall M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Geza Grosschnid Iona College M Ed Associate Professor of Sociology Stanley Bober Chairman Division of Economic Sciences Steven Bela Vardy B S California State College Professor of Economics Professor of Economics Professor of History M A Duquesne University BA MA PhD NewYork J U D University Pazmany Peter B S John Carroll University Ph D Pennsylvania State University University Budapest M A Ph D Indiana University Frank T Zbozny George H Bodnar Serge Grosset Rev Joseph L Varga C S Sp Professor of English Associate Professor of Accountmg Professor of International Business Lecturer in Modern Languages B A M A Duquesne University B S B A Bucknell University and Chairman Div,sion of B A St Mary s Seminary Ph D University of Pittsburgh M B A University of Pennsylvania Behavioral Sciences M Ed Duquesne University Ph D University of Pennsylvania License es Sciences Commerciales Rolf H Von Eckartsberg Richard Bond Doctorat es Sciences Econorniques Associate Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Economics University of Geneva A B Dartmouth College A B Boston College Clarence I Jones M A Ph D Harvard University Ph D University of Maryland Associate Professor of Analytic Methods Robert G Borman B S E E University of California SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND Associate Professor of Accounting M S E E West Virginia University AUDIOLOGY—ADJUNCT FACULTY B S Duquesne University Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University Harmarville Rehabilitation Center Mercy Hospital M B A University of Pittsburgh Blair J Kolasa C P A Pennsylvania Professor of Behavioral Sciences and Gail B Fria M S Denise Beam Hays M S Dean of the School of Business Speech-Language Pathologist Speech-Language Pathologist Peter Brown and Administration Robert D Jacisin M Ed Maria Megaludis M S Associate Professor B S Allegheny College Speech-Lattyuage Pathologist Audiologist B S 'Canisius College M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Diane Rosato M A Donica Porter M-A Ph D University of Pittsburgh J D Duquesne University Speech-Language Pathologist Audiologist M B A Duquesne University Barbara A Vento M S Robert Skwarecki M S Audiologist Speech-Language Pathologist Donna Winter M A Leslie Brody M A Speech-Language Pathologist Speech-Language Pathologist

156 157

Marshall M Levinson John C South Joseph T Brennan Constance L Hunter Associate Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Organizalional Behavioral Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education B S City College of New York B A Muskingum College B S M Ed Ed D University of B S Ed Ohio State University M A M A Ph D Ohio State University Pittsburgh M A George Peabody College M A Columbia University John A Timko Kenneth L Burrett Ph D University of Pittsburgh Thomas E Lynch Associate Professor of Morketina Associate Professor of Education Francis X Kleyle Associate Professor of Accounting B A M S Duquesne University Director of Student Teaching Professor Emeritus of Education B S Gannon College Arthur G Wentz B A M S Ed Canisius College B A Carnegie-Mellon University * B A Harvard University Associate Professor of Finance Ed D State University-of New York M S Duquesne University * B A University of Southern B S Duquesne Un,versity Buffalo Ph D University of'Pittsburgh California M B A University of Pittsburgh William H Cadugan John L Livingston C P A Ohio Pennsylvania Ph D Ohio State University Professor of Education Professor of Education Bernadine Meyer Frank I Wright B S in B A M Ed Duquesne B S Lock Haven State College Associate Professor of Law Associate Professor of Accounting University M Ed Ed D The Pennsylvania State Administration and Assistant B S Duquesne University Ed D University of Pittsburgh University Dean M B A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Bruno A Casile Joseph F Maola Ed B M S Duquesne University William H Carlson Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education Ed D Columbia University Associate Professor of Finance B S Slippery Rock State College I D Duquesne University B A M Ed Duquesne University B C E M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University M S Ed D University of Pittsburgh M A Indiana University of Pennsylvania Edward A Milcic John F Gardner William I Casile Ph D The University of Akron Associate Professor of Accounting Assistant Professor of Taxation Assistant Professor of Education Michael F Moran B S M S Duquesne University B A King s College B S Ed Duquesne University Associate Professor of Education C P A Pennsylvania I D Duquesne University M Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S Shippensburg State College I James Miller LL M Temple University Rev Louis F Dolan C S Sp M S The Pennsylvania State University Professor of Human Relations George S Might Professor of Education M A Michigan State University B S St Vincent College Assistant Professor of Analytic Methods B A B D St Mary s Seminary Ph D University of Pittsburgh M B A University of Pennsylvania S B Harvard University M A Ed S Eastern Michigan Frank M Ribich Ph D University Pittsburgh M A Boston University University Associate Professor of Education Kurt Rethwisch James Pomdexter Ph D University of Michigan B Ed M Ed Duquesne University Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Law Administration William F Faith Ed D The Pennsylvania State University B A Nebraska Wesleyan University B S B A University of Southern California Professor of Education Alfonso A Rizzo M A Kansas State M B A Rochester Institute of Technology B Ed Duquesne University Professor of Education Ph D University of Maryland I D Texas Southern University M Ed Ph D Specialist Diploma B S Massachusetts State College Lewis Schipper Rev Joseph Pudichery University of Pittsburgh M S Springfield College Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Analytic Methods Robert H Flory Jr Ph D University of Connecticut B A M A Wayne State University B A M A University of Kerala Instructor in Education I Bernard Smith M A Ph D University of Minnesota M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Denison University Associate Professor of Education William Sher R Stanley Seymour M Ed Doctoral Studies B S M Ed Duquesne University Associate Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Commerce University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Pittsburgh B of Law National Yunnon University B A University of Notre Dame Dorothy A Frayer Maureen Sullivan M A Ph D University of Minnesota M S Kansas State Teachers College Associate Professor of Education and A!,sistant Professor of Education - Dean of the School of Education B Ed M Ed in L S Duquesne University B A M S Michigan State University M L S University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Wisconsin LECTURERS Mary Frances Grasinger C S I Martha A Athol Associate Professor of Education B F A School of Art Institute SCHOOL OF EDUCATION B Ed Duquesne University Marilyn Bober ADMINISTRATION M T S Catholic University of B A Brooklyn College America M S Duquesne Universitv Dorothy A Frayer Ph D Dean Ph D Syracuse University Brunhilde D Dorsch FACULTY Nicholas I Hanna B A Carnegie-Mellon University Professor of Education M S Duquesne University Paul Bernstein V Robert Agostino B S M S The Pennsylvania State Dalcroze School of Music Associate Professor of Education Asso6ate Professor of Education University Mary F Sciulli B A Hartwick College B S Boston College Ph D Ohio University B S M Ed University of Pittsburgh M S University of Bridgeport M S Springfield College Sister Julia Ann Hartzog S C Theodore A Siedle Ed D Ball State University Ph D Ohio University B S Allegheny College Associate Professor of Education William P Barone Ruth G Biro M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Seton Hill College - Associate Professor of Education Esther D Snyder Professor of Education M Ed Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh B S M A West Virginia University B A Chatham College B S Elizabethtown College Ph D University of Pittsburgh M L S Ph D University of Pittsburgh M Ed Shippensburg State College Post-graduate study Temple University and The Pennsylvania State University 158 159 SCHOOL OF MUSIC Christine lordanoff Michael Maglio ADMINISTRATION Associate Professor of Soffeggio Associate Professor of Music Education Michael Kumer M M Ed Acting Dean B S M M Duquesne Universiq B S E Lowell University Sister Carole Riley C D P Ph D Assistant Dean Diploma Kodaly Music Training M A Teachers College Columbia University Gerald F Keenan Ph D Dean Emeritus Institute -Certificat L Ecole Normale cle Musique Paris Certificate Liszt Academy of Music John G Majone Budapest Hungary UNDERGRADUATE COMMITTEE Teacher of Guitar Robert Croan Ph D Robert F Egan Nicholas jordanoff University of Pittsburgh Richard M Gray M M Professor of Music Education Artistic Director for the David Mairs I Ann Labounsky Steele M M B S Case Western Reserve University Performing Ensemble Tamburitzan Teacher-of French Horn and Samuel Yahres M Ed M A Ph D New York University Institute of Folk Arts and Associate Director of Bands Professor PeggyH Elkus RMT CMT B M M M University of Mi—chigan FACULTY M Ed Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Music Therapy Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony David Billings Annabelle Joseph B A Colby College Elizabeth P Mairs Teacher of Organ M Ed Lesley College Teacher of Eurhythmics Teacher of French Horn B F A Penn State University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Bernard Z Goldberg B M West Virginia University M M Eastman School of Music M M Duquesne University Teacher of Flute and Chamber Music Jeffery Mangone Keith Bishop Dalcroze Elementary Certificate - Diploma in Flute juilliard School Teacher of String Bass Teacher of Saxophone Carnegie-Mellon University of Music B S M E Duquesne University Dalcroze Teachers Certificate B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Me-mber Pittsburgh Symphony Dalcroze School of Music Julia May Kenneth Burky James Gorton Professor of Voice and Associate Professor of Piano Eugenia Popescu judetz Teacher of Oboe Head of Voice Faculty B M Oberlin Conservatory of Music Visiting Professor Tamburitzan B M Eastman School of Music B M M M Northwestern University Institute of Folk Arts M M Indiana University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Bucharest Romania John Moyer Christine Capecci Richard M Gray R M T Accompanist Opera Workshop Teacher of Voice Walter W Kolar Associate Professor of Music Therapy B S M E Duquesne University B S M E Duquesne University Director Tambuntzan Institute of and Chairman Department of Music Therapy M M E Duquesne University Folk Arts and Associate Professor Robert Cardillo B M Ed University of California M Ed Duquesne University Louis Munkachy Teacher of Piano M M Kansas University Professor of Music Theory B F A Carnegie-Mellon University - Stephen Kovacev Alan Grishman Diploma Liszt Academy of Music M M Duquesne University Assistant to the Director Business Associate Professor of Violin and Budapest Hungary Affairs Tamburitzan Institute of Yee-ha Chiu Chamber Music and Doctor of Laws and Political Science Folk Arts and Associate Professor Teacher of Piano Head of String Faculty Eotvos University Budapest Hungary M Ed Duquesne University Diploma Juilliard School of Music B S Marines College of Music B S M M Duquesne University M M Duquesne University M A New York University Nestor Koval Ph D University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Woodwinds William V Clark Rosette S Hillgrove Joseph H Negri Paris Conservatory Teacher of Flute Teacher of Voice Teacher of Guitar Michael Kumer B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B S M E M M Ed Duquesne Carnegie-Mellon University Assistant Dean Assistant Professor M M Duquesne University University Affiliated with WTAE of Music Education Robert Clarke Charles Hens B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Beverly Nero Teacher of Guitar Teacher of Trumpet M M Ed Duquesne University Teacher of Piano B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S M E M M Duquesne University Robert Leininger loan Condre A] Homburg Teacher of Striny^Bass Mila Novich leacher of Piano Teacher of Guitar Member Pittsburgh Symphony Assistant Professor of Voice and B M Baldwin-Wallace Conservatory M M West Virginia University Director of Opera Workshop Pamela Lewis M A Duquesne University Lynne Irvine B M E Northwestern University Teacher of Voice Robert I Croan Teacher of Viola M M -Duquesne University '^k A B Middlebury College B M M M Juilliard Professor of Music History and Literature School M A Stanford University Patsy Oliver and Chairman Department of Theory of Music M F A D A Carnegie-Mellon University Teacher of Trumpet and Music History Member Pittsburgh Symphony Joseph Lukatsky Ruth B Osgood B A M A Columbia University Joseph Willcox Jenkins Teacher of Oboe Teacher of Strings Ph D Boston University Professor of Theory and Composition New England Conservatory B S M E Duquesne University Leslie L Dean B S St Joseph s College Philadelphia Curtis Institute of Music Frank Ostrowski Teacher of Lower Brass Instruments Pennsylvania Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Trumpet M M Ed Duqu6sne University B M M M Eastman School of Music Donald E McCathren New England Conservatory University of Rochester ll Anthony Di Vittorio R Professor of Music Education Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Piano Ph D Catholic University of America Chairman Mid-East Instrumental Gary Piecka B S Duquesne University Music Conference Head of Wind and Teacher of Lower Brass Instruments Percussion Faculty B S M E Duquesne University B S Indiana State University M M Duquesne University M M Chicago Musical College

160 161

Ferdinand Pranzatelli Lisa Silko SCHOOL OF NURSING Professor of Music Education and Teacher of Piano ADMINISTRATION Director Graduate Division B S M E M M Duquesne University B M Eastman School of music Joanne White M N Ed Acting Dean Benjamin Speigel University of Rochester M Kathleen Winter R N Acling Assistant Dean Teacher of Bassoon M A Teachers College Columbia Vivian Lauer Kuzas M S Ed Academic Advisor Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony University Professional Diploma Ann Labounsky Steele FACULTY Columbia University Associate Professor of Organ Catherine Arenz R N Margaret M McKenna R N Ph D Columbia Pacific University Chairman of Performance Department and Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Head of Organ and Sacred Music Faculty Leonard Pruszynski B S N Seton Hall University B S N Duquesne University B M Eastman School of Music M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Teacher of Percussion M M University of Michigan B S M E Duquesne University Diploma (Mention Maximum) Schola Irene Dittemore R N Salvatore A Palazzolo R N jean M Raevens Cantorum Parts Associate Professor of Nursing Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor of Theory and Organ Diploma Ecole Normale Paris B S N Vanderbilt University B A State University College Brockport M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh M S N Medical College of Georgia Lernmens institute Mecheln Belgium Gladys Stein Natalie Pavlovich R N Laureat) Associate Professor of Piano and Mary Lou Encle R N Professor of Nursing Royal Conservatory Ghent Belgium— Head of Piano Faculty Assistant Professor of Nursing First Prize in Organ Diploma B S M S Juilliard B S N Duquesne University B S N University of Arizona Sister Carole Riley C D P School of Music M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M A M S N Ph D University of Associate Professor of Piano Special Artist Degree Vienna Eileen Gimper R N Michigan B S M M Duquesne University State Academy Assistant Professor of Nursing Helen T Pranzatelli R N Carmen Rummo Phyllis Susen B S N Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing Adfunct Associate Professor of Piano Teacher of Harp M N University of Pittsburgh B S N M Ed Duquesne University (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Ph D University of Pittsburgh William Schneiderman Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Percussion Rev Mosh6 Taube Marie M Hansen R N Carol Sue Reitz R N Diploma juilliard School of Music Teacher of Voice Associate Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor in Nursing Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Diploma' Juilliard School of Music B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N Emory University M S N University of Maryland M N Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh Carolyn Shankovich David P Tessmer (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Teacher of Choral Methods Teacher of Flute Joanne Tate R N B S M E Indiana University of Pa B A Houston Baptist College Rebecca Hartman R N Assistant Professor of Nursing M M University of Michigan M M Duquesne University Instructor in Nursing B S N Point Park College B S N Duquesne University M S Ed Duquesne University Robert Shankovich Thomas D Thompson Teacher of Clarinet M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Professor of Music Theory and (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Director of Choral Activities B M E American Conservatory Gladys L Husted R N B S M E M M Duquesne University M M Northwestern University Associate Professor of Nursing Shirley Y Wheeler R N , D A Carnegie-Mellon University Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgn Associate Professor of Nursing (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Allen Sher Gerald Unger Teacher of Violoncello Teacher of Percussion Barbara Martuscelli R N Evelyn W Wilczynski R N B S B M Ohio State University B A Brooklyn College Assistant Professot of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing M A Universitv of Northern Colorado M A Columbia University B S N Pennsylvania State Unwersity B S N M Ed Duquesne University Member Pittsburgh Symphony M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Roger Sherman M Kathleen Winter R N Sandra Staley Vaporetti (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Teacher of Trumpet Associate Professor of Nursing Teacher of Voice B M E M M E Eastman School Mary Carroll Miller R N B S N Duquesne University of music Wendy Webb Associate Professor of Nursing M P H Ph D University of Pittsburgh Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Flute B S N Duquesne University - Karen Zamberlan R N B S M E Duquesne University M S N University of Pennsylvania Matthew Shiner Instructor in Nursing M F A Carnegie-Mellon University M A Duquesne University Adjunct Associate Professor of B S N East Tenn State Univ Brass Instruments and Jean Wilmouth Margaret L Muntz R N M S N West Virginia University of Percussion Head of Brass Faculty Teacher Assistant Professor of Nursing (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B S N Duquesne University Salvat8re Signorino M N University of Pittsburgh Teacher of jazz Improvisation John H Wilson Associate Professor of Music (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Salvatore Silipigni Education and Head of Jazz Faculty Teacher of Violoncello and Chamber Music B S M A Ed D New York University B M Eastman School of Music Samuel C' Yahres M A Ball State University Associate Professor of Music Education Certificate St Cecilia Academy Rome Italy Chairman Department of Music Education and Coordinator of Student Teachers Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S in M Ed Indiana University of Pennsylvania Ed University of Pittsburgh 160 161

Ferdinand Pranzatelli Lisa Silko f SCHOOL OF NURSING Professor of Music Education and Teacher of Piano ADMINISTPATION Director Graduate Division B S M E M M Duquesne University Joanne White 'M N Ed Acting Dean B M Eastman School of Music Benjamin Speigel M Kathleen Winter R N Acting Assistant Dean University of Rochester Teacher of Bassoon Vivian Lauer Kuzas M S Ed Academic Advisor M A Teachers College Columbia Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony University Ann Labounsky Steele FACULTY Professional Diploma Associate Professor of Organ Columbia University Catherine Arenz R N Margaret M McKenna R N Chairman of Performance Department and Ph D Columbia Pacific University Instructor in Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing Head of Organ and Sacred Music Faculty B S N Seton Hall University B S N Duquesne University Leonard Pruszynski B M Eastman School of Music M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M, N Ed University of Pittsburgh Teacher of Percussion M M University of Michigan B S M E Duquesne University Diploma (Mention Maximum) Schola Irene Dittemore R N Salvatore A Palazzolo R N Associate Professor of Nursing Jean M Raevens Cantorum Paris Instructor in Nursing B S N Vanderbilt University B A State University College Brockport Associate Professor of Theory and Organ Diploma Ecole Normale Paris M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh M S N Medical College of Georgia Lernmens Institute Mecheln Belgium Gladys Stein (Laureat) Associate Professor of Piano and Mary Lou Ende R N Natalie Pavlovich R N Royal Conservatory Ghent Belgium— Head of Piano Faculty Assistant Professor of Nursing Professor of Nursing First Prize in Organ Diploma B S M S Juilliard B S N Duquesne University B S N University of Arizona M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M A M S N Ph D University of Sister Carole Riley C D P School of Music Michigan Associate Professor of Piano Special Artist Degree Vienna Eileen Gimper R N B S M M Duquesne University State Academy Assistant Professor of Nursing Helen T Pranzatelli R N B S N Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing Carmen Rummo Phyllis Suseri M N University of Pittsburgh B S N M Ed Duquesne University Adjunct Associate Professor of Piano Teacher of Harp Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Ph D University of Pittsburgh Willia'm Schneiderman Marie M Hansen R N Carol Sue Reitz R N Teacher of Percussion Rev Moshe Taube Associate Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor in Nursing Diploma Juilliard School of Music Teacher of Voice Diploma - Juilhard School of Music B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N Emory University Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony David P Tessmer M S N University of Maryland M N Ed Ph D University of Pittsburgh Carolyn Shankovich Teacher of Flute (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Joanne Tate R N Teacher of Choral Methods B A Houston Baptist College Rebecca Hartman R N Assistant Professor of Nursing B S M E Indiana University of Pa M M Duquesne University Instructor in Nursing B S N Point Park College M M University of Michigan Thomas D Thompson B S N Duquesne University M S Ed Duquesne University Robert Shankovich Teacher of Clarinet M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Professor of Music Theory and B M E American Conservatory Gladys L Husted R N (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Director of Choral Activities M M Northwestern University Associate Professor of Nursing Shirley Y Wheeler R N ^ B S M E M M Duquesne University Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Nursing D A Carnegie-Mellon University Gerald Unger (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Allen Sher Teacher of Percussion Barbara Martuscelli R N Evelyn W Wilczynski R N Teacher of Violoncello B S B M Ohio State University Assistant Professor of Nursing Associate Professor of Nursing B A Brooklvn College M A Universitv of Northern Colorado B S N Pennsylvania State Unwersity B S N M Ed Duquesne University M A Columbia University Member Pittsburgh Symphony M N Ed University of Pittsburgh M Kathleen Winter R N Roger Sherman Sandra Staley Vaporetti (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Associate Professor of Nursing Teacher of Trumpet Teacher of Voice Mary Carroll Miller R N B S N Duquesne University B M E M M E Eastman School Wendy Webb Associate Professor of Nursing M P H Ph D University of Pittsburgh of music Teacher of Flute B S N Duquesne University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Karen Zamberlan R N B S M E Duquesne University M S N University of Pennsylvania Instructor in Nursing Matthew Shiner M F A Carnegie-Mellon University M A Duquesne University B S N East Tenn State Univ Adjunct Associate Professor of Jean Wilmouth Margaret L Muntz R N M S N West Virginia University Brass instruments and Teacher of Percussion Assistant Professor of Nursing (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Head of Brass Faculty B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B S N Duquesne University Salvat6re Signormo John H Wils on M N University of Pittsburgh Teacher of Jazz Improvisation Associate Professor- of Music (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) Salvatore Silipigni Education and Head of Jazz Faculty Teacher of Violoncello and Chamber Music B S M A Ed D New York University B M Eastman School of Music Samuel C' Yahres M Ball State University A Associate Professor of Music Education Certificate St Cecilia Academy Chairman Department of Music Education Rome Italy and Coordinator of Student Teachers Member Pittsburgh Symphony B S in M Ed Indiana University of Pennsylvania Ed University of Pittsburgh 162 — 163 COOPERATING HEALTH AGENCIES SCHOOL OF PHARMACY Allegheny County Health Department Montefiore Hospital ADMINISTRATION N Mark Richards M D Irwin Goldberg Douglas H Kay Ph D Dean Chief Executive Officer Director Alvin Galinsky Ph D Assistant Dean Irene McLenahan R N M P H Joan Beyer R N M P H Stephen C Morrison M A Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advisement Director Public Health Nursing Assistant Administrator Lori S Mete M S Ed Student Advisor Northwest Allegheny Home Health Care Allegheny General Hospital FACULTY Sherif S Abdelhak Rita Berkoben R N B S N M P H Director Anthony I Amadio Raymond A Eder Vice President Nursing Services Professor of Pharmaceutical loan Ulmer R N B S Ed lanet Mitchell C R N P B S N Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Regional Manager Administration B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Assistant Director Nursing Services B S M Litt University of Pittsburgh Presbyterian-University Hospital Duquesne University Central Medical Health Services B S (Pharmacy) M B A Duquesne Daniel L Stickler University Joseph A Feldman Thomas M Gallagher Chief Executive Officer Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry President Lawrence H Block B S (Pharmacy) University of Maureen Rusnock R N M N M N Ed Professor of Pharmaceutical P J Dolan R N Assistant Executive Director Rhode island Chemistry and Pharmaceutics M S Ph D University of Wisconsin Vice President Nursing Services Nursing Service B S (Pharmacy) M S PhD Children s Hospital of Pittsburgh South Hills Health System University of Maryland Kenneth A Ferrett Home Health Agency Assistant Professor of Clinical Harold W Luebs Mitchell L Borke Pharmacy Administrator Sister M Crescentia Mulvehill CSJ Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry B S (Pharmacy) West Virginia Lillian Nanstiel R N M N Ed Executive Vice President B S (Pharmacy) M S PhD University Director of Nursing Catherine Fralca University of Illinois Pharm D Duquesne University Administrator Home Care Martin Cohen Forbes Health System Frederick W Fochtman Mary Ann Kundrat R N B S N M P H Instructor in Medical Technology George H Schmitt Associate Professor of Pharmacology and Director of Staff Development fHematology) Toxicology President South Hills Health System M D California College of Medicine B S (Pharmacy) M S PhD Patricia Zeszutek R N M Ed Jefferson Center Wellon D Collom Duquesne University Director Consumer Health Education George H Yeckel Instructor in Toxicology Michael A Fording Columbia Health Center President B S University of California Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy Ralph B Berkley Jean Crowley R N M S M S Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Executive Director Administrator Acute Care Ezio Compare Duquesne University Mary W Young R N B S Ed South Side Hospital Associate Professor of Medical Henry R Freedy Technology (Nuclear Medicinel Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Director of Nursing R Timothy Stack B A M H A M D Padua Italy Chief Executive Officer - B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne East Suburban Health Center Jeanne A Cooper University Barry H Roth Mary Paula Pavinich R N B S N M N Ed Director of Nursing Professor of Medical Technology and Alvin M Galinsky Executive Director Director Mercy School of Medical St Clair Memorial Hospital Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Marie Langan R N B S Ed Technology (Parasitology) and Pharmaceutics Director of Nursing Benjamin E Snead M B A A C H A B S Waynesburg College B S (Pharmacy) M S PhD Administrator M D Hahnemann Medical College Pittsburgh Health Center University of Illinois Yvonne M Holsinger R N M N Ed Richard R Crowe Aleem Ganglee Patricia Scuffle R N M Ed Director of Nursing Instructor in Medical Technology Administrator 14" Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical St Francis General Hospital (Immunology) Chemistry Eileen Meyer R N B S N Sister M Sylvia Schuler M H A Dorylee R Dominguez Director of Nursing B S M S (Chemistry) Indian Chief Executive Officer Instructor in Medical Technology Institute of Technology Magee-Womens Hospital Agnes Marner R N B A Soc (Blood Banking) Ph D University of Iowa C R Youngquist M B A Director of Nursing Service B A Carlow College Mary Ann Gasowski Executive Director Visiting Nurse Association of M T (ASCP) SBB Health Physicist Lucille Reynolds R N M N Ed Allegheny County, Inc Sister M Gonzales Duffy R S M B S Duquesne University Director of Nursing Patricia 0 Donnell B S N M P H Lecturer in Hospital Pharmacy and M S Health Physics University of Consultant Department of Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh Mercy Hospital Executive Director Barbara Piskor B S N M P H B A Carlow College John Georgescu Sr Joanne Marie Andiono R S M M A L S Assistant Director Education B S (Pharmacy) Duquesne University Instructor in Medical Technology M P H * S Villanova University (Virology) Executive Director Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic * Sc (Hon I Duquesne University Thomas Detre M D M S Duquesne University Margaret Harper R N M S Ed Director Assistant Executive Director Vivian Romoff R N M S N Nursing Services Director of Nursing

164 165

Vincent I Giannetti Bruce Livengood Rita M Windisch Gerard I Wolf Assistant Ptofessor of Pharmaceutical Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Associate Professor of Medical Instructor in Pharmacy Administration B S (Pharmacy) Temple University Technology (Clinical Chemistry) B S (Pharmacy) Duquesne University B A M A Duquesne University Pharm D Duquesne University B S Ph D Duquesne University MSW MS(Hyg) PhD Elsie M Lovsted Charles L Winek University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Professor of Toxicology Raymond A Giudici Chemistry B S (Pharmacy) M S Duquesne Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutics B S (Pharmacy) Ph D University University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne of Minnesota Ph D Ohio State University University Bruce D Martin AUXILIARY FACULTY Marilyn F Harris Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of Harvey M Arbit Pharm D Philip W Keys Administration Pharmacy Manager of Regulatory Affairs and Adjunct Assistant Professor of B S P University of Saskatchewan M S Ph D University of Illinois Clinical Development Clinical Pharmacy Highland Diagnostics B S (Pharmacy) West Virginia M S Duquesne University Thomas J Mattei Ph D University of Pittsburgh Division of Travenol Laboratories Inc University Associate Professor of Deerfield Illinois Pharm D Duquesne University Benjamin Hodes Clinical Pharmacy and Director of lagdesh P Bhatnagar Sc D Delbert D Konnor M S R Ph Professor of Pharmaceutics Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Adjunct Research Professor Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne Chief Division of Radiation Physics Administration Manager Voluntary Pharmacy University Mercy Hospital Compliance Program M S Ph D Universitv of Michuzan Reginald A Ney William K Buchanan M D Drug Enforcement Administration Michael Israel Health Physicist Director of the Department of Anesthesia U S Department of justice Instructor in Medical Technology B S Duquesne University St Francis General Hospital Lawrence M Mulhern M D (Hematology Blood Banhing) M S University of Pittsburgh Chief of the Division of Rheumatology M D University of Vermont Stanford I Cohen Norbert A Pilewski Lecturer n Community Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Charles N Karnack Associate Professor of Pharmacognosy B Ed University of Toledo Edward I Paysek M D Clinical Instructor in Pharmacy B S (Pharmacy) M S University of B S (Pharmacy) University of Pittsburgh Associate Professor of Medical Technology B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Pittsburgh Earl R Davis M D Chairman Department of Radiology Duquesne University Ph D Ohio State University Pathologist Mercy Hospital Douglas H Kay Margaret Plutnicki South Hills Health Systems Silvestri Silvestri Dean of the School of Pharmacy and Instructor in Medical Technology Robert G Gallagher A B J udge Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry (Hematology) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Court of Common Pleas B S (Pharmacy) M S Ph D Massachusetts B A Carlow College Radiological Health Fifth judicial District College of Pharmacy and Allied M T (ASCP) President Applied Health Physics Inc Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Health Sciences Therese I Poirier Bethel Park Pennsylvania Elliott Turbiner D 0 Spyros Kommos Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Norman Haywood I D Associate Professor of Medical Technology Associate Professor of Medical B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of Pharmacy Livingston and Miller Attorneys at Law Division of Nuclear Radiology and Technology (Microbiology) Pharm D University of Michigan Carl Kaplan M D Ultrasound Mercy Hospital B S M S Duquesne University Thomas L Rihn Chairman Joseph A Watson Ph D D Sc University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Division of Radiation Therapy Adjunct Professor of Radiobiology Joseph M Knstofik B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Radiology Department Mercy Hospital Graduate School of Public Health Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Duquesne University Arthur Katoh PhD University of Pittsburgh Law and Director of Externship Gene A Riley Research Associate B S (Pharmacy) I D Duquesne Professor of Pharmacology Radiology Department Mercy Hospital University B S (Pharmacy) Duquesne University John G Lech Ph D Western Reserve University RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Sydney P Shanor ADMINISTRATION B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D Duquesne Professor of Pharmacology Colonel John I Mossellem Ir M A Professor of Military Science Pittsburgh Sr ROTC Instr Gp University R N St John s Hospital Captain Hans G Heiser B S Department Chairman Howard L Levine B S M S Ph D University of Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Pittsburgh FACULTY—DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE B S (Pharmacy) Oregon State University William I Smith Colonel John I Mossellern Jr Captain Thom E Tuckey Pharm D SUNY-Buffalo Instructor in Medical Technology Professor of Military Science and Associate Professor of Military Science M Elaine Linkhauer (Clirical Chemistry Immunology) Head of Pittsburyh Senior ROTC Instr Gp B S Ohio University Instructor in Medical Technology M D University of Pittsburgh B S University of Maryland MSG Isaac M Rogers and Education Coordinator Wagdy W Wahba M S George Washington University Principal Instructor Mercy School of Medical Technology Instructor in Pharmacology Captain Hans G Heiser SGM Carl C McNeal (Microbiology Parasitology Mycology) and Toxicology Professor of Military Science and Enlisted Instructor B A Carlow College B Pharm Alexandria University Department Chairman M T ASCP) Ph D Duquesne University B S University of Wisconsin M S Duquesne University Captain Thomas F Julich Assistant Professor of Military Science B S US Military Academy 166 167

Divisions and Programs 59 ROTC 121 index Behavioral Science 61 Courses Economic Science 66 Auditing 143 Quantitative Science 60 Cancellation of 143 Academic Duquesne Students 132 History 89 Repeating 145 Advisor 143 Students from other Institutions 132 Philosophy and Objectives 58 Criminal justice Associate Degree 15 Calendar 2 Transfers 131 Sample Program 59 Credit Load—Arts and Sciences 15 Temporary 132 Scholarships 136 By Examination 144 143 Policies Applied Music Courses 83 Student Organizations 59 Hour Bank 133 Regulations—Arts and Sciences 15 Applied Technology Associate Unit of 146 Summer Sessions 132 Degree 15 Calendar Academic 2 Cross- Registration 142 Supervisor of Intercollegiate Athletics 143 Army ROTC 120 Cancellation of Courses 143 Curriculums Academic Policies 143 Art Division 16 Campus Ministry 129 Arts and Sciences - 13 Academic Advisor 143 Courses 16 Canevin Hall 10 Bachelor-Master s 15 Academic Supervisor of Intercollegiate Requirements for Major 16 Career Planning and Placement 126 Bachelor s/Professional School 15 Athletics 143 Requirements for Minor 16 Cashing Checks 141 Liberal Arts Engineering 15 Auditing Courses 143 14 Arts and Sciences Catholic Lay Teacher Discount 138 Pre-Law 1 Cancellation of Courses 143 See Liberal Arts and Sciences College Center for Second Bachelors Degree 5 Class Attendance 143 Associate Degree Programs college 1 Academic and Career Development - 126 Three Year Bachelors 15 Course Examinations 144 of Arts and Science 5 Administration of Legal Systems 58 Cooperative Education 14 Classification of Students 144 Assumption Hall 10 Economic Education 59 Business and Administration Credit by Examination 144 Athletics 124 International Management 59 Accounting 60 Dean s List 145 Attendance Class 143 Management Development 59 Economic Science 66 Grading System 144 Auditing Courses 143 Certification Finance 61 Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 145 Auditor s Fee 138 Music Education 76 International Business 63 Graduation Requirements 146 Teacher Education 70 Law Administration 63 Honors 146 Bachelor Master s Program 15 Certified Public Accountant Requirements 60 Management 64 Pass/Fail Electives 145 Bachelors Degree Fee 140 Change of Schedule 142 Marketing 65 Quality Point System 144 Bachelor s Degree-Second 115 Fee 138 142 Pre-Legal 64 Repeating Courses and Course Bachelorrs_Degree Three-Year 5 Checks 141 Quantitative Methods 62 Retrogradation 145 Bache c, s Professional School Program 15 Bad 141 Education Student Standing 145 Bad Checks 141 Cashing 141 Early Childhood 69 Transfer Within the University 146 Bassoon Courses 84 Chemistry 20 Elementary 69 Unit of Credit 146 Behavioral Sciences Division of 63 Courses 20 Music 88 Withdrawal Course 146 International Business 63 Department of 20 Secondary 69 Accounting Curriculum 60 Law Administration 63 Requirements for Majors 20 Special Education 70 Accreditation and Affiliation I I Management 64 Requirements for Minors 20 Music 148 Administration and Faculty Marketing 65 Clarinet Courses 84 Music Education 81 Administration Building 10 Pre Legal 64 Class Attendance 143 Music Therapy 82 Administrative Officers 147 Billing Problems 141 Classics 21 Orchestral Instrument 78 Admissions 130 Biochemistry 20 Courses 22 Organ 77 Advanced Placement 132 Biological Sciences Department of 21 Piano 76 Applications Courses 18 Requirements for Major 21 Sacred Music First Year Students 130 Department of 17 Requirements for Minor 22 Voice 80 Other Categories 131 Requirements for Major 18 Classification of Students 144 Organ 80 International Students (Undergraduate) 131 Requirements for Minor 18 Full-time 144 Voice 78 Post-Graduates 131 Board of Directors 147 Part-time 144 Nursing 101 Readmission 131 Bureau of Research and Community Services 58 Post-Graduate 144 Pharmacy 105 Temporary Transfers 132 Business and Administration Clergy Discounts 138 Medical Technology 107 Transfers 131 School of 58 Clinical Pharmacy Department of 116 Radiological Health 109 College Level Examination Program 132 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Code of Student Rights ROTC 120 Credit Hour Bank 133 Bureau of Research and Community Services 58 Responsibilities and Conduct 128 Early Admissions 131 Bureau of Research 58 College Hall 10 Damage Deposit Residence Hall 138 Early Decision Plan 130 Center for College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 132 Dean of Students office of the 123 Office 130 Administration of Legal Systems 58 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Council on Student Services 123 Policy 130 Economic Education 59 See Liberal Arts and Sciences College of College Skills 123 Requirements 130 International Management 59 College Skills 123 Disabled Students 123 Summer Session 132 Management Communications for Industry International Students 123 Duquesne Students 132 Development 59 Associate Degree 15 Dean s List 145 132 Other Students Course Descriptions Competitive Scholarships 134 Degree Admission Special Requirements Accounting 60 Computer Sciences 24 Arts and Sciences 14 Education 68 Economic Science 66 Courses 24 Awarded with Honors 146 Music 75 Finance 61 Division of 24 Business and Administration 58 Nursing 98 International Business 63 Requirements for Major 24 Education 68 Pharmacy 1 10 Law Administration 63 Requirements for Minor 24 Music 75 Advanced Placement 132 Management 64 Confidentiality of Student Records 143 Nursing 98 Advisor Marketing 65 Concentrated Studies Program 14 1 Pharmacy 104 Pre Legal Academic 143 64 Cooperative Education 14 Degrees and Programs International Student 123 Ouantitatve Methods 62 Corporation The Duquesne 238 offered 8 Application Curriculums Costs See Fees and Tuition Departments College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Credit Hour Bank 133 Accounting 60 Council on Student Services 123 Biological Sciences 17 Fee 130 138 Economic Science 66 Counseling Center 10 Chemistry 20 for Financial Aid 133 Finance 61 Course Classics 21 New First-Year Students 130 International Business 63 Examination 144 Computer Science 24 Earl^ Admission 131 Law Administration 63 Retrogradation 145 Economics 26 Early Decision 130 Man.gement 64 Course Descriptions English 26 Other Categories Marketing 131 65 Arts and Sciences 16 Fine Arts (Art Division) 16 Pre-Legal International Students 131 64 Business and Administration 60 History 28 Post-Graduates 131 Quantitative Methods 62 Education 71 journalism 31 Readmission 131 Degree 58 Music 83 Mathematics 33 Summer Session 132 Nursing 101 Medical Media Communications 34 Pharmacy 104

168 169

Student Financing Program I 'I I Requirements 13 Modern Languages 36 7 1 Honor Awards Cashing Checks 141 University-Level Courses Taken While Philosophy 39 Progra Credit Requirements Physics Bad Checks 141 in High School 15 42 Earl yrnChild hood 69 Political Science Fine Arts (See Art Division) Course Descriptions 16 45 Elementary 69 Psychology First Year Students Admission of 130 Art Division 16 47 Music 69 88 17 Sociology Flute Courses 84 Biological Sciences 48 Secondary 69 Speech Communication and Theatre French Courses 36 Chemistry 20 50 Special Education 70 Classics 21 Theology 53 Full Time Students 144 Scholarships 135 College Administration 23 Departments School of Pharmacy Student Organizations 71 G and G Building 10 Computer Science 24 Clinical Pharmacy 1 16 Teacher Certification 70 General Education 68 Economics 26 Medical Technology 1 17 Educational Foundations and Psychology 71 General Information 7 English 26 Pharmaceutical Administration 1 15 Edward Hanley Hall The I I 1 German Courses 37 History 28 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics 1 13 Effective Catalog-Arts and Sciences ^5 Governing Council 126 International Relations 45 Pharmacology-To\icology 1 14 Elementary Education Grade Reports Semester 143 journalism 31 Radiological Health 1 18 Courses 73 Grading System 144 Mathematics 33 Des Places Communications Center 10 Program Credit Requirements 69 Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 1,15 Medical Media Communications 34 Developmental Services 126 English Graduation Modern Languages and Literature 36 Career Planning and Placement 126 Courses 26 Fees 140 Philosophy 39 Center for Academic and Career Department of 26 Honors 146 Physics 42 Development 126 Honors Program 26 Requirements 146 Political Science 45 Learning Skills Program 126 Requirements for Major 26 ,Greek Courses 22 Psychology 47 Psychological Center for Requirements for Minor 26 Guaranteed Student Loans 135 Sociology 48 Training and Research 126 Evening Study 12 Testing Bureau Guitar Courses 85 Speech Communications and Theatre 50 126 Examinations Theology 53 Directors and Officers 147 Gymnasium 11 Advanced Placement 132 World Literature 14 Board of Directors 147 CLEP Examinations 132 Handbook Student 128 A ccreclitation and Affiliation 12 The Duquesne Corporation 147 Course Examinations 144 Hanley Hall The Edward 1 11 Cu ricular Requirements 13 Officers of the University 148 Unit 144 Harp Courses 85 Degrees 14 Disabled Students 123 Final 144 Discounts Health Profession Loans 1 34 Effective Catalog 15 University 138 Credit by 144 15 Divisions School of Business and Administration Health Electives Expenses See Tuition and Fees History 13 Behavioral Science 63 Insurance 124 Services 1 24 Majors and Minors 15 Economic Science 66 Facilities Physical 10 History 28 Philosophy and Objectives 13 Cluantitative Science 60 Faculty Administration and Arts and Sciences 148 Courses 29 Special Programs 14 Double Bass Courses 84 Business and Administration 155 Department of 28 Associate Degrees 15 Dormitories Education 156 Requirements for Major 28 Concentrated Studies 14 Assumption Hall 10 Music 158 14 Duquesne Towers Requirements for Minor 28 Cooperative Education 10 Nursing 161 World Literature Program 14 Expenses 140 History of Duquesne 9 Pharmacy 163 146 Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts and St Ann Hall 11 ROTC Honors Graduation 165 Honors Awards General Sciences 14 St Martin Hall 11 Federal Nursing Loans 1 34 Education 71 Pre Law 14 Dropping and Adding Courses 142 Fee University 139 Duquesne Music 7b Pre Professional Health Education 15 Fees General See Tuition and Fees inter School IMmors 15 Corporation 1,17 Nursing 00 Finance Curriculum 6 1 11 Bachelor Master s 15 Duke (Newspaper) 128 Financial Aid Pharmacy 33 Honor Societies 128 Bachelor/Professional School 15 Magazine 128 Application Procedure 34 Towers Horn Courses 85 Liberal Arts Engineering 15 10 Award Conditions 33 Union Housing See Dormitories Second Bachelors Degree 15 10 125 Competitive Scholarships 34 Three-year Bachelor s 15 Current Information 133 127 Early Admission Information Center CLEP and Advanced Placement 15 132 131 Federal Nursing Loans 134 127 Early Childhood Education Inter Fraternity Council Scholarships 135 Financial Need 133 Courses International Library Resource Center 11 72 Gift Assistance 133 63 Program Business Curriculum Loans See Scholarships arid Loans 69 Guaranteed Student Loan 135 Education Policy Statement on 9 Early Decision 130 Health Profession Loans 1 34 Communicat.ons Associate Degree 15 64 Earth Science Courses Management Curriculum 44 Meeting Student Need 133 International Relations Political S(_ience 45 Marketing ClArrILLJIUM 65 Economic Science Division 66 National Direct Student Loans 134 Student Advisement 123 Curriculum Mathematics 66 Other Sources of Aid 135 Students Admission of 131 33 Economics COU rses Parish Scholarship 134 Inter-School Minors 15 33 Courses Department of 66 Pell Grant Program 135 Italian Courses 38 Requirements for Major 33 Department of 26 Principles of Aid 133 Requirements for Minor 33 Requirements for Major 26 Program Funding 133 journalism Matriculation Deposit 138 Requirements for Minor 26 Programs 134 Courses 3 10 Education School of 31 McCloskey Field 68 State Grant Assistance 135 Department of medical Media Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Student Emplovment 134 Requirements for Major 31 15 Admission Courses 68 Student Self Help 133 Requirements for Minor 31 34 Class Attendance 135 Division of 70 Supplemental Educational Scholarships Requirements for Major 34 Competency Core Curriculum 69 Opportunity Grant-, 134 Requirements for Minor 35 Course Descriptions 71 judicial System 123 University Aid 134 Department of 107 1 17 Early Childhood Medic,il Technology 72 University Scholars Award 134 Mellon Hall of Science 11 Educational Foundations and Psychology 71 Laboratory Fees Financial Aid—Departments and Schools 135 139 ^Ifrtary Science Department of 120 Elementary 73 General Business and Administration 136 139 Ministry Campus 129 Secondary 73 Pharmacy 110 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 135 Modern Languages F Literatures Special Education Late Registration 74 136 139 Courses 36 Curriculum Music Fec 68 136 143 Department of 36 General Education Nursing Policy 68 136 22 French Courses 36 Professional Education 68 Pharmacy Latin Courses 136 63 German Courses 37 Professional Laboratory E\periences 68 General University Scholarships Law Administration Curriculum 137 126 Italian Courses 38 Degree 68 ROTC Scholarships Learning Skills Program 138 128 Requirements for Major 36 Dual Certification 70 L Espirit du DLJC (Yearbook) University Discounts 138 Requirements for IMmor 36 General Education Required Courses Liberal Arts and Sciences College of 13 69 Financial Matters 1,11 Russian Courses 38 History 68 Billing Problems Academic 141 Load 15 Spanish Courses 39 Regulations 15 Music Education 93 170 171

Music School of 75 106 1 16 New Pharmacy Curriculum States Other Than Pennsylvania 1 13 Four-Year 120 Accreditation and Affiliation 1 2 Nursing School of 97 Student Organizations 1 1 1 Advanced Course 120 Admission 75 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Philosophy and Objectives University 9 Basic Course 120 Advisement 75 Admission of Registered Nurse Students 98 Philosophy Common Hour 121 Building I I 98 Admission Requirements Courses 40 Direct Entry Advanced 120 Course Descriptions 101 83 Course Descriptions Department of 39 Simultaneous Membership 121 Applied Music 83 Curriculum Standards 101 Requirements for Major 97 40 Two-Year 121 Bassoon 84 Definition/Philosophy Requirements for Minor 40 Voluntary Adventure and Social Activities 121 Clarinet 84 Degree 98 Physics Scholarships 138 Double Bass Expenses Additional 99 84 Courses 42 Residence Flute Graduation Requirements 100 84 Department of 42 Council 127 Guitar Classical/ja7Z 85 Grievance Procedure 100 Earth Science 124 97 42 Life Harp 85 History Requirements for Major 42 Residences Student See Dormitories Horn 100 85 Honor Awards Requirements for Minot 42 Residence Hall Damage Deposit 138 oboe NILN Achievement Tests 100 86 Physical Facilities 10 Resident Hall Pre-Payment Fee 138 Organ 86 Nursing Electives 102 Piano Courses 86 Rockwell Hall II Percussion Program Purposes Goal F, Indicators 98 86 Placement Center Career Planning and 126 Room and Board 140 Piano 86 Program of Study 98 Policy Statement on international Education 9 Costs 141 Saxophone 87 Recommended Course Sequences 100 Political Science 141 99 Withdrawals and Refunds Trombone and Baritone Horn 87 Requirements/Additional Courses 45 ROTC See Reserve Officer Training Corps 87 Scholarships and Loans 134 136 Trumpet Department of 45 Russian Courses 38 Second Degree Program 99 Tuba 87 Requirements for Major 45 St Ann Hall 11 Viola Student Organizations 99 88 Requirements for Minor St Mart n Hall II 100 45 Violin 88 Student Rights Post-Graduate Students Admission of 131 Saxophone Courses 87 Violoncello 88 99 Temporary Transfer Pre Law Program 14 Scheduling Events 126 Transfer Student Admission 99 Voice 88 Pre Legal Program 64 Scholarships and Loans— Conducting 92 Pre-Professional Health Education 134 86 15 University Aid Conservatory 76 Oboe Courses Professional and Department Organizations 128 Application Procedure 134 142 -Ensemble 92 Official Registration Psychological Center for Competitive Scholarships 1 34 Eurhythmics 93 Officers Administrative 147 Training and Research 127 Health Profession Loans 134 General Education 96 Organ Courses 86 Psychology National Direct Student Loans 134 Organizations See Student Organizations Music Education 88 Courses 47 Federal Loans 134 Bassoon 88 Department of 47 Parish Scholarships 134 127 Clarinet 88 Pan-Hellenic Council Requirements for Major 47 Student Employment 134 134 Double Bass 89 Parish Scholarship Requirements for'Mmor 47 Supplemental Educational Flute 89 Part-Time Students 144 Public Safety Building 11 Opportunity Grants 134 Guita r-Classica Pjazz 89 Pass/Fail Electives 145 Publications Student 128 University Scholars Awards 134 Harp 90 Pell Grant Programs 135 Code of Student Rights Scholarships and Loans— Horn 90 Percussion Courses 86 Responsibilities & Conduct 128 Other Sources Oboe 90 Pharmaceutical Administration Department of 115 Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 128 Guaranteed Student Loans 135 Organ 90 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics Duquesne Magazine 128 Other Possibilities 135 Percussion 90' Department of 3 L Espirit clu Duc (Yearbook) 128 Pell Grant Program 135 Piano 91 Pharmacists State Licensing of ;^2 Student Handbook 128 State Grant Assistance 135 Saxophone 91 Pharmacology-Toxicology Department of 114 Scholarships and Loans— Trombone and Baritone Horn 91 Pharmacy School of 104 Quality Point System 144 Departments and Schools Trumpet 91 Accreditation and Affiliation Q Quantitative Science Arts and Sciences 135 Tuba 91 Admission 110 Division of 60 Business and Administration 136 Violin 92 Areas of Concentration 107 Accounting 60 Education 136 Viola 92 Career Guidance Center 1 13 Finance 61 General 137 Violoncello 92 Course Descriptions 1 13 Quantitative Methods 62 Music 136 Voice 92 Clinical Pharmacy 1 16 Nursing 136 Music Histor^ Literature and Art 94 Medical Technology 117 Radio and Television WDUO 128 Pharmacy 136 Music Theory 94 New Pharmacy Cuirriculum 116 Radiological Health Department of 109 118 ROTC 138 Music Therapy 95 Pharmaceutical Administration 1 15 Readmission 131 School Year 2 Non-Music Majors 96 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Records and Reports 143 Schools Sacred Music 95 and Pharmaceutics 1 13 Confidentiality of Student Records 143 Arts and Sciences 13 Tamburitzars Institute of Folk Arts 96 Pharmacology-Toxicology 1 14 Semester Grade Reports 143 Business and Administration 58 Degrees 75 Professional Electives 1 18 Transcripts 143 Education 68 Equipment 76 Radiological Health 1 18 Recreational Center I-)s Music 75 Fees Special 75 Curriculum Majors 105 Red Masquers 128 Nursing 97 History 75 Degrees 104 Refund Pharmacy 104 Honor Awards 76 Graduation Requirements 112 Room and Board Withdrawal and 141 Second Bachelors Degree 15 Philosophy and Objectives 75 History 104 Tuition 140 Secondary Education Programs 76 Honor Awards III Registration 142 Courses 73 Conservatory 76 Philosophy and Objectives 104 Change of Schedule 142 Programs - 69 jazz Performance 79 Programs 104 Cross 142 Semester Orchestral Instrument/Classical Guitar 78 Pharmacy 104 Late 143 Grade Reports 143 Organ 77 Medical Technology 107 Regulations for Pharmacy Tuition 138 Piano 76 Radiological Health 109 Students 110 Senior Citizen Discount 138 Voice 78 Research Foundation 113 Requirements for Graduation 146 Service Organizations 128 Sacred Music Residency Requirements 104 Repeating Courses and Social Organizations 128 Organ 80 Regulations 110 Course Retrogradation 145 Sociology Voice 80 Scholars Program 110 Reserve Officer Training Areas of Concentration 48 Recital Attendance 76 Scholarships and Loans 136 Corps 120 Courses 49 Other Attendance Requirements 76 Special Fees 110 Army ROTC Scholarships 121 Department of 48 Scholarships 136 Activities 110 Course Descriptions 121 Requirements for Major 49 Student Organizations 76 Laboratory 110 Department of Military Requirements for Minor 49 Teacher Certification 76 School of Pharmacy 110 Science (Army ROTC) 120 Spanish Courses 39 Theology Requirements 76 State Licensing Early Commissioning 120 Speech Communication and Theatre Pennsylvania 112 Programs 120 Areas of Concentration 50 National Direct Student Loans 134 Courses 51 172

50 Teacher Certification Department of Education 70 Special Education Courses 74 Music 76 Program 70 Television WDUO Radio and 128 Temporary Transfer Students Admission of Sports See Athletics Academic Year 132 State 1 12 Summer Session 132 Licensing of Pharmacists 135 Testing Bureau 127 Grant Assistance Stuclent Theatre 128 Theology Employment 134 Government Association 127 Courses 54 Department of 53 Housing Se^ Dormitories 141 Three-Year Bachelors Program 15 Financing Program Transcripts 143 Records Confidentiality of 143 Standing 145 Transfer Within the University 146 Student Services Programs Transfer Students 123 Admission of 131 and organizations Temporary 132 Student Life 123 Athletics 124 Temporary—Summer 132 Trinity Hall Council on Student Services 123 Trombone Courses 87 Dean of Students 123 Trumpet Courses 87 Health Insurance/Health Services 124 Tuba Courses 87 judicial System 124 Tuition and Fees 138 Resicence Life 124 Application Fee 138 Student Development 123, Auditor s Fee 138 College Skills 123 Change of Scheule Fee 138 Disabled Students 123 International Students 123 Credit by Examination Fee 138 Damage Deposit Resident Hall 138 Developmental Services 126 Graduation Fees 138 Center for Academic and Laboratory Fees 139 Career Development 126 Late Registration Fee Career Planning and Placement. 126 139 Matriculation Deposit 138 Learning Skills Program 126 Remission of Tuition 140 Testing Bureau 127 Psychological Center for Removal of I Grade 139 Testing and Research 127 Resident Hall Pre-Payment 138 Student Governance 127 Room and Board 140 Withdrawal and Refund 141 Student Government Association 1 27 Commuter Council 1 27 Scholarships 134 Special Fees Residence Council 127 lnter-Fratern,tv Council 127 Business and Administration 139 1 2 7 Mus,c 75 139 Panhellenic Council Student Life 125 Nursing 99 Pharmacy 1 10 139 Duquesne Life 125 Surnmet and Special Session 140 Union Program Board 125 Tuition 138 Recreavonal Center 125 University Fee 139 Information Center 126 Withdrawal and Termination of Attendance 140 Scheduling 126 126 Tuition Remission Schedule 140 Governing Council Within the Semester 140 YMCA 126 Student Organizations 127 Within the Summer Session 140 Honor Societies 128 Union Prograrn Board 125 Nlecha 1 28 Unit of Credit 146 Q8 Unn,ersity WDUO Radio and Television Accreditation and Affiliation 1 1 WDRC 1 28 Administrative Officers 1,17 Performance Groups 128 Board of Directors 147 Tamburitzans 128 Buildings 10 Red Masquers Theatre 128 Discounts 138 Professional and Departmental 128 Duquesne Corporation 147 Business and Administration 59 9 Education 71 History Philosophy and Objectives 9 Music 76 Policy ',tatements; on International Education 9 Nursing 99 Relations 109 Pharmacy 1 1 1 Scholars Awards 134 Publication-, 128 Setting 9 Duquesne DukE Newspaper 128 Viola COUrses/Violin Courses 88 Duquesne Magazine 128 Violincello Courses/Voice Courses 88 Code of Student Rights 128 Student Handbook 128 WDUK Radio and Television 128 Withdrawal Yearbook 1 28 From a Course 146 Service 1 28 Social 128 From the University 140 Women s Sports See Athletics Summer and Special Session Tuition and Fee Charges 140 World Literature Program 14 Summer Session 12 132 Duquesne Students 132 Transfer Students J32 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants 134 Systems Center/Computer Resources 12 Tamburitzans 128